TrueGrid® User’s Manual

A Guide and a Reference

by
Robert Rainsberger

VOLUME 2:

Geometry, Assembly, Global Properties, and Output

Version 3.0.0

XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc.

August 30, 2014
Copyright © 2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All rights reserved.

TrueGrid, ® the TrueGrid® User’s Manual, and related products of XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. are copyrighted and
distributed under license agreements. Under copyright laws, they may not be copied in whole or in part without prior written
approval from XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. The license agreements further restrict use and redistribution.

XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. makes no warranty regarding its products or their use, and reserves the right to change its
products without notice. This manual is for informational purposes only, and does not represent a commitment by XYZ Scientific
Applications, Inc. XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. accepts no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies in this
document or any of its products.

TrueGrid ® is a registered trademark of XYZ Scientific Applications Inc..

OpenGL, Silicon Graphics, and SGI are registered trademarks of Silicon Graphics International Corp.
WINDOWS is a registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
ABAQUS® is a registered trademark of Abaqus, Inc.
SUN and SUN MICROSYSTEMS are registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
ANSYS, TASCFlow, AUTODyn, FLUENT, and CFX are registered trademarks or trademarks of ANSYS, Inc.
PATRAN is a trademark and a registered trademark, respectively of MacNeal Schwendler Corporation
FIDAP are registered trademarks of Fluent, Inc.
CFD-ACE is a trademark of CFD Research Corporation
GRIDGEN is a trademark of Pointwise, Inc.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of The National Aeronautics Space Administration
LSDYNA is a trademark of Livermore Software Technology Corporation
STAR-CD is a trademark of CD Adapco Group
SAP2000 is a registered trademark of Computers and Structures, Inc.
MPACT is a trademark of MPACT Corp.
LINUX is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds
HP is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company
IBM is a registered trademark of the IBM Corporation
SUSE is a trademark of Novell, Inc.
INTEL is a registered trademark of the Intel Corporation
AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.

Some other product names appearing in this book may also be trademarks or registered trademarks of their trademark holders.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

ii August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Table of Contents
Table of Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

I.
Geometry Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1. 2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ld initialize a 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
apld append curve segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
lcc concentric arcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ckl check curvature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
gset set 2D Curves window.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
mazt intersection tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
lcd load curve definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
lcinfo information about load curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ld3d2d convert 3D curves to 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ldinfo information about 2D curves.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ldprnt print coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
lrl rays.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
lrot rotate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
lsca scale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
lscx scale first coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
lscz scale second coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
lt translate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
flcd piece-wise trigonometric load curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
edgefile identify file used for edge data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
rln import an edge file 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
rlns import all edge file 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2. 2D Curve Segment Dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
lp2 polygonal line - pairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
lq polygonal line - lists.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
lpil intersect 2 curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
lpta tangent to a circle.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ltas tangent to 2 circles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
lep elliptic arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
lod normal offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
lnof normal averaging offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
lfil fillet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
lap arc by center and end point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
lar arc by radius and 2 points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
ltp tangent arc by radius and end point.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 3

 lpt arc by radius and end tangent line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
lat fillet by radius and end tangent line.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
lad arc by center and angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
lvc point in polar coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
lstl translate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
ltbc list of radial coordinates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
ltbo changes to the list of radial coordinates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
lint interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
csp2 cubic spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
fws2 Fowler-Wilson cubic spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ctbc polar cubic spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ctbo Modify a Polar Cubic Spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
ftbc Fowler-Wilson polar cubic spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
ftbo modify Wilson-Fowler polar cubic spline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
rseg import from edge file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3. 2D Curve Display Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
lcv display a load curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
lv display all 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
lvi display list of 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
lvs display a sequence of 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4. Create 3D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
curd 3D curve definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
igc create/append an IGES curve to a 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
sdedge create/append curve by surface edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
lp3 create/append polygon of segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
contour create/append a contour line to a 3D curve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
csp3 create/append a 3D cubic spline curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
bsp3 create/append a B-Spline curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
nrb3 create/append a NURBS curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
ld2d3d create/append a 2D curve converted to 3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
intcur create/append a 3D curve by interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
lp3pt create/append a 3D curve by pairs of defined points. . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3dfunc create/append a parameterized function curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
projcur create/append curve projected onto a surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
pscur create/append curve projected onto a surface and smoothed. . . . . . 87
arc3 create/append arc of a circle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
cpcd create/append a copy of a previously defined 3D curve.. . . . . . . . . 90
cpcds create/append a copy of previously defined 3D curves.. . . . . . . . . . 91
twsurf create/append the curve at the intersection of two surfaces. . . . . . . 92
5. Display 3D Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
dcd display a 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
dcds display a set of 3D curves from a list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

4 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 dacd display all 3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
acd add a 3D curve to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
acds add a list of 3D curves to the picture.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
rcd remove a 3D curve from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
rcds remove a list of 3D curves from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
racd remove all 3D curves from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
lacd list all of the active 3D curves in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6. Print 3D Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
cdinfo print information about the 3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7. Delete 3D Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
rmseg remove last segment from 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
delcd delete a 3D curve from the TrueGrid ® data base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
delcds delete a list of 3D curves from the TrueGrid ® data base. . . . . . . . . 96
8. Surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
accuracy set accuracy of surface projections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
chkfolds check for folds in surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
cosurf create a composite surface from displayed surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
delsd delete a surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
delsds delete a set of surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
fetol feature extraction from polygon surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
getol relative tolerance to tessellate curves and surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
lcsd list all composite surfaces with a specified surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
mvpn modify a surface node of a polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
npll set the quality of the projection to surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
project project a point to surface(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
pvpn place a surface node of a polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
sd surface definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
smgap small surface gap tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
trsd transform a surface definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
sdinfo list surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
vd define a volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
9. Surface Dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
blend3 blend three bounding 3D curves to form a patch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
blend4 blend four bounding 3D curves to form a patch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
bsps B-spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
bstl read the standard binary STL file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
cn2p infinite cone, defined by two points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
cone infinite cone, defined by radius and angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
cp infinite generalized cylinder (extruded or lofted curve). . . . . . . . . 122
cr 2D curve revolved about an axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
crule3d cylindrical surface between two 3D curves.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
crx rotate 2D curve about x-axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 5

 cry rotate 2D curve about y-axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
crz rotate 2D curve about z-axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
csps fit a cubic spline surface through 3D data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
cy infinite cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
cy3 cylinder from 3 points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
cyr2 cylinder from 2 points and radius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
cyr3 cylinder from 3 points and radius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
er ellipsoid (ellipse revolved about an axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
face face of the present part (Part Phase only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
faceset convert a face set into a surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
function surface by three algebraic expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
hermite precision 2 nd order spline surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
igess import a parametric IGES surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
igesp import an IGES plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
intp interpolate a surface between two surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
iplan infinite plane defined by an implicit function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
mesh surface by tabular points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
nrbs NURBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
nurbs import a NURBS surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
pipe sweep a pipe shape along an arbitrary 3D curve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
pl2 plane specified by two points.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
pl3 plane specified by three points.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
pl3o plane specified by 3 points and an offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
plan infinite plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
poly convert a polygon set into a surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
pr paraboloid (parabola revolved about an axis).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
r3dc 3D curve revolved about an axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
rule2d ruled surface between two 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
rule3d ruled surface between two 3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
sds union of surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
sp sphere. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
stl read the standard ASCII STL file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
swept sweep 2D curves along a 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
ts torus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
xcy to transform an infinite x-axis cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
xyplan transform an infinite xy-plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
ycy to transform an infinite y-axis cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
yzplan to transform an infinite yz-plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
zcy to transform an infinite z-axis cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
zxplan to transform an infinite zx-plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
10. Surface Display Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
asd add a surface to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

6 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 asds add surfaces to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
ansd add neighboring surfaces to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
dasd display all surfaces in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
dsd display a surface in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
dsds display several surfaces in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
lasd list the surfaces in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
rasd remove all surfaces from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
rsd remove a surface from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
11. Importing Geometry from CAD Programs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
iges render geometry in an IGES file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
igesfile open an IGES file.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
igescd render a sequence of IGES curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
igeslbls use IGES surface labels to name surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
igespd render a sequence of IGES planes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
igessd render a sequence of IGES surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
nurbsd render a sequence of IGES NURBS surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
saveiges save IGES binary data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
trimming controls the trimmed surface algorithm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
ltrim set the surface trimming work space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
useiges use saved binary IGES data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
stlsd import StereoLithography surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
vpsd import ViewPoint surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
wrsd write surface using the ViewPoint format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
12. Displaying Geometry from CAD Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
alv add a CAD level to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
dlv display a single CAD level in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
dlvs display several CAD levels in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
rlv remove a CAD level from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
agrp add a CAD group to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
dgrp display a single CAD group in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
dgrps display several CAD groups in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
rgrp remove a CAD group from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

II. Assembly Commands - M erge Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

1. Merging Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
mnl write the merged nodes list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
pn place a node at a new location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
2. Diagnostics Commands.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
ajnp find node near point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
sajnp silently find node near point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
cenref restore reference center for moment calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
centroid moments and inertia.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 7

 elm highlight elements within a measure interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
elmoff turn off highlighting from the elm command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
info mesh model summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
mass mass table.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
measure choose a way to measure mesh quality at every element
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
nodcor retrieve coordinates of a node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
snodcor silently retrieve coordinates of a node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
pmass active part mass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
reference reference point for moments and inertia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
size dimensions of the mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
smags detect detached small groups of elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
tmass total mass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
vigq quadrature rule for mass calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
3. Graphics Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
backplane toggles back plane removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
dpic dumps all picture parameters.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
rpic reads the picture parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
4. Tokens in the Picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
mlabs multiple labels and conditions displayed.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
condition specify type of condition/constraint to be displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . 217
labels specify type of label to be displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
5. Animation Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
av animate views - linear interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
avc animate views - cosine interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
shv show a saved view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
sv save view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
6. Exploded Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
exp reactivate exploded views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
expoff turn off exploded views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
iniexp initialize explode offset to zero. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
mexp offset each subset of materials past the previous subset. . . . . . . . . 270
pexp offset each subset of parts past the previous subset. . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
sclexp explode scale factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
7. Material Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
tmm specify the total mass of a material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
buoy specify a buoyancy condition for a list of materials. . . . . . . . . . . . 272
am add material to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
ams add a list of materials to the picture.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
dam display all materials in the picture.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
dms display a set of materials in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
dm display one material in the picture.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

8 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ram remove all materials from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
rm remove one material from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
rms remove a list of materials from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
8. Interface Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
chz cohesive shell elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
iss save interface segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
si select nodes or faces for a sliding interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
9. Springs, Dampers, and Point Masses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
npm creates a new node and assigns a point mass to it. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
pm assigns a point mass to a node of the mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
pminfo table of point masses information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
spring create/modify a numbered spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
delspd Delete a numbered spring/damper.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
delspds Delete a list of numbered springs/dampers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
10. Element Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
bm create a string of beam elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
bms change the section properties of a set of beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
delem delete a set of elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
etd specify the element types to be displayed in the graphics. . . . . . . . 293
rbe rigid body elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
11. Commands Related to Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
linear specify following parts to use linear elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
quadratic specify following parts to use quadratic elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
sparticle smooth particle hydrodynamic elements (SPH) for LSDYNA.. . . 297
partmode part command indices format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
trprt transform a part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
12. Displacements, Velocities, and Accelerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
acc Cartesian prescribed nodal boundary acceleration. . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
bv prescribed boundary surface velocities for NEKTON. . . . . . . . . . 301
deform assigns deformations to beam elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
dis initial nodal displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
fd displacement boundary condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
fv prescribed velocities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
frb prescribed rotational boundary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
fvv prescribed variable velocities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
vacc Cartesian prescribed variable nodal boundary acceleration. . . . . . 305
ve initial nodal velocity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
13. Force, Pressure, and Loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
fa fixed nodal rotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
fc concentrated nodal loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
ffc concentrated nodal load with a follower force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
fmom follower nodal moment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 9

 mom nodal moment about one global coordinate axis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
pr pressure load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
14. Boundary and Constraint conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
b nodal displacement and rotation constraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
cfc boundary conditions for the CF3D output option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
fbc FLUENT boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
il identifies an inlet for fluid flow.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
infol print nodal information with a specific load/condition. . . . . . . . . . 312
jt assign nodes to a joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
kivabc boundary conditions for kiva4 output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
lb local nodal displacement and rotation constraints.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
mpc shared nodal (multiple point) constraints for a nodal set. . . . . . . . 315
nr non-reflecting boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
ol identifies a face of the mesh as an outlet for fluid flow.. . . . . . . . . 316
rigid create a rigid body from a nodal set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes. . . . . . . . . . . 316
rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes. . . . . . . . . . . 317
spotweld interactive selection of spot welds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
spw create a single spot weld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
spwd spot weld property definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
spwf spot welds for LSDYNA material 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
sw select nodes that may impact a stone wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
syf assign faces to a numbered symmetry plane with failure. . . . . . . . 322
trp create tracer particles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
15. Radiation and Temperature Commands.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
bf bulk fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
cv boundary convection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
cvt convection thermal loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
fl prescribed boundary flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
ft prescribed temperature.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
rb prescribed radiation boundary condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
re radiation enclosure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
te constant temperature for all nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
tepro nodal temperature profile.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
tm initial temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
vvhg volumetric heat generation w/ functional amplitude.. . . . . . . . . . . 327
16. Electric Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
efl electric flux boundary condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
mp constant magnetic potential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
v constant nodal electrostatic potential boundary condition. . . . . . . 328
17. Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
adnset add nodes to an ordered node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

10 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 crvnset order a segment of an ordered node set (3D curve).. . . . . . . . . . . . 330
eset add/remove elements to/from a set of elements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
fset add/remove faces to/from a set of faces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
infol information on nodal loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
mvnset move a subset of nodes in an ordered node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
nset add/remove nodes to/from a set of nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
onset order a segment of a nodal set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
pset create or modify a polygon set.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes. . . . . . . . . . . 340
rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes. . . . . . . . . . . 343
rvnset remove a node subset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

III. Global Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

1. Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
delmats delete a material definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
2. Parts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
block create a brick-shaped part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
cylinder create a cylindrical part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
readmesh read a file containing a mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
blude extrude a set of polygons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
meshscal scale up the mesh density for all parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
beam initialize a beam part in Cartesian coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
cbeam initialize a beam part in cylindrical coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
ap add a part to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
aps add a list of parts to the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
dap display all parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
dp display one part in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
dps display a set of parts in the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
pinfo part information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
rap remove all parts from the picture.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
rp remove one part from the picture.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
rps remove a set of parts from the picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
3. Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
rotation global initial velocities as a rigid body rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
velocity global initial velocities as a rigid body translation. . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
4. Boundary Conditions and Constraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
detp detonation points or lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
jd joint definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
jtinfo write information about joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
lsys define a local coordinate system for the lb command. . . . . . . . . . . 372
lsysinfo list all of the local coordinate systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
plane define a boundary plane.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 11

 plinfo write information about defined boundary planes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
5. Radiation and Temperatures.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
temp global default constant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
bfd bulk fluid definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
6. Springs, Dampers, and Point Masses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
spd define the properties of a set of springs or dampers.. . . . . . . . . . . . 376
spinfo write information about springs and dampers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
7. Interfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
bbinfo block boundary interface information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
getbb retrieve a block boundary from a part file.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
inttr block boundary transition element interpolation factor. . . . . . . . . 380
mbb master block boundary from point data.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
prtrnd project intermediate transition nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
sid sliding interface definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
siinfo list sliding interface definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
8. Elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
bsd global beam cross section definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
bsinfo write information about defined beam cross sections. . . . . . . . . . . 410
bind Hughes-Liu beam user-defined integration points. . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
lsbsd list the defined beam cross sections.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
offset add offset to numbered entities in the output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
sind shell user-defined integration rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
9. Sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
delset delete a set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
esetc element set comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
esetinfo report the element set names and number of elements. . . . . . . . . . 414
fsetc face set comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
fsetinfo report the face set names and number of faces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
nsetc attach a comment to a node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
nsetinfo report the node set names and number of nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
10. Coordinate Transformations and Part Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
lct define local coordinate transformations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
gct define global coordinate transformations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
lev define a set of transformations to replicate a set of parts.. . . . . . . . 420
pslv begin replicating multiple parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
pplv end replicating multiple parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
csca scale all coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
xsca scale all x-coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
ysca scale all y-coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
zsca scale all z-coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
xoff translate all x-coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
yoff translate all y-coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

12 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 zoff translate all z-coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
gexch permute the coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
exch permute the coordinates of all following parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
nerl rule used to number the nodes and brick elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
gmi material number increment for global replication.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
lmi material number increment for local replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
gsii sliding interface number increment for global replication. . . . . . . 429
lsii sliding interface number increment for local replication.. . . . . . . . 430
11. Control Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
break jump out of a for or while loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
for iterate through a set of commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
endfor terminate the for loop.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
if begin an if... elseif ... else ... endif. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
elseif add an option to an if statement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
else final option in an if or when statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
endif end an if statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
endwhile end a while statement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
when begin a when... elsewhen ... else ... endwhen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
elsewhen add an option to a when statement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
endwhen end a when statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
while begin a loop iteration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
12. Merging Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
bnstol between node set tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
merge switch to the merge (assembly) phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
mns merge node sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
st set tolerance and merge surface nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
stp set tolerance and merge surface nodes, with diagnostics.. . . . . . . . 448
t set tolerance and merge nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
tp set tolerance and merge nodes, with diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
ztol minimum non-zero absolute coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
bptol between parts tolerance specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
ptol part tolerance specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
rigbm identify two rigid bodies to be merged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
13. Global Graphics Commands.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
ibzone control the computational window frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
noplot turn all graphics off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
plot turn graphics back on.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
14. Miscellaneous Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
array create a multi-dimensional array of parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
becho echo and beep.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
bulc locate butterfly triple point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
c beginning of a comment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 13

 cd change directory.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
circent center, radius, and normal of a circle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
crprod cross product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
curtyp default attach command.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
dc desk calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
distance distance between two points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
echo echo a string. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
end terminate TrueGrid ® with no more output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
errmod set error handler mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
expressions FORTRAN-like expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
def define a function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
include execute commands from batch file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
inprod inner or dot product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
interrupt switch from batch commands to interactive mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
intyp set default mesh interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
lcrtgl local coordinate system vector loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
painfo print information about parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
para define parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
ptcoor parametric coordinates from a surface or 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . 469
pptcd parameterized coordinates of a 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
pwd get current working directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
resume resume executing batch commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
title assign title to the problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
tpara typed parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
tricent find optimal center of a triangular structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
subang angle between two intersecting lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
caption assign a caption to the physical window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
mxp change number of mesh convergence passes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
trapt transform a point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

IV. Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

1. Output File Format Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
comment pass a comment to the DYNA3D output file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
elvotest switch solid element test for zero volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
epb element print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA. . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
mof mesh output file name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
ndigits number of digits written for coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
npb node print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
save dump buffered data to the tsave file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
verbatim write verbatim to the output file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
write write the output file containing the mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
abaqus ABAQUS output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

14 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ale3d ALE3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
ansys ANSYS output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
autodyn AUTODYN-3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
cf3d Convective Flow output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
cfd-ace CFD-ACE output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
cfx CFX output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
dyna3d DYNA3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
es3d ES3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
exodusii Exodus II output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
fidap FIDAP output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
fluent FLUENT output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
gemini GEMINI output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
gridgen3d GRIDGEN output option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
iri IRI output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
lsdyna LS-DYNA output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
lsnike3d LS-NIKE3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
icfep Imperial College of London finite element program.. . . . . . . . . . . 484
kiva3v KIVA3V output option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
kiva KIVA4 output option.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
marc MARC output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
mpact MPACT finite element code by Pedro Marcal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
nastran NASTRAN output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
nike3d NIKE3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
nekton2d NEKTON2D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
nekton3d NEKTON3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
ne/nastran NE/NASTRAN output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
neutral Neutral output Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
refleqs REFLEQS output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
sap2000 SAP2000 FEA output file in IGES format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
starcd STARCD output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
plot3d PLOT3D output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
poly3d Generic output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
tascflow TASCflow output format.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
topaz3d TOPAZ3D output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
topaz3d2 TOPAZ3D version 2000 output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
viewpoint VIEWPOINT output format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
write WRITE the mesh to a formatted file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
2. Analysis Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
abaqstep ABAQUS analysis step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
ansyopts ANSYS analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
dynaopts DYNA3D analysis options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
lsdyopts LS-DYNA analysis and database options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 15

 marcopts MARC analysis options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
nastopts NASTRAN analysis options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
nenstopt NE/NASTRAN analysis options.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
nekopts 2d and 3d NEKTON 2.85 analysis options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
nikeopts NIKE3D analysis options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
lsnkopts LS-NIKE3D analysis options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
tz3dopts TOPAZ3D analysis options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
3. Material Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
abaqmats ABAQUS materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
ansymats ANSYS materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
dynaeos DYNA3D equation of state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
dynamats DYNA3D materials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
fluemats FLUENT materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
nastmats NASTRAN materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
nenstmats NE/NASTRAN materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
lsdymats LS-DYNA materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
lsdythmt LS-DYNA thermal materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
lsdyeos LS-DYNA3D equation of state. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
nikemats NIKE3D materials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
lsnkmats LS-NIKE3D materials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
marcmats MARC materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
patsmats PATRAN materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
tz3dmats TOPAZ3D materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490

V. Appendix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Cartesian coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Cylindrical coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Spherical coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

VI. Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

16 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 I. Geometry Commands

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 17

1. 2D Curves
These commands define and modify 2D curves. All 2D curves use a 2 dimensional local coordinate
system where xN is the abscissa (horizontal axis) and zN is the ordinate. A 2D curve can be rotated
around the zN-axis of the curve's local coordinate system to form a surface of rotation. You can choose
how to orient this local zN-axis in the global coordinate system (see the sd command with the option crx,
cry, crz, or cr). A 2D curve can be extruded or lofted in the third direction to make an infinite surface
(see the sd command using the cp option). Two 2D curves can be placed into the global 3D coordinate
system and a ruled surface formed between them (see the sd command using the rule2d option). 2D
curves can form the cross sections of a surface (see the sd command using the swept option). For more
details, see the sd command, and the surface dictionary. You can embed a 2D curve in the global 3D
coordinate system or turn the 2D curve into a 3D curve (see the curd command using the ld2d3d
option).

Some 2D curves are special purpose and cannot be used to form 3D geometry. For example, load curves
are used, when defining boundary conditions, to regulate a time dependent variable.

ld initialize a 2D curve

ld 2D_curve_# segments
where a
2D_curve_# number of the curve to be initialized
segment 2D curve segment from the 2D Curve Segment Dictionary

Remarks

You may use as many segments as you like; each is appended to the end of the previous one until the
next 2D curve is initialized. Use the automatic parameter %nextld for the next available 2D curve
number.

Using this command you construct a curve by appending curve segments to each other, end-to-end. The
ld command initializes a new 2D curve definition. All subsequent 2D curve segments append to the end
of this 2D curve. Once a new 2D curve is created, the previous 2D curve can no longer be appended.
Many kinds of curve segments are available, and you may combine them in almost any order. For
details, see the 2D Curve Segment Dictionary. This method of constructing 2D curves is fashioned after
the way a draftsman might draw a complex 2D curve.

These 2D curves can be used to form 3D curves and surfaces. For example, a 2D curve can be rotated
about any axis of symmetry, extruded indefinitely in any direction, or combined with another 2D curve
to produce a ruled surface between the two 2D curves. See the sd command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

18 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

ld 1 lp2 10.7 -2 11.4 -2;

ld 2 lp2 1 0;
lfil 0 10.7 -2 90 1;
lp2 10.7 -2;
ld 3 lp2 1 0 0 2.7 3.05 5.75;
ltp 3.75 7.5 2.55;
lp2 3.75 8.75;ltp 2.8 9.9 1.45;
lp2 0 11.2 0 14 8 13
8.35 12.75;
ld 4 lp2 11.4 -2;
lfil 90 7.3 .6 0 1;
lfil 180 8.4 2.3 90 1.45;
lp2 8.4 2.3;
ld 5 lep .5 .35 6.3525 5.4475
-180 -90 45;
lep .5 .8 8.75 2.65 90 180 45;
ld 6 lp2 6 5.09393 5.3 5.8;
ltp 4.65 7.5 2.6; Figure 1 Complex 2D Geometry
lp2 4.65 8.7;ltp 6.9 9.95 1.5;
lp2 7.45 9.6;ltp 8.8 9.4 2.5;
ltp 9.45 10.05 .65;
lp2 9.45 10.6 9.3 11.05 9.2
11.05 9.05 10.6 9.05 10.2;
ltp 8.7 10.15 .25;lp2 7.55 10.85;
ltp 7.55 12.15 .8;lp2 8.35 12.75;

apld append curve segments

apld segments
where a segment any one of the curve segments described in the 2D Curve
Segments Dictionary

Remarks

A 2D curve is initialized with an ld command with options. Then this command can be used to append
other 2D curve segments to the end of it. This command is used primarily by the GUI (graphical user
interface) so that you have a command to click on in the menus when you want to interactively append
another 2D curve segment to the previously initiated 2D curve. Otherwise, the apld command does
nothing.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 19

Examples

The following two curve definitions are equivalent:

ld 1 lp2 1.6 5 1.6 4;

lat 1.6 4 5 4 .2;
lat 2.8 4 3 5 .2;
and
ld 1 lp2 1.6 5 1.6 4;
apld lat 1.6 4 5 4 .2;
apld lat 2.8 4 3 5 .2;

lcc concentric arcs

lcc xN zN è begin è end radius 1 radius 2 ... radius n ;

where
(xN,zN) coordinates of the center of the circle
è begin angle which defines the beginning of the arc
è end angle which defines the end of the arc
radius 1 . . . radius n radii of the various arcs

Remarks

The 2D curves are numbered sequentially,

beginning with the last-defined 2D curve
number, plus one.

Example

lcc 1 2 45 135 1 4 9 16 25
36;

Figure 2 Concentric Arcs

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

20 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

ckl check curvature

ckl 2D_curve 1 2D_curve 2 angle

where
2D_curve 1 number of the first curve to be checked
2D_curve 2 number of the last 2D curve to be checked
angle is the greatest permissible angular deviation from 180 degrees.

Remarks

This command will check each defined 2D curve whose number lies in the specified range. The angle
at each point of the polygonal line approximation to the curve is calculated and. reported when this
angle differs from 180 degrees by more than the specified angular deviation, angle. Then the specified
curves are displayed..

Example

ld 1 lp2 0 0 1 1 2 1 2 0;
ckl 1 1 60

The above example will cause the following warning message:

warning - curve 1 at node 3 has an angle of 90.00 degrees

gset set 2D Curves window

gset xcN zcN size

where
(xcN, zcN) coordinates of the center of the 2D Curves window
size length of the square 2D Curves window

Remarks

The default center and size of the 2D Curves window is based on the 2D curves being drawn. This
window is made just large enough to contain the selected curves for display while remaining a square.
In order to return to this default, use a size of 0.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 21

mazt intersection tolerance

mazt tolerance

Remarks

The mazt command controls the tolerance for the intersection of the 2D curves. The default is .001.
This tolerance is used in the lpil 2D curve segment type.

lcd load curve definition

lcd ld_curve_# options curve ;

where
ld_curve_# load curve number
where an option can be
sidr type
where type can be:
0 transient analysis or other
1 stress initialization only
2 stress initialization and transient analysis
sfa factor time (abscissa) scale factor
sfo factor amplitude (ordinate) scale factor
offa offset time (abscissa) offset
offo offset amplitude (ordinate) offset
dattyp type
where type can be
0 monotonic time (abscissa)
1 non-monotonic time (abscissa)
g modal damping viscous dampers
crit modal critical damping
q modal damping quality factor
d1 frequency/time dependency dynamic load
d2 offset frequency/time dependency dynamic load
d3 offset scale frequency/time dependency dynamic load
d4 offset scale min frequency/time dependency dynamic load
m1 temperature dependence
m2 offset temperature dependence
m3 offset scale temperature dependence
m4 offset scale min temperature dependence
where

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

22 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 offset offset for amplitude
scale scale factor for amplitude
min lower clamp for the amplitude
s1 stress dependent
st material property temperature dependent
rnd1 power spectral density
where a curve must be one of
t1 f1 t2 f2 ... tn fn
lp t1 f1 t2 f2 ... tn fn
where (ti , fi) are the pairs of time and load amplitudes
func npnts u 0 u x load_expression
where
npnts number of points in curve
u0 minimum value of the independent variable u
ux maximum value of the independent variable u
load_expression algebraic expression with independent variable u

Remarks

The load curve number is used for identification and is unique for each load curve. The automatic
parameter %nextlc has the next available load curve number.

Load curves are usually for dynamic simulations, variable properties, or tables. They are used
differently by different simulation codes. Sometimes a load command, such as fc, will require a load
curve for completeness. Depending on your output selection, the load curve number you select in these
types of commands will be used as a set id and will not require that you define a corresponding load
curve with lcd.

The easiest way to make a load curve is:

lcd 1 0 0 .001 1;

which defines load curve 1 with two points. At time 0 the amplitude of the associated load will be 0.
Then the amplitude is ramped up linearly to full amplitude at time .001. This is equivalent to:

lcd 1 lp 0 0 .001 1;

for backward compatibility.

The options sidr, sfa, sfo, offa, offo, and dettyp are for LS-DYNA load curves.

The options s1, st, rnd1, g, crit, q, d1, d2, d3, d3, m1, m2, m3, and m4 are for NASTRAN and

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 23

NE/NASTRAN tables.

Example

lcd 3 0 0 1 1 2 1 2.00001 0 3 0;

Figure 3 Load Curve Drawn Using LCV

Example

lcd 2 sidr 0 func 100 0 .001

sin(u*180000);

Figure 4 Function load curve

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

24 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lcinfo information about load curves

lcinfo <no arguments>

Remarks

Prints the number of points of each load curve.

Example

flcd 1 phase 180 cosine 30 5 .1 lp .1 1; tinit .1 finit 1

fsca .1 foff 1 phase 0 sine 60 60 .1;
lcd 2 0 0 .1 .04 .4 .08 .9 .12 1.6 .16 2.5 .2;
lcinfo

The above example produces 2 load curves. The table below is written to the tsave file and to the text
window if the command is issued interactively.

LOAD CURVE DEFINITIONS

load curve number 1 has 91 points
load curve number 2 has 6 points

ld3d2d convert 3D curves to 2D curves

ld3d2d reduct_coord first_2D_curve_# 3D_curve 1 3D_curve 2 ... ;

where
reduct_coord x, y, or z coordinate by which to reduce the 3D curve to a 2D curve
first_2D_curve_# is the number to be assigned to the first 2D curve
3D_curve i are the numbers of the 3D curves

Remarks

The symbols x, y, or z specify the coordinate to be eliminated. The specified 3D curve is projected onto
the coordinate plane defined by the remaining two coordinates.

Example

One of the edges of a surface is converted into a 3D curve. The ld3d2d command converts the 3D
curve into a 2D curve by eliminating the z-coordinate.

sd 1 function 1000 2000 100 2000 u*(cos(v)+v*sin(v));

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 25

u*(sin(v)-v*cos(v)); 1000*(u+v*.25);;
curd 1 sdedge 1.2
ld3d2d z 1 1;

Figure 5 Spiral Surface Figure 6 Curve From Spiral Surface

ldinfo information about 2D curves

ldinfo <no arguments>

Remarks

A table is printed listing each defined 2D curve. This data is always written to the tsave file. When in
the interactive mode, the data is also written to the text window. This table contains a list of 2D curves
that have been defined, the number of points used in their definition, and the length of the curve.

Example

For a model with several curves, this command was issued:

ldinfo

2D CURVE DEFINITIONS
2D curve definition number 1 has 73 points & length 2.13012

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

26 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 2D curve definition number 2 has 8 points & length 17.1542
2D curve definition number 4 has 3 points & length 0.01230
2D curve definition number 9 has 13 points & length 9.00000
2D curve definition number 14 has 16 points & length 16.0001
2D curve definition number 30 has 4 points & length 1.31400
last 2D curve defined is number 14

ldprnt print coordinates

ldprnt 2D_curve
where 2D_curve is the number of a defined 2D curve.

Remarks

The xN and zN-coordinates forming the polygonal approximation to a 2D curve are printed to the tsave
file, and, when the command is issued interactively, to the text window.

Example

ldprnt 30

2D Curve Definition 30
2.812500E+00 3.843750E+00
2.812500E+00 3.875000E+00
2.937500E+00 3.875000E+00
2.937500E+00 3.843750E+00

lrl rays

lrl xNcenter zNcenter length angle 1 angle 2 ... angle n ;

where
(xNcenter, zNcenter) is the point that the rays emanate from,
length is the length of each ray, and
angle i is the angle formed by the i-th ray and the xN-axis.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 27

Remarks

The 2D rays are numbered sequentially,

beginning with one more than the number of the
last 2D curve that was defined.

Example

lrl 1 2 3 0 5 15 30 50 70 85 95
100;

Figure 7 Radial Lines

lrot rotate

lrot 2D_curve angle

where
2D_curve is the number of the 2D curve and
angle is the amount of rotation
in degrees.

Remarks

This function rotates an existing 2D curve where

a positive angle is counter-clockwise. See the
following page for an example.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 0;lap 3 -.1 2 2;lp2 5

-.1 5 .1 3 .1;
lap 1 .1 2 2.1;lp2 1 0;
ld 2 lp2 1 0;lap 3 -.1 2 2;lp2 5
-.1 5 .1 3 .1;
lap 1 .1 2 2.1;lp2 1 0;
lrot 2 45
Figure 8 Rotated 2D curve

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

28 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lsca scale

lsca 2D_curve scale

where
2D_curve number of the 2D curve
scale scale factor

Remarks

Each coordinate of the curve are multiplied by the

value of scale.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1.5 0;lfil 0 2 1 -75

.2;lfil -75 [cos(30)] [sin(30)] 30
.2 lfil 30 [cos(15)] [sin(15)] 105
.2 ;lfil 105 1.5 0 0 .2;lp2 1.5 0;
ld 2 lstl 1 1.525 .385;lsca 2 .5

Figure 9 Scale Both Coordinates

lscx scale first coordinate

lscx 2D_curve xN_scale

where
2D_curve number of the 2D curve, and
xN_scale scale factor

Remarks

Each first coordinate on the curve is multiplied by

xN_scale.

Example

ld 1 lp2 0 0;lad 1 0 360 ;

ld 2 lp2 0 0;lad 1 0 360;lscx 2 3

Figure 10 Scale First Coordinate Only

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 29

lscz scale second coordinate

lscz 2D_curve zN_scale

where
2D_curve number of the 2D curve
zN_scale scale factor.

Remarks

Each second coordinate on the curve is multiplied

by zN_scale.

Example

ld 1 lp2 0 0 .14 .14 .28 .28 .42

.41 .56 .53 .7 .64 .84 .74
.98 .83 1.12 .9 1.26 .95 1.4 .98
1.54 1 1.68 .99 1.82 .97 1.95.93
2.09 .87 2.23 .79 2.37 .69 2.51
.59 2.65 .47 2.79 .34 2.93 .21
3.07 .07 3.21 -.07 3.35 -.21 3.49
-.34 3.63 -.47 3.77 -.59 3.91 -.69
4.05 -.79 4.19 -.87 4.33 -.93 4.47
-.97 4.61 -.99 4.75 -1 4.89 -.98 Figure 11 Scale Second Coordinate Only
5.03 -.95 5.17 -.9 5.31 -.83 5.45
-.74 5.59 -.64 5.72 -.53 5.86 -.41 6 -.28 6.14 -.14 6.28 0;lscz 1 3

lt translate

lt 2D_curve ÄxN ÄzN

where
2D_curve is the number of a previously defined 2D curve, and
(ÄxN,ÄzN) is the translation to be applied.

Remarks

This is different from the lstl option of the ld command because lt modifies an existing 2D curve. See
the example on the following page.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

30 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

ld 1
lp2 0 0 .14 .14 .28 .28 .42 .41
.56 .53 .7 .64 .84 .74
.98 .83 1.12 .9 1.26 .95 1.4 .98
1.54 1 1.68 .99 1.82 .97
1.95 .93 2.09 .87 2.23 .79 2.37
.69 2.51 .59 2.65 .47
2.79 .34 2.93 .21 3.07 .07 3.21
-.07 3.35 -.21 3.49 -.34
3.63 -.47 3.77 -.59 3.91 -.69 4.05
-.79 4.19 -.87 4.33
-.93 4.47 -.97 4.61 -.99 4.75 -1
4.89 -.98 5.03 -.95 5.17
-.9 5.31 -.83 5.45 -.74 5.59 -.64
5.72 -.53 5.86 -.41 6
-.28 6.14 -.14 6.28 0; Figure 12 Translate Existing 2D Curve
lscz 1 3
lt 1 1.570796 0

flcd piece-wise trigonometric load curve

flcd ld_curve_# options_1 options_2 ;

where
ld_curve_# load curve number
where an option_1 can be any set of
SIDR type
where type can be:
0 for transient analysis or other
1 for stress initialization only
2 for stress initialization and transient analysis
SFA abscissa_scale_factor
SFO ordinate_scale_factor
OFFA abscissa_offset
OFFO ordinate_offset
DATTYP type
where type can be
0 for monotonic abscissa
1 for non-monotonic absciss
where an option_2 can be:
tinit initial_time specify the initial time

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 31

 tsca time_scale scale the time variable
toff time_offset translate time variable
finit initial_load specify the initial load
fsca load_scale scale the load variable
foff load_offset translate the resulting curve after scaling
phase angle specify the phase for a sine or cosine curve
lp t1 f1 t2 f2 ... tn fn ; append a polygonal line or curve
sine #_points #_cycles_per_time time append a sine curve, computed as the sine of the
scaled parameter plus the phase
cosine #_points #_cycles_per_time time append a cosine curve, computed as the cosine
of the scaled parameter plus the phase.
Remarks

You specify a number of curve segments, with the lp, sine, and cosine options. The whole load curve
is constructed by appending them; each curve begins where the last one ended.

Use the automatic parameter %nextlc for the next available load curve number.

T he initial time, tinit, and the initial load, finit, are global values. Their last values are the offsets
applied to the entire curve. The variables toff, tsca, foff, and fsca can be set for each segment. The
time variable of a segment is relative to that segment and is assumed to start at zero for each segment.

In the following discussion, the sequences of time and function values are denoted by T i and Fi
respectively. The index i is incremented by 1 for each new value in the sequence. For the polygonal
line, you specify the time and function values ti and fi. Any transformations you specified would change
these to the actual time and function values T i and Fi. The curve is linear between them. For each
trigonometric curve, you specify the number of points N, the number of cycles per unit time cps, and
the time interval Ät covered. For each new i value, ti is incremented by ät=Ät/N. The value of the
cosine or sine function gives fi. In the equations below, T0 is the untransformed time variable at the end
of the last segment and is initially 0.

Thus, after taking into account the other parameters you may specify S tinit, tsca, toff, finit, fsca, foff,
and phase S the time and function values are:

For a polygonal line (lp):

T i = tsca * (ti + T0) + toff + tinit
Fi = fsca * fi + foff + finit

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

32 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 For a sine curve (sine):
T i = tsca * (ti + T0) + toff + tinit
Fi = fsca * sin( cps * (ti + T0) + phase ) + foff +
finit

For a cosine curve (cosine):

T i = tsca * (ti + T0) + toff + tinit
Fi = fsca * cos( cps * (ti + T0) + phase ) + foff
+ finit

Example

flcd 1 phase 180 cosine 30 5 .1

lp .1 1;tinit .1 finit 1
fsca .1 foff 1 phase 0 sine 60 60
.1;
Figure 13 Oscillating Load Curve

edgefile identify file used for edge data

edgefile file_name

Remarks

The rln, rlns, and rseg commands retrieve data from this file in order to define 2D curves. This feature
is archaic but may still be useful. The file format consists of curve segment data in sets of coordinates
as follows. Each set of coordinates begins with a header record with a fixed format:

The first field (I5) is the number of coordinate pairs to follow.

The second field (I5) is the coordinate system flag: 0 for Cartesian coordinates, 1 for the xN and
zN-coordinates to be switched, and 2 for polar coordinates.

The third field (I5) is the reflection flag: 0 for no reflection, 1 to reflect the 2D curve, or 2 to
reflect the 2D curve and also keep the unreflected 2D curve.

The fourth field (E10.0) is the Cartesian coordinate scale factor.

The fifth field (E10.0) is the Cartesian coordinate translation in the second coordinate.

The sixth field (E10.0) is the constant second Cartesian coordinate to be used to reflect the 2D
curve.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 33

 The seventh field (E10.0) is the Cartesian coordinate translation in the first coordinate.

Thereafter are two fields (2E10.0) per record giving each coordinate pair. For Cartesian coordinates,
they are interpreted as xN and zN-coordinates in the xNzN-plane. In polar, they are the angle (in degrees)
and radius, respectively. Translations, scaling, and reflections are all done in Cartesian coordinates.

The E10.0 fields may be in either floating-point or exponential Fortran format.

This file may contain any number of these 2D curve definitions.

Example

The following edge file example has 5 curve segments. It is referred to in the examples for the rln, rlns,
and rseg commands.

4 0 0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

1.0 1.0
1.5 0.9
2.0 1.0
2.1 1.7
5 0 0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
2.0 2.0
1.7 2.2
1.0 2.0
0.8 1.7
1.0 1.0
9 0 0 1.0 2.0 0.0 2.0
1.0 1.0
1.5 0.9
2.0 1.0
2.1 1.7
2.0 2.0
1.7 2.2
1.0 2.0
0.8 1.7
1.0 1.0
4 0 2 1.0 2.0 3.8 0.0
1.0 1.0
1.5 0.9
2.0 1.0
2.1 1.7
4 2 1 1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0
135.0 1.5

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

34 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 140.0 1.5
140.0 2.0
145.0 2.1

Line number 22 begins the definition of another curve segment with 4 points.

4 0 2 1.0 2.0 3.8 0.0

The second number, 0, indicates that the following 4 records will contain (xN, zN) Cartesian coordinates.
The next integer, 2, says the curve segment will be reflected across the line at z=3.8, specified in the
second to last field. It also means that the unreflected curve segment will be included in the segment
definition. The next number is 1.0 which means that the coordinates will not be scaled. The fifth field
specifies that each zN-coordinate will be translated by 2.0. The last field, 0.0, specifies that the xN-
coordinate will not be translated.

rln import an edge file 2D curve

rln (no arguments)

Remarks

Prior to using this command, you must use the

edgefile command to specify the file which
contains the curve data. This command can then be
used repeatedly. Each time this command is used,
the next 2D curve number is assigned to the next
2D curve segment data found in this file. When all
of the data in this file has been used, then the file is
automatically closed.

Example

The example edge file in the description on the

edgefile command above can be converted to 2D
curve definitions using the rln command. For Figure 14 First curve segment
example, the first curve can be defined with the
command:

rln.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 35

rlns import all edge file 2D curves

rlns (no arguments)

Remarks

Prior to using this command, you must use the

edgefile command to specify the file which
contains the curve data. The next 2D curve number
is assigned to the next 2D curve segment data found
in this file. This is repeated until all of the 2D
curve segments have be converted to numbered 2D
curve definitions. T he edge file is then
automatically closed.

Example

The example edge file in the description on the

edgefile command above can be converted to 2D
curve definitions using the rlns command. For Figure 15 Remaining segments
example,

rln rseg rlns

2. 2D Curve Segment Dictionary

This section describes all the 2D curve segment
types. You can use them to construct composite
2D curves with such commands as ld and apld.

lp2 polygonal line - pairs

lp2 xN1 zN1 xN2 zN2 ... xNn zNn ;

Remarks

lp is the same command, for historical reasons.

Figure 16 Polygonal line with 16 points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

36 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

ld 1 lp2
0 [21/32] .0625 [20.8/32] .125 [20.4/32] .1875 [20/32]
.25 [19.3/32] .3125 [18/32] .375 [16.5/32] .4375 [15/32]
.5 [12.5/32] .5625 [9.6/32] .625 [6/32] .6875 [3.2/32]
.75 [1.8/32] .8125 [1/32] .875 [.2/32] .9375 0;

lq polygonal line - lists

lq xN1 xN2 ... xNn ; zN1 zN2 ... zNm ;

where
xN1 xN2 ... xNn ; zN1 zN2 ... zNm ; are the two coordinate lists.

Remarks

This command takes a list of first coordinates, followed by a list of second coordinates. If one list is
shorter than the other, it is automatically extended. See the picture above for the example that follows.

Example

ld 1 lq 0.0000 0.0625 0.1250 0.1875 0.2500 0.3125 0.3750 0.4375

0.5000 0.5625 0.6250 0.6875 0.7500 0.8125 0.8750 0.9375;
[21.0/32.0] [20.8/32.0] [20.4/32.0] [20.0/32.0] [19.3/32.0]
[18.0/32.0] [16.5/32.0] [15.0/32.0] [12.5/32.0] [9.6/32.0]
[6.0/32.0] [3.2/32.0] [1.8/32.0] [1.0/32.0]
[0.2/32.0] [0.0/32.0];

lpil intersect 2 curves

lpil curve 1 curve 2

where curve 1 curve 2 are the 2 2D-curve numbers

Remarks

This command is used to append the intersection point of two previously defined 2D curves. The 2D
curve number 3, shown in the example on the next page, uses this feature. The mazt is used to specify
the tolerance for this intersection. The coordinates are stored in the automatic parameters %xprj and
%zprj.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 37

Example

ld 1 lp2
0 [21/32] .0625 [20.8/32] .125
[20.4/32] .1875 [20/32]
.25 [19.3/32] .3125 [18.0/32.0]
.375 [16.5/32] .4375 [15/32]
.5 [12.5/32] .5625 [9.6/32] .625
[6/32] .6875 [3.2/32]
.75 [1.8/32] .8125 [1/32] .875
[.2/32] .9375 [0/32] ;
ld 2 lstl 1 0 0;lrot 2 45 lt 2
.6 -.4
ld 3 lp2 1 1;lpil 1 2;

Figure 17 Intersection of 2 curves

lpta tangent to a circle

lpta xN0 zN0 radius

where
(xN0, zN0) is the center of the circle,
and
radius is the circle’s radius, with
the sign indicating which
side of the
circle is to be used.

Remarks

If the radius > 0, then the point of tangency is

found by moving counterclockwise around the
circle from the point formed by the intersection of
the circle with the line segment extending from its
center to the curves previous point. If the radius
< 0, then the point is found by moving clockwise.
The current 2D curve must have at least one point
before this option can be used.

Figure 18 Counterclockwise rotation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

38 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Examples

Compare the examples on the following 2 pages. The first has a positive radius, the second has a
negative radius.

ld 1 lp2 .1 .2 1.1 2.2; lpta 3 5 1;

Example

ld 1 lp2 .1 .2 1.1 2.2; lpta 3 5

-1;

Figure 19 Clockwise rotation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 39

ltas tangent to 2 circles

ltas xN0 zN0 flag xN1 zN1 radius

where
(xN0, zN0) is the center of the first circle,
flag is 1 for a clockwise arc and -1 for a counter-clockwise arc,
(xN1, zN1) is the center of the second circle, and
radius is the radius of the second circle.

Remarks

This command appends an arc of a circle joined to a line tangent to two circles. For the first circle, you
only specify the center (xN0, zN0); the radius is determined by the requirement that it pass through the last
point of the current 2D curve. First an arc of the first circle is appended from the last point of the current
2D curve to a line tangent to both circles. This arc travels around the first circle clockwise if flag is -1,
counterclockwise if 1. Then the tangent line segment from the first circle to the second circle is
appended. You specify the center (xN1, zN1) and radius of the second circle; the magnitude of radius is
the radius, and the sign determines which of the possible tangent lines is chosen, where the same
convention is used as in the previous command, lpta.

The current 2D curve must have at least one point.

There are generally four lines tangent to two circles. The line is chosen that ensures that the 2D curve's
direction will be continuous as we go from an arc of the first circle to the line and then around the
second circle (although no arc of the second circle is actually included in the current 2D curve). So flag,
by determining the direction on the first circle, selects two possible lines. The sign of radius determines
a direction on the second circle, hence selects one line from those two. For radius, a negative number
chooses counter-clockwise, and a positive number clockwise.
The four examples that follow show each of the four cases.

Examples

ld 1 lp2 1.75 .875 2 1;ltas 2.5 1.3 %r 4 1.9 %s;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

40 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Figure 20 r = -1 , s = .5 Figure 21 r = -1 , s = -.5

Figure 22 r = 1 , s = .5 Figure 23 r = 1 , s = -.5

lep elliptic arc

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 41

lep radius1 radius2 xN0 zN0 èbegin èend ö
where
radius1 is the length of the semi-major axis,
radius2 is the length of the semi-minor axis,
(xN0, zN0) is the center of the ellipse,
è begin is the beginning angle of the elliptical arc,
è end is the ending angle of the elliptical arc, and
ö is the angle between the major axis and the positive x-axis.

Remarks

The ellipse is centered at (xN0, zN0). The first

radius is measured along the axis forming an
angle of ö degrees with the x-axis of the 2
dimensional local coordinate system, and is
referred to as the major axis. The second radius
is measured along the axis orthogonal to the first
axis, and is referred to as the minor axis. è begin
and èend are the beginning and ending angles of
the arc. èbegin is the angle between the major axis
and the line from the beginning point to the center
of the ellipse. è end is the angle between the major
axis and the line from the ending point to the
center of the ellipse. (The same side of the major
axis is used for all three angles). See the example
on the following page.
Figure 24 Elliptic Arc
Example

ld 2 lep 3 1 1 1 -45 30 30;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

42 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lod normal offset

lod curve offset

where
curve is the ID of a previously-defined 2D curve, and
offset is the distance that this curve is offset in a normal direction.

Remarks

Use this option to take a previously defined 2D

curve and offset it in a normal direction. Positive
normals are on the left side of the curve as you
move from the beginning to the end. The normals
at the endpoints are calculated independently. If
an endpoint of the previously defined 2D curve
meets the zN-axis, then the zN-axis is used as the
normal direction at that endpoint, causing the
offset curve to meet the zN-axis as well. The offset
is used with the normal directions to determine the
endpoints of the new segment. The central differ-
ence is used for the normal direction for the
interior points. See the next page for an example.
In this example, the first curve is on the zN-axis,
causing the offset curve 2 to also be on the zN-axis. Figure 25 Normal Offset Of 2D Curves
Since curve 3 is not on the zN-axis, the offset
curve 4 is treated differently than curve 2 at the endpoints.

Example

ld 1 lp2 0 .2266 .0625 .2109 .125 .1875 .1875 .1719 .25 .1875 .3125
.1641 .375 .125 0.4 0; ltas .6 .025 1 1 0 .15;
ld 2 lod 1 .1 ;
ld 3 lstl 1 .2 .4 ;
ld 4 lod 3 .1 ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 43

lnof normal averaging offset

lnof curve offset

where
curve is a the ID number of a previously-defined 2D curve, and
offset is the offset distance.

Remarks

Use this option to take a previously defined 2D

curve and offset in a direction using the normal
averaging method. For each point in the original
curve, both the left and right sided normals are
calculated. Then they are averaged. This average
normal is used to calculate the direction of the
offset. In the example below, compare curves 2
and 3 offset from curve 1 using the lnof and lod
options, respectively.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 0 2 0 2 10 1 10;
ld 2 lnof 1 -1 ; Figure 26 Comparison of two offset methods
ld 3 lod 1 -1 ;

lfil fillet

lfil È xNend zNend Ö radius

where
È is the angle between the positive x axis and the line segment which joins the last
point of the current curve and the fillet arc,
(xNend zNend) is the endpoint of this 2D curve segment,
Ö is the angle between the positive x axis and the line segment which joins the
fillet arc and the endpoint (xNend, zNend), and
radius is the radius of the fillet.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

44 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

Use this option to add a fillet made from 2 points

and 2 angles to form an arc of a circle of the
specified radius. This arc is met by a tangent line
segment originating at the last defined point in the
curve, having the slope specified by the angle È.
That is, È is the angle between the positive x-axis
and the line segment. The arc terminates at a
point such that if a line is drawn from that point to
the point (xNend, zNend), it would be tangent to the
circle with the slope specified by the angle Ö.
The picture which accompanies the following
example should explain everything. The current
2D curve must already have at least one point.

Example
Figure 27 Fillet
ld 1 lp2 1 1; lfil 45 1 2 -45
.25 lp2 1 2;

lap arc by center and end point

lap xNend zNend xN0 zN0

where
(xNend, zNend) is the end of the line segment which defines the end of the arc, and
(xN0, zN0) is both the center
of the circular arc
and the beginning
of the line
segment which
defines the end of
the arc.

Remarks

Use this option to create a circular arc passing

through the end of the current curve and
terminating at the point of the circle intersecting
with the ray containing the point (x end, zend). The
circle's center is (x 0, z0). Thus, the radius of the Figure 28 Arc of a circle by point and center

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 45

circle is the distance between (x 0, z0) and the end of the current curve. The direction (clockwise or
counter clockwise) is determined so as to produce the shortest arc between the two endpoints. The
current 2D curve must already have at least one point. See the picture on the next page.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 2;lap 4 4 2 3;

lar arc by radius and 2 points

lar xNend zNend radius

where
(xNend, zNend) is the end of the arc which is to be created, and
radius is the radius of this circular arc.

Remarks

Use this option to create a circular arc passing

through the end of the current 2D curve and the
point (xNend, zNend), with the circle's radius also
specified. There are two ways to do this. If
radius is positive, the arc will be counter-
clockwise; if negative, the arc will be clockwise.
See the example on the following page.

This option requires that the current 2D curve

have at least one point.

Example
Figure 29 Arc of a circle by radius
ld 1 lp2 1 1 ;lar 2 3 2.5;

ltp tangent arc by radius and end point

ltp xNend zNend radius

where
(xNend, zNend) is the point at which the arc will end, and
radius is the radius of the arc.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

46 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

Use this option to create a circular arc tangent to

the tangent extension of the current curve, ending
at a point (tangent-to-point), with the given
radius. The current 2D curve must have at least
two points. The endpoint of the current 2D curve
will be extended or cut back to tangentially meet
the circular arc. The circular arc will end at the
point (xNend, zNend). See the example and picture on
the next page.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1;
lar 2 3 2.5 ltp 3 6 3 ;

Figure 30 Tangent arc

lpt arc by radius and end tangent line

lpt xNbegin zNbegin xNend zNend radius

where
(xNbegin, zNbegin) is the end of the
specified arc and
beginning of the
line segment,
(x end, zend) is the end of the
line segment, and
radius is the ra d i u s o f
the circular arc.

Remarks

Use this option in order to create a circular arc

extended by a tangent line segment (point-to-
tangent), where the endpoints of the line segment,
(xNbegin, zNbegin) and (xNend, zNend ) respectively, and
the radius are specified. The point (xNbegin, zNbegin)
will be modified so that it is the point of tangency.
This point is only used to specify the slope of the
tangent line segment and it does not have to be at Figure 31 Append arc and tangent line

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 47

the point of tangency. The arc will begin at the end of the current 2D curve and end at the tangent line
segment. The current 2D curve must have at least one point. See the example and the picture on the
following page.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1;lpt 2 3 3 3 1.5;

lat fillet by radius and end tangent line

lat xNbegin zNbegin xNend zNend radius

where
(xNbegin, zNbegin) is the point at the beginning of the tangent extension,
(xNend, zNend) is the point at the end of the tangent extension, and
radius is the radius of the fillet.

Remarks

Use this option in order to append a fillet and a

tangent extension by specifying the tangent
extension between the points (xNbegin, zNbegin) and
(xNend, zNend) and the radius of the fillet (all
tangents). It may extend or truncate the last
segment of the current 2D curve. The tangent
extension may also be extended or truncated.
Notice the difference between this and the
previous option. This option guarantees a smooth
transition. The trade-off is that the current 2D
curve must have at least two points.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1 2 2;
lat 2.75 1.625 3 1.5 .75; Figure 32 Fillet between two lines

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

48 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lad arc by center and angle

lad xN0 zN0 è

where
(xN0, zN0) center of the arc
è subtended angle which defines the arc

Remarks

Use this option in order to append an arc of a circle

with the specified center (xN0, zN0), starting at the last
point in the current curve and rotating
counterclockwise about a circle, by the specified
positive angle è. A negative angle rotates in a
clockwise direction. The current 2D curve must
have at least one point. The last point in the current
2D curve is used (with the arc’s center) to determine
the radius of the arc.

Example

ld 1 lp2 2 1 2 2;lad 0 3 45

Figure 33 Circular arc

lvc point in polar coordinates

lvc è radius
where
è is the angle along which the
line segment will be drawn,
and
radius is the length of the defined
segment.

Remarks

Use this option in order to append a line segment by

end point described as an offset from the end of the
existing curve. The offset is in polar coordinates.
The angle, è, is measured with respect to the positive
x-axis and counter clockwise is taken as positive.
Figure 34 Saw Tooth using polar offsets

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 49

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1;
lvc 45 1 lvc -45 1.1
lvc 50 1.2 lvc -55 1.3
lvc 60 1.4 lvc -65 1.5
lvc 70 1.6 lvc -75 1.7
lvc 80 1.8 lvc -85 1.9
lvc 90 2

lstl translate

lstl curve ÄxN ÄzN

where
curve ID number of a previously-defined 2D curve
ÄxN translation distance in the xN (horizontal) direction
ÄzN translation distance in the zN (vertical) direction
Remarks

Use this command in order to append a translation of

a previously defined and numbered 2D curve to the
current 2D curve. See the example and picture on
the following page.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1; lad 0 2 45
ld 2 lp2 2 1; lstl 1 2 1

ltbc list of radial coordinates

ltbc èbegin Äè scale radii

where
è begin i s t h e f i r s t a n g u l a r Figure 35 Append a 2D curve
coordinate,
Äè is the angular increment,
scale is a radial multiplier, and
radii is the list of radii which will be scaled.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

50 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

Use this option to append points defined in polar coordinates. Radii is a list of their radial coordinates.
The angular coordinate of the first point is è begin, and the angular coordinate increases by Äè for each
successive point. Each radii is scaled by scale. Use the ltbo to modify these radii.

Example

The picture which corresponds to the following command file excerpt is shown on the next page.

ld 1 ltbc 0 1 1
1.00000 1.02161 1.04201 1.06119
1.07916 1.09592 1.11148 1.12585
1.13904 1.15106 1.16191 1.17163
1.18021 1.18768 1.19406 1.19936
1.20360 1.20682 1.20902 1.21023
1.21049 1.20981 1.20823 1.20577
1.20246 1.19834 1.19344 1.18779
1.18142 1.17436 1.16667 1.15836
1.14948 1.14007 1.13016 1.11980
1.10902 1.09786 1.08637 1.07458
1.06254 1.05028 1.03786 1.02531
1.01268 .999999 .987322 .974687
.962138 .949715 .937462 .925421
.913633 .902140 .890982 .880201
.869837 .859929 .850517 .841639
.833332 .825635 .818584 .812214
.806560 .801656 .797535 .794230
.791770 .790188 .789510 .789766
.790982 .793184 .796396 .800640 Figure 36 Curve by radial coordinates
.805941 .812316 .819787 .828371
.838085 .848943 .860960 .874148
.888519 .904081 .920843 .938811 .957991 .978387 1.00000;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 51

ltbo changes to the list of radial coordinates

ltbo Äradius 1 Äradius 2 ... ;

where
Äradius i are the changes for each of the radii.

Remarks

The radial and angular coordinates are initialized (prior to using this command) using the ltbc
command. The ltbo command is subsequently used to change the radial coordinates. These changes
are cumulative.

Example

This example is based on the previous example using the ltbc command.

ld 2 ltbo
0 3.09017E-02 5.87785E-02
8.09017E-02 9.51056E-02
1.00000E-01 9.51057E-02
8.09018E-02 5.87787E-02
3.09019E-02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 3.09017E-02 5.87785E-02
8.09017E-02 9.51056E-02
1.00000E-01 9.51057E-02
8.09018E-02 5.87787E-02
3.09019E-02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 3.09017E-02 5.87785E-02
8.09017E-02 9.51056E-02
1.00000E-01 9.51057E-02
8.09018E-02 5.87787E-02
3.09019E-02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 3.09017E-02 5.87785E-02
8.09017E-02 9.51056E-02
1.00000E-01 9 . 5 1 0 5 7 E - 0 2 Figure 37 Modified ltbc curve
8.090 1 8 E-02 5.87787E-02
3.09019E-02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.09017E-02 5.87785E-02
8.09017E-02 9.51056E-02 .1 9.51057E-02 8.09018E-02 5.87787E-02
3.09019E-02 0;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

52 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lint interpolation

lint curve 1 curve 2 interpolation

where
curve 1 ID number of the first 2D curve
curve 2 ID number of the second curve
interpolation interpolation parameter

Remarks

Interpolation is an weight factor for the first

curve. (1-interpolation) is the weight factor for
the second curve. In other words, specifying an
interpolation of 1 will reproduce the first curve
and specifying an interpolation of 0 will
reproduce the second curve. The interpolation is
done by relative arc length. A parameter from 0
to 1, based on the arc length, is used to traverse
both curves uniformly. For each value of this
parameter, a point is interpolated along the line
between the two points associated with the
parameter on the two curves. This is done for
every point to form the interpolated third curve.
See the example on the next page.

Example Figure 38 Interpolation Between 2 2D curves

This example is based on the curve defined in the previous example using ltbo.

ld 3 lep 2 2 0 0 1 89 0;
ld 4 lint 2 3 .2
ld 5 lint 2 3 .4
ld 6 lint 2 3 .6
ld 7 lint 2 3 .8

csp2 cubic spline

csp2 option xN1 zN1 ... xNn zNn

where
option can be

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 53

 loop close curve into a smooth loop

First endpoint with zero 2 nd derivative

00 last with zero 2 nd derivative
01 last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
02 last_curve_# last match first of other curve
03 last_curve_# last match last of other curve

First endpoint derivative

10 first_dxN first_dzN last with zero 2 nd derivative
11 first_dxN first_dzN last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
12 first_dxN first_dzN last_curve_# last match first of other curve
13 first_dxN first_dzN last_curve_# last match last of other curve

First endpoint match first endpoint of another curve

20 first_curve_# last with zero 2 nd derivative
21 first_curve_# last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
22 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match first of other curve
23 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match last of other curve

First endpoint match last endpoint of another curve

30 first_curve_# last with zero 2 nd derivative
31 first_curve_# last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
32 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match first of other curve
33 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match last of other curve

xN1 zN1 ... xNn zNn pairs of control points

Example

The polygonal 2D curve number 1 and the spline curve number 2 with natural end derivatives are
defined. The spline curve number 3 with loop condition is defined. The loop condition is based on
equal coordinates and first derivatives of the start and the end point. Therefore the curve number 3 is
smoother than the curve number 2. The start and end point coordinates are (-1,-1). The spline curve
number 4 with specified end (-1,-1) and start derivatives (1,1) is defined. The spline curve number 5
is defined by the sane points as curve number 4. It uses start and end derivatives of curve number 4 to
form a smooth loop with curve number 4. The spline curve number 6 also uses start and end derivatives
of the spline curve number 4, but with different magnitudes. The command file follows:

ld 1
lp2 -1 -1 0 -1.5 1 -1 1.5 0 1 1 0 1.5 -1 1 -1.5 0 -1 -1;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

54 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 c polygon from control points

ld 2
csp2 00
-1 -1 0 -1.5 1 -1 1.5 0 1 1 0 1.5 -1 1 -1.5 0 -1 -1;;
c spline with natural derivatives - 00

ld 3
csp2 loop
-1 -1 0 -1.5 1 -1 1.5 0 1 1 0 1.5 -1 1 -1.5 0 -1 -1;;
c spline with loop condition - loop

ld 4
csp2 11 -1 -1 1 1
-1 -1 0 -1.5 1 -1 1.5 0 1 1 0 1.5 -1 1 -1.5 0 -1 -1;;
c spline with specified start and end derivatives
c -1 -1 and 1 1

ld 5
csp2 32 4 1 4 1
-1 -1 0 -1.5 1 -1 1.5 0 1 1 0 1.5 -1 1 -1.5 0 -1 -1;;
c spline with specified start and end derivatives
c form curve 4 with magnitude 1 4 1 4 1

ld 5 csp2 32 4 1 4 1
-1 -1 0 -1.5 1 -1 1.5 0 1 1 0 1.5 -1 1 -1.5 0 -1 -1;;
c spline with specified start and end derivatives
c form curve 4 with magnitudes 2 and 4 4 2 4 4

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 55

Figure 39 spline with natural end derivatives Figure 40 spline with loop condition

Figure 41 spline with end derivatives Figure 42 spline with various end derivatives

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

56 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

fws2 Fowler-Wilson cubic spline

fws2 option convergence mxiniter mxouiter xN1 zN1 ... xNn zNn ;
where
option can be

loop close curve into a smooth loop

First endpoint with zero 2 nd derivative

00 last with zero 2 nd derivative
01 last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
02 last_curve_# last match first of other curve
03 last_curve_# last match last of other curve

First endpoint derivative

10 first_dxN first_dzN last with zero 2 nd derivative
11 first_dxN first_dzN last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
12 first_dxN first_dzN last_curve_# last match first of other curve
13 first_dxN first_dzN last_curve_# last match last of other curve

First endpoint match first endpoint of another curve

20 first_curve_# last with zero 2 nd derivative
21 first_curve_# last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
22 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match first of other curve
23 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match last of other curve

First endpoint match last endpoint of another curve

30 first_curve_# last with zero 2 nd derivative
31 first_curve_# last_dxN last_dzN last derivative
32 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match first of other curve
33 first_curve_# last_curve_# last match last of other curve

convergence convergence tolerance

mxiniter maximum of inner iterations
mxouiter maximum of outer iterations
xN1 zN1 ... xNn zNn pairs of control points

Remarks

The Wilson-Fowler algorithm fits cubic spline arcs through the set of given points. The basic idea was
to come as close as possible to the true spline (elastica), which minimizes the energy of the curve, with

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 57

a curve composed of cubic segments which are joined together to achieve continuous tangent and
curvature. This was accomplished by introducing a local u,v-coordinate system for each segment, with
the independent variable running along the chord joining (xNi, zNi) with (xNi+1, zNi+1). T he curvature-
matching conditions lead to a tri-diagonal nonlinear system of equations, which must be solved
iteratively. The difference between derivatives for the i and i+1 point is minimized until the maximal
difference is less than convergence or until the maximum number of iterations is reached.

The recommended value for convergence is from 10 -3 to 10 -6. The recommended value for mxiniter is
4. The recommended value for mxouiter is 8 times the total number of points.

The process does not necessarily converge for every case. When this method does not converge, an
informative message is issued with the largest curvature difference. It is useful for simulation of
production processes.

The theoretical description of the Wilson-Fowler Spline can be found in:

Cubic Spline, a Curve Fitting Routine. Fowler, W ilson.

Union Carbide Corp., Nuclear Div., Oak Ridge, Tennessee, 1966.

Example

Two Fowler-Wilson spline curves are defined by sets of points. The points are marked and numbered.
The 11 option is used to specify first and second endpoint derivatives, both of the same size 0.001 and
1. Curve number 2 is randomly perturbed with
the normal distribution. The command file and
pictures follow:

para dx 0.001 mp [sqrt(2)/2]

d 0.02;
c parameters dx,mp,d
c are defined
ld 1 fws2 11 %dx 1 %dx 1
.000001 4 40 1 0 0 1 -1 0 0 -1 1
0;;
c curve 1
c - Fowler wilson spline
c option 11 -
c specified endpoint deriv.
c first_dx(%dx) first_dz(1)
c second_dx(%dx) second_dz(1)
c convergence .0000001
c max.of inner iterations 4
c max.of outer iterations 40 Figure 43 Fowler-Wilson Spline

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

58 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 c x and z coordinates l
c of 5 points
d 2 fws2 11 %dx 1 %dx 1
.000001 4 264
c curve 2
c - Fowler wilson spline
c option 11 -
c specified endpoint deriv.
c first_dx(%dx) first_dz(1)
c second_dx(%dx) second_dz(1)
c convergence .0000001
c max.of inner iterations 4
c max.of outer iterations 264
c x and z coordinates
c of 33 points

Figure 44 Fowler-Wilson Spline

[ 1.0 ] [ 0.0 ]
[ 0.9772311+%d*norm(0.2138127652)] [ 0.2121777+%d*norm]
[ 0.9238796+%d*norm] [ 0.3826835+%d*norm]
[ 0.8216469+%d*norm] [ 0.5699968+%d*norm]
[ 0.7071068+%d*norm] [ 0.7071068+%d*norm]
[ 0.5699968+%d*norm] [ 0.8216469+%d*norm]
[ 0.3826835+%d*norm] [ 0.9238796+%d*norm]
[ 0.2121777+%d*norm] [ 0.9772311+%d*norm]
[ 0.0+%d*norm] [ 1.0+%d*norm]
[-0.2121777+%d*norm] [ 0.9772311+%d*norm]
[-0.3826835+%d*norm] [ 0.9238796+%d*norm]
[-0.5699968+%d*norm] [ 0.8216469+%d*norm]
[-0.7071068+%d*norm] [ 0.7071068+%d*norm]
[-0.8216469+%d*norm] [ 0.5699968+%d*norm]
[-0.9238796+%d*norm] [ 0.3826835+%d*norm]
[-0.9772311+%d*norm] [ 0.2121777+%d*norm]
[ -1.0+%d*norm] [ 0.0+%d*norm]
[-0.9772311+%d*norm] [-0.2121777+%d*norm]
[-0.9238796+%d*norm] [-0.3826835+%d*norm]
[-0.8216469+%d*norm] [-0.5699968+%d*norm]
[-0.7071068+%d*norm] [-0.7071068+%d*norm]
[-0.5699968+%d*norm] [-0.8216469+%d*norm]
[-0.3826835+%d*norm] [-0.9238796+%d*norm]
[-0.2121777+%d*norm] [-0.9772311+%d*norm]

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 59

[ 0.0+%d*norm] [ -1.0+%d*norm]
[ 0.2121777+%d*norm] [-0.9772311+%d*norm]
[ 0.3826835+%d*norm] [-0.9238796+%d*norm]
[ 0.5699968+%d*norm] [-0.8216469+%d*norm]
[ 0.7071068+%d*norm] [-0.7071068+%d*norm]
[ 0.8216469+%d*norm] [-0.5699968+%d*norm]
[ 0.9238796+%d*norm] [-0.3826835+%d*norm]
[ 0.9772311+%d*norm] [-0.2121777+%d*norm]
[ 1.0 ] [ 0.0 ];;

ctbc polar cubic spline

ctbc option convergence è begin Äè scale radii;

where
option can be

First endpoint with zero 2 nd derivative

00 last with zero 2 nd derivative
01 last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

First endpoint derivative

10 first_dxN first_dzN last with zero 2 nd derivative
11 first_dxN first_dzN last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

è begin first angular coordinate

Äè angular increment
scale radial multiplier
radii list of radii

Remarks

This option is similar to the csp2 option. The difference is that the spline is calculated in polar
coordinates. Points are defined in polar coordinates. Radii is a list of their radial coordinates. The
angular coordinate of the first point is è begin, and the angular coordinate increases by Äè for each
successive point. Each radius is scaled by scale. The derivatives first_dxN, first_dzN, second_dxN,
second_dzN must be specified in the Cartesian (not polar) coordinate space. Only the direction of the
derivative vector is used. The magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored.

Use the ctbo option to modify the radii.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

60 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

ctbo Modify a Polar Cubic Spline

ctbo option Äradius 1 Äradius 2 ... ;

where
option can be

First endpoint with zero 2 nd derivative

00 last with zero 2 nd derivative
01 last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

First endpoint derivative

10 first_dxN first_dzN last with zero 2 nd derivative
11 first_dxN first_dzN last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

Äradius i additive changes to the radii.

Remarks

The spline curve is constructed in the polar coordinate system. All interpolation is done in polar
coordinates. The radial and angular coordinates are initialized (prior to using this command) using the
ltbc, ctbc, or ftbc option. The ctbo option is subsequently used to change the radial coordinates. These
changes are cumulative. Only the direction of the derivative vector is used. The magnitude of the
derivative vector is ignored.

ftbc Fowler-Wilson polar cubic spline

ftbc option convergence mxiniter mxouiter è begin Äè scale radii;

where
option can be

First endpoint with zero 2 nd derivative

00 last with zero 2 nd derivative
01 last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

First endpoint derivative

10 first_dxN first_dzN last with zero 2 nd derivative
11 first_dxN first_dzN last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

convergence convergence tolerance

mxiniter maximum of inner iterations

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 61

 mxouiter maximum of outer iterations
è begin first angular coordinate
Äè angular increment
scale radial multiplier
radii list of radii

Remarks

This option is similar to the fws2 option. T he difference is that the spline is calculated in polar
coordinates. Points are defined in polar coordinates. Radii is a list of their radial coordinates. The
angular coordinate of the first point is è begin, and the angular coordinate increases by Äè for each
successive point. Each radius is scaled by scale. The derivatives first_dxN, first_dzN, second_dxN,
second_dzN must be specified in the Cartesian (not polar) coordinate space. Only the direction of the
derivative vector is used. The magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored.

The recommended value for convergence is from 10 -3 to 10 -6. The recommended value for mxiniter
i 4. The recommended value for mxouiter is 8 times the number of points.

Example

A Fowler-Wilson polar spline curve is defined by

sets of points (see 45). The points are marked and
numbered. The 11 option is used to specify first
and second endpoint derivatives, both of the same
components 0.001 and 1. The command file
and pictures follow:

ld 1 ftbc 11 .001 1 .001 1 .001

4 72 10. 10 1 1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6
.7 .8 .9

Figure 45 Polar Fowler-Wilson cubic spline

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

62 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

ftbo modify Wilson-Fowler polar cubic spline

ftbo option convergence mxiniter mxouiter Äradius 1 Äradius 2 ... ;

where
option can be

First endpoint with zero 2 nd derivative

00 last with zero 2 nd derivative
01 last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

First endpoint derivative

10 first_dxN first_dzN last with zero 2 nd derivative
11 first_dxN first_dzN last_dxN last_dzN last derivative

convergence convergence tolerance

mxiniter maximum of inner iterations
mxouiter maximum of outer iterations
Äradius 1 Äradius 2 ... list of changes in the radii

Remarks

The spline curve is constructed in the polar coordinate system. All interpolation is done in polar
coordinates. The radial and angular coordinates are initialized (prior to using this command) using the
ltbc, ctbc, or ftbc command. The ftbo command
is subsequently used to change the radial
coordinates. These changes are cumulative. Only
the direction of the derivative vector is used. The
magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored.

The recommended value for convergence is from

10 -3 to 10 -6. The recommended value for mxiniter
i 4. T he recommended value for mxouiter is 8
times the number of points.

Example

The Fowler-Wilson polar spline curve created

with the ftbc command is modified with the ftbo
command. The points are marked and numbered.
The 10 option is used to specify the first endpoint
derivatives, 0.001 and 1. The command file
Figure 46 Modified Fowler-Wilson polar

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 63

and pictures follow:

ld 1 ftbc 11 .001 1. .001 1 .001 4 72 10 10 1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8

.9
ld 1 ftbo 10 .001 1. .001 4 72 .1 0 -.1 0 .1 0 -.1 0 .1

rseg import from edge file

rseg <no arguments>

Remarks

Use this option to append the result of reading the

next segment of a 2D curve definition in an edge
file; see the edgefile command. It is required that
the edgefile command was used first to specified
the file containing the curve data. This command
can be used repeatedly. Each time this command
is used, the next 2D curve segment data found in
the edge file will be appended to the present 2D
curve. When all of the data in this file has been
used, then the file is automatically closed.

Example

The example edge file in the description on the Figure 47 2 segments from edge file
edgefile command above can be converted to 2D
curve definitions using the rseg command. For example,

ld 1 rseg rseg

3. 2D Curve Display Commands

These commands control which 2D curves are displayed. Since they are so obvious in what they do,
no examples are included in this section.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

64 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lcv display a load curve

lcv load_curve_number
where
load_curve_number is the number of the load curve to be displayed.

Remarks

If this is the first invocation of a load curve or 2D curve display command, then a new window for the
curves is drawn.

lv display all 2D curves

lv (no arguments)

Remarks

The command displays all previously defined 2D curves. If this is the first invocation of a curve display
command, then a new window is drawn for the curves.

lvi display list of 2D curves

lvi curve 1 curve 2 ... ;

where
curve i is the number of a(the) previously defined 2D curve(s).

Remarks

This command is similar to dcds, in that this command allows you to display a list of 2D curves. Other
defined 2D curves will not be displayed or will be removed from the display.

lvs display a sequence of 2D curves

lvs first_line last_line

where
first_line is the first 2D curve to be displayed, and
last_line is the number of the last curve to be displayed.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 65

Remarks

This command will display every 2D curve whose ID number lies between the 2 specified curve IDs.

4. Create 3D Curves
These commands define, modify, and display information about 3D curves. There are many uses for
3D curves. Every 3D curve is identified by a number. Use the automatic parameter %nextcrv for the
next available 3D curve number.

You may wish to project a face of the mesh to a surface so that the entire surface is covered. In most
cases, you will need to attach the edges of the face to the edges of the surface or to 3D curves that form
the shape of the surface boundaries. It is typical to import an IGES model with many surfaces that need
to be combined for meshing purposes. This is done with the sds option of the sd command. Then a face
of the mesh can be projected to this composite surface. Once again, to cover the entire surface, attach
the edges of the mesh to the boundary of the composite surface which can be formed using the sdedge
option of the curd command or the coedge interactive equivalent.

When a surface has more than 180 degrees of curvature, the projection to that surface must be helped
by attaching the edge of the mesh to the boundaries or a 3D curve. When there is an interior cusp or
feature in the surface that requires a mesh line to follow, a 3D curve can be formed. Then an interior
edge of the mesh can be attached to this curve.

If two faces, with a common edge, are projected to two different surfaces, then the common edge will
be placed along the intersection of the two surfaces. You can accomplish a similar affect along the edge
of the mesh by attaching it to a 3D curve.

When two neighboring faces of the mesh are projected to the same surface, you may wish to control the
way the common edge is projected onto the surface by initializing that edge along a 3D curve. This is
a common procedure when making fine adjustments to the mesh to improve the mesh quality.

3D curves are also useful when no surface information is available. It was noted above that these curves
can be used to define surfaces. It is also possible to place the edges of the mesh along the 3D curves and
interpolate the faces of the mesh. In fact, this will be done by default, when no surfaces are specified.
However, you may wish to specify the type of interpolation between the edges using the lin or tf
commands.

The curd command can be used to begin the definition of a 3D curve. A 3D curve can also be imported
from an IGES file by using the IGES or IGESCD commands. A 3D curve can be used to create 2D
curves (ld3d2d), 3D curves (contour), and surfaces (sd). Vertices of the mesh can be placed at points
on a 3D curve (pbs). Edges of the mesh can be placed along a piece of a curve either initially (cur) or
permanently (curf) or placed along the entire curve (cure). curs is useful when you want to be able

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

66 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

to control the position of the intermediate vertices along a multiple edge.

A 3D curve is built with 3D curve segments. For example, a composite curve from an IGES file is a
segmented 3D curve. In many cases, a single 3D curve segment using only one of the options in this
chapter is all that is needed for a 3D curve definition. This segmentation feature is something to keep
in mind for later when you may wish to make modifications to the geometry by extending a 3D curve
definition. Each 3D curve option appends a curve segment to the 3D curve initialized by the last curd
command. A segment is appended either to the beginning or ending of the existing curve, and the
direction of the curve may be switched. This is done to minimize the distance between the endpoint of
the existing curve and the endpoint of the appending segment to form one composite curve. The
direction of the curve can be checked with the labels crvpt command.

You have to specify curves in the correct order, when you are appending or copying curves (Figure 48
and Figure 49)

Figure 48 correct order Figure 49 wrong order

1 - segment, 2 - arc, 3 - spline 1 - segment, 2 - spline , 3 - arc

curd 3D curve definition

curd 3d_curve_# type_of_curve curve_data_list

where
type_of_curve and curve_data_list can be

igc iges_curve_#

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 67

 sdedge surface_#.edge_#
lp3 x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ; trans ;
contour surface_point_id_1 surface_point_id_2
csp3 option x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ; trans ;
bsp3 knots x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ;
nrb3 knots weights x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ;
ld2d3d 2d_curve_# system coordinate start end trans ;
intcur 3d_curve_1 3d_curve_2 interpolate trans ;
lp3pt point_id_1 ... point_id_n ; trans ;
3dfunc min_u max_u x_expres ; y-expres ; z-expres ; trans ;
projcur 3d_curve_# surface_# trans ;
pscur 3d_curve_# surface_# #_iterations tol trans ;
arc3 option system point system point system point
twsurf surface_1 surface_2 x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ; trans ;
cpcd curve_# trans ;
cpcds list_curve_# trans ;
rmseg, and

trans is a product from left to right of the following operators

mx x_offset
my y_offset
mz z_offset
v x_offset y_offset z_offset
rx theta
ry theta
rz theta
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn
rxy
ryz
rzx
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate
information:
rt x y z (cartesian coordinates)
cy rho theta z (cylindrical coordinates)
sp rho theta phi (spherical coordinates)
pt c.i (label of a labeled point from a 3D curve)
pt s.i.j (label of a labeled point from a surface)
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

68 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 information:
rt x y z (cartesian coordinates)
cy rho theta z (cylindrical coordinates)
sp rho theta phi (spherical coordinates)
pt c.i (label of a labeled point from a 3D curve)
pt s.i.j (label of a labeled point from a surface)
inv to invert the present transformation
csca scale all coordinates
xsca scale the x-coordinates
ysca scale the y-coordinates
zsca scale the z-coordinates

Remarks

To create a 3D curve, begin by selecting the identification number with the curd command. Then select
the curve type and associated parameters. Optionally, additional component 3D curve segments can be
appended. This is done indefinitely, until a new curd command is executed. When a new segment is
appended to a 3D curve definition, the data is ordered to best match the endpoint of the last segment
appended to the 3D curve definition. The following options are used, within the curd command, at any
time to append a segment:

Use igc to create/append an IGES 3D curve by its sequence number.

Use sdedge or se to create/append an edge of a defined surface. Each edge is assigned a number. The
edge number m of surface number n is identified with the symbol n.m . To view the surface with the
numbered edge, use the graphics label command with the option sdedge or se.

Use arc3 to create/append a 3D arc of a circle passing through 3 points. There are three options. An
arc can be created passing from the first to the second to the third point. The second option is the
complement of the first option above. That is, the other portion of the circle is used. The third option
creates the entire circle.

Use lp3 to create/append a sequence of points forming a polygonal 3D curve.

Use lp3pt to create/append a sequence of surface/curve points forming a polygonal 3D curve.

Use cpcd to create/append a copy of a previously defined 3D curve.

Use cpcds to create/append a copy of a sequence of previously defined 3D curves.

Use contour to create/append a contour segment from an existing surface or curve. The

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 69

surface_point_id is formed from 3 numbers separated by periods. For example 3.10.12 references a
point on surface 3, at position i=10, j=12. The curve_point_id is formed from 2 numbers separated by
a period. For example, 4.1 references the 1 st point in 3D curve 4.

Use csp3 to create/append a 3D cubic spline through a set of ordered points. The end derivatives can
be specified or matched.

Use bsp3 to create/append a b-spline curve formed from an explicit list of knots and control points.

Use nrb3 to create/append a nurbs curve formed from an explicit list of knots, weights and control
points.

Use intcur to create/append a curve interpolated between two other 3D curves.

Use twsurf to create/append the curve at the intersection of two surfaces. Initial points are required to
determine the endpoints and some intermediate points for surfaces with large curvature (greater than
120 degrees). These points need only be approximate.

Use ld2d3d to create/append a 2D curve converted to 3D.

Use 3dfunc to create/append a parameterized function curve with a specified domain.

Use projcur to create/append another 3D curve projected onto a surface.

Use pscur to create/append another 3D curve projected onto a surface and smoothed.

igc create/append an IGES curve to a 3D curve

igc IGES_curve transformations;

where
IGES_curve is the sequence number of a curve in the current IGES file, and
trans is a transformation

Remarks

A composite IGES curve is treated as a single curve. After the 3D curve is defined, the saveiges and
useiges commands should be used for fast retrieval of the IGES curve in subsequent sessions. See their
command descriptions for more detail. A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple
transformations such as rotate and translate. For a complete list of these simple transformations, see the
lct command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

70 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

sdedge create/append curve by surface edge

sdedge surface_#.edge_#
where
surface_# is the surface ID number of a previously defined surface, and
edge_# is the number of the desired edge. The edge numbers range from 1 to 4.

Remarks

Use sdedge or se to create/append a 3D curve from an edge of a defined surface. Each edge is assigned
a number. T o view the surface with the numbered edge, use the graphics labels command with the
option sdedge or se. It is a good idea to zoom in tight on the desired edge
before turning on these labels, however, particularly if you are using read-in IGES surfaces.
You cannot select the edge of an infinite surface such as a cone.

There is an advantage to converting an edge of a surface to a 3D curve and attaching an edge of the
mesh to that 3D curve, instead of attaching the same edge of the mesh directly to the edge of the surface
using the edge command. When using the edge command, all interior vertices of the edge of the mesh
will be interpolated as a function of the two end vertices. This implies that you have no freedom to
position these interior vertices. In contrast, when attaching a multiple edge to a 3D curve, you have
freedom to position each vertex, independently, along the 3D curve. If you are attaching a simple edge,
one with no interior vertices, then there is no obvious preference, unless, in the future reuse of this model
you should choose to insert a partition (insprt). If the edge was attached to an edge of the surface using
the edge command, you will not be able to position the new interior vertex.

The interactive feature called coedg is an easy way to sequence many surface edges together to form
a composite curve. The tsave file will record the coedg command as a sequence of se options in a curd
command.

The order of the edges in a sequence of sdeges options determines the way the edges are sewn together.
If there is a gap between two consecutive edges, the gap will be filled with a line segment.

Example

sd 1 function 0 10 0 10 u*u ; u*v ; v*v ; ; c surface 1

sd 2 function 2 10 10 15 u*u ; u*v ; v*v ; ; c surface 2
curd 1 sdedge 1.2 sdedge 2.2 c curve 1 definition from 2 edges

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 71

 Figure 50 sdedge example

lp3 create/append polygon of segments

lp3 x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ; trans ;

where
x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn are triplets of coordinates of points forming a polygon, and
trans is a transformation.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

72 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

Use the lp3 option to create/append a 3D

curve by defining a series of points which are
used to define line segments. A
transformation is formed by a sequence of
simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example

curd 1 lp3 0 0 0 1 1 0
3 1 0 5 0 0 6 0 0;;

Figure 51 lp3 example

contour create/append a contour line to a 3D curve

contour point1 point2

where
point1 and point2 identify points of a surface or 3D curve.

Remarks

The term contour is used to refer to a curve connecting two points of a surface or 3D curve. These are
points used in the tessellation of the surface or curve and assigned point identifiers. To find the point
identifiers, label the points of the surface or curve: either issue labels sdpt or labels crvpt or use the
Labels button in the Environment Window. Then you will see point identifiers of the form s.i.j on a
surface, or c.i on a curve. These points along a 3D curve are numbered sequentially. A similar scheme
is used in two directions for a set of points on a surface. The surface is drawn as a grid of contour lines
connecting some of these points on the surfaces (see sdint). When choosing a contour from a surface,
the two points, point1 and point2, should differ only in their i values or only in their j values to extract
an existing surface contour. I or j equal to zero means the maximum value of i or j, respectively. If both
i and j are different in the two points, a smooth curve along the surface will be selected to connect the
two points.

All of the coordinates of the contour line are written to the tsave file.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 73

Example

The contour curve is created on the ruled surface.

ld 1 lp2 1 1 -1 1 -1 -1 1 -1 1 1;
ld 2 lp2 1 1;
lad .5 .5 360 ;
sd 1 rule2d 1 1 2 2 ; c ruled surface definition
curd 1
contour 1.4.1 1.4.0 ; c curve defined by first point 1.4.1 and
c last point 1.4.0 on contour 4 of surface 1

Figure 52 Contour Curve on Ruled Surface Figure 53 Contour Curve on Torus Surface

Example

You can also connect points from 2 different contours (66 and 11 in the i-index, 5 and 9 in the j-index).
A curve is formed by seeking a short path (not necessarily the shortest path) between the first and last
point. In a periodic surface, such as a torus, it will choose the shortest periodic path, but the smoothing
algorithm may not converge to the to exact shortest path.

sd 1 ts 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 0 1 c torus surface definition

curd 1
contour 1.66.5 1.11.9; c curve 1 defined by first
c point 1.66.5 and last point 1.11.9

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

74 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

csp3 create/append a 3D cubic spline curve

csp3 option x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ; trans ;

where
option can be

loop close curve into a smooth loop

First Endpoint Natural Derivative

00 natural derivative for the Last Endpoint
01 last_dx last_dy last_dz - derivatives at the Last Point
02 #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2 - match First Endpoint of Another Curve
03 #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2 - match Last Endpoint of Another Curve

First Endpoint Specify Derivative

10 first_dx first_dy first_dz
11 first_dx first_dy first_dz last_dx last_dy last_dz
12 first_dx first_dy first_dz #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2
13 first_dx first_dy first_dz #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2

First Endpoint Match First Endpoint of Another Curve

20 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1
21 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1 last_dx last_dy last_dz
22 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1 #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2
23 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1 #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2

First Endpoint Match Last Endpoint of Another Curve

30 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1
31 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1 last_dx last_dy last_dz
32 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1 #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2
33 #_curve_1 derivative_mag_1 #_curve_2 derivative_mag_2

x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn - triplets of coordinates of Control Points

Theory

A cubic spline curve is composed from segments (Figure 54). Segment i is described by parametric
algebraic equations:

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 75

where t is an independent variable, and a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,j,k,l,m are unknown constants. There are 12

unknown constants for segment i. Suppose, there are n segments in the cubic spline. This produces 12n
unknowns. There are 6n constraints since the endpoints of each section pass through the control points.
There are 6n-6 additional constraints imposed so that the curve has equal left and right first derivatives
at the interior control points.

You can choose the derivatives at the end points to impose the remaining 6 constraints.
You have 2 possible choices:

- first derivatives at the Endpoints

- natural derivatives at the Endpoints (second derivatives = 0)

A transformation is formed by a sequence of

simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example

You can insert control point in between all ready

defined control points from Figure 54. The
result is shown in Figure 55.

curd 1
csp3 00 c natural derivative
0 1 0
1 0 0
2 1.3 0
3 0 0
3 0.8 0 c inserted point Figure 54 Spline Curve
4 1 0;;;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

76 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

Figure 55 Inserting a Cubic Spline Control Point

You can define a derivative condition for the

previously defined control points in Figure 54.
The result is shown in Figure 56.

curd 1
csp3 10 1 3 0 c derivatives
0 1 0
1 0. 0
2 1.3 0
3 0 0
4 1 0 ;;;

Figure 56 Endpoint Derivative Condition

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 77

bsp3 create/append a B-Spline curve

bsp3 knot1 ... knotn ; x 1 y 1 z1 ... x k y k zk ; trans ;

where
knot1 ... knotn are the parametric coordinates of n knots

Remarks

The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve. The number of
multiple knots for the starting and ending point determines the order of the curve (e.g. 2 - linear, 3 -
quadratic, 4 - cubic, etc.). The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending point.

x 1 y 1 z1 ... x k y k zk are triplets of coordinates of control points.

where k = n - multiplicity

A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate. For
a complete list of these simple transformations, see the lct command.

Example

curd 2 bsp3
0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3; c knots
0 0 0 c control
1 1 1 c points
2 1 1
2 0 1
3 2 1; ;

c bspline curve definition

c 4 knots
c 0 0 0 multiple knot
c 3 3 3 multiple knot
c 5 control points
c P1...P5

Figure 57 B-spline curve

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

78 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

nrb3 create/append a NURBS curve

nrb3 knot1 ... knotn ; weight1 ... weightk ; x 1 y 1 z 1 ... x k y k z k ; trans ;

where
knot1 ... knotn are parametric coordinates of n knots
weight1 ... weightk are weights for each control point
x 1 y 1 z 1 ... x k y k z k are triplets of coordinates of control points.
where k = n - multiplicity.

Remarks

The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve. The number of
multiple knots for the starting and ending point determines the order of the curve (e.g. 2 - linear, 3 -
quadratic, 4 - cubic, etc.). The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending point.

This command creates/appends a NURBS curve formed from an explicit list of knots, weights and
control points.

You can shape the curve by changing the weights (Figure 58).

You can specify discontinuity at the control point by multiple internal knots (Figure 59).

A transformation is formed by a sequence of

simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example

curd 2 nrb3
0 0 0 1 2 4 5 5 5; c knots
.1 1 1 5 1 1; c weights
0 1 0 c control
1 0 0 c points
2 1 0
3 4 0
4 2 0
5 3 0;;
c curve definition - 2
c nurbs
c 0 0 0 multiple knot
c 5 5 5 multiple knot Figure 58 2 NURBS curves with
various weights

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 79

c 6 control points
c P1 ...P6
c weight = 5 for P4 (x,y,z)

curd 3 nrb3
0 0 0 1 2 4 5 5 5; c knots
.1 1 1 .1 1 1; c weights
0 1 0 c control
1 0 0 c points
2 1 0
3 4 0
4 2 0
5 3 0;;
c curve definition - 3
c nurbs
c 0 0 0 multiple knot
c 5 5 5 multiple knot
c 6 control points
c P1 ... P6
c weight = .1 for P4
c weight = 5 for P4

Example

curd 4 nrb3
0 0 0 1 1 2 4 5 5 5; c knots
.1 1 1 1 10 1 1; c weights
0 1 0 c control points
0 .5 0
1 0 0
2 1 0
3 4 0
4 2 0
5 3 0;;

c NURBS curve with

c discontinuity - multiple
c internal knots 1 1
c for P3

Figure 59 NURBS curve with

discontinuity of the slope in P3

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

80 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

ld2d3d create/append a 2D curve converted to 3D

ld2d3d 2D_curve_# system coordinate start end transform ;

where
system can be
rt for Cartesian coordinate interpolation,
cy for cylindrical coordinate interpolation, or
sp for spherical coordinate interpolation
coordinate can be
x for the first coordinate interpolated
y for the second coordinate interpolated
z for the third coordinate interpolated
start is the first value of the specified coordinate,
end is the last values of the specified coordinate, and
transform is an optional transformation that may be applied.

Remarks

The interpolation formula is:

where is the interpolated coordinate,

is a parametric coordinate, it goes from 0 to 1, and

are the coordinates of the starting and ending points.

The parametric coordinate is segmented, with the segmentation based on the arc length of the curve.
See the examples on the following page.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate. For
a complete list of these simple transformations, see the lct command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 81

Example

ld 1 lep 2 1 0 0 -100 100 0 ;

c 2d curve definition
c elliptic arc

curd 1 ld2d3d 1 rt x 2 2 ;
c 3d curve - 1 definition
c elliptic arc
c in plane

curd 2 ld2d3d 1 rt x 2 -2 ;
c 3d curve - 2 definition
c elliptic arc
c with nonuniformly
c interpolated coordinate x

Figure 60 curve 1 and curve 2 by ld2d3d

intcur create/append a 3D curve by interpolation

intcur 3D_curve_1 3D_curve_2 interpolation_parameter transform ;

where
3D_curve_1 is the ID number of a 3D curve,
3D_curve_2 is the ID number of the second 3D curve,
interpolation_parameter is the distance from curve_1 (towards the second), and
transform is a final transformation, which may be applied.

Remarks

The intcur command is especially useful for defining the inside curves for a butterfly mesh which must
be applied along curved geometry.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate. For
a complete list of these simple transformations, see the lct command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

82 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

Curve 4 is created by interpolation between

curves 2 and 3 with interpolation parameter .3
(Figure 61). Simplified command file:

curd 4 intcur 2 3 .3 ;
c definition of curve 4 by
c interpolation
c between curves 2 and 3

Figure 61 curve 4 by intcur

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 83

lp3pt create/append a 3D curve by pairs of defined points

lp3pt point_id_1 ... point_id_n ; trans ;

Remarks

The lp3pt command connects points on surface/curve by line segments. In the case of infinite surfaces
(cylinder, plane, cone...), the surface must first be displayed. You can label these points by choosing
Labels and Surf Point. If you do not see a label where you expect one, then zoom in a bit further. If
you click on a label you can then enter that label (or point ID) using the F8 function key.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate. For
a complete list of these simple transformations, see the lct command.

Example

sd 1 function -90 90 -90 90

cos(u); cos(v);cos(u) ;;
curd 1
lp3pt 1.50.3 1.40.6 1.30.50
1.24.54 1.2.1 ; ;
c curve 1 is created
c from segments
c connecting points
c 1.2.1 1.24.54 1.30.50
c 1.40.6 1.50.3

Figure 62 curve by lp3pt

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

84 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

3dfunc create/append a parameterized function curve

3dfunc min_u max_u x_expres ; y-expres ; z-expres ; trans ;

where
min_u is the minimum value of the parameter, u,
max_u is the maximum value of the parameter,
x_expres is the function of u which defines the x-coordinates,
y-expres is the function of u which defines the y-coordinates,
z-expres is the function of u which defines the z-coordinates, and
trans is an optional final transformation.

Remarks

This command enables you to define a

parameterized 3D curve over a specified
domain.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of

simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example

curd 1 3dfunc -90 90 cos(u);

sin(u) ; sin(u)*cos(u) ; ;
c u goes from -90 to 90
c x = cos(u)
c y = sin(u)
c z = sin(u)*cos(u)
Figure 63 curve by 3dfunc

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 85

projcur create/append curve projected onto a surface

projcur 3D_curve_# surface_# trans ;

where
3D_curve_# is the ID number of a previously-defined 3D curve,
surface_# is the ID number of a previously-defined surface, and
trans is an optional transformation.

Remarks

The projcur command creates a curve by

projecting an existing curve onto a surface.
Projection is sensitive to surface curvature
and/or the relative position of the curve to the
surface. Also, see the following pscur
command, which is similar to this command
except that it also smooths the projected
curve.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of

simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example Figure 64 curve by projcur

curd 4 projcur 3 1 ;
c curve 4 by projection of curve 3 onto surface 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

86 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

pscur create/append curve projected onto a surface and smoothed

pscur 3D_curve_# surface_# #_iterations tol trans ;

where
3D_curve_# is the ID number of an existing 3D curve,
surface_# is the ID number of an existing surface,
#_iterations is the number of iterations used,
tol is the tolerance which limits the smoothing iterations, and
trans is an optional final transformation.

Remarks

This command projects the specified 3D curve onto

the specified surface and then iteratively smooths the
final curve. This iterative method continues until the
differences between successive iterations are less than
tol.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple

transformations such as rotate and translate. For a
complete list of these simple transformations, see the
lct command.

Example Figure 65 curve2 by pscur

The pscur command is demonstrated by projection and smoothing of the spline curve onto
discontinuous planar surface (Figure 65). Figure 66 is created from Figure 65 by magnification of
the Frame. It shows the difference between the pscur and projcur command when applied to the same
curve. pscur creates the smoother curve.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 87

curd 2 pscur 1 3 100 .01 ;

c curve 2 - by projection
c and smoothing of
c curve 1 onto surface 3
c with maximum
c 100 iterations
c and with minimum
c tolerance .1

Figure 66 pscur vs projcur curve

arc3 create/append arc of a circle

arc3 option system point system point system point

where
option can be
seqnc to specify the arc starting at the first point, passing through the second,
and ending at the third point.
cmplt to specify the complementary arc of the circle specified in seqnc, or
whole to specify the entire circle, and
system and point can be
rt x y z for cartesian coordinates,
sp rho theta phi for spherical coordinates,
cy rho theta z for cylindrical coordinates,
pt surface.i.j for a point off of a surface, or
pt curve.i for a point off of a 3D curve.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

88 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

This command appends a 3D arc of a circle passing

through 3 points. There are three options. An arc
can be created passing from the first to the second to
the third point - seqnc option (Figure 68). The
second option - cmplt is the complement of the first
option above (Figure 68). The third option - whole
creates the entire circle (Figure 69).

Figure 67 curve by arc3 seqnc

Example

curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt 0 1 0 rt

.5 .8 0 rt 1 0 0 ;
c circular arc - seqnc
c given by points
c P1(0,1,0)
c P2(.5,.8,0)
c P3(1,0,0)

curd 1 arc3
cmplt rt 0 1 0
rt .5 .8 0 rt 1 0 0 ;
c circular arc - cmplt
c given by points
c P1(0,1,0)
c P2(.5,.8,0)
Figure 68 curve by arc3 cmplt

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 89

c P3(1,0,0) curd 1 arc3
seqnc rt 0 1 0
rt .5 .8 0 rt 1 0 0 ;
c circle - whole
c given by points
c P1(0,1,0)
c P2(.5,.8,0)
c P3(1,0,0)

Figure 69 curve by arc3 whole

cpcd create/append a copy of a previously defined 3D curve.

cpcd curve_# trans ;

where
curve_# is the ID number of a previously-defined 3D curve, and
trans i s a n o p t i o n a l f i n a l
transformation.

Remarks

This option allows you to copy a previously-

defined 3D curve and transform it.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of

simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example

c definition of spline curve

curd 1 csp3 loop
0 -1 0
3 -1.5 0
Figure 70 curve 2 by cpcd from curve 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

90 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 5 -1 0
5 0 0
5.1 1 0
3 .5 0
0 1 0; ;
curd 2 cpcd 1 mz 5 csca .5 ;
c definition of curve 2
c by copy from curve 1
c and moved in the z-direction
c and scaled to the half size

cpcds create/append a copy of previously defined 3D curves

cpcds list_curve_# trans ;

where
list_curve_# is an ordered list of 3D curve ID numbers, and
trans is an optional final transformation.

Remarks

The list_curve_# is ordered (Figure 71).

A transformation is formed by a sequence of

simple transformations such as rotate and
translate. For a complete list of these simple
transformations, see the lct command.

Example

curd 5 cpcds 1 2 3 4;
rzx c symetry - zx plane
my -1 c translation - y
mz .5 c translation - z
rz 10 ; c rotation ar.- z

c definition of curve 5
c by copy of curves 1,2,3,4,5

Figure 71 curve 5 by cpds

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 91

twsurf create/append the curve at the intersection of two surfaces

twsurf surface_1 surface_2 x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn ; trans ;

where
surface_1 is the ID number of the first surface,
surface_2 is the ID number of the second surface,
x1 is the approximate x-coordinate of the curve’s beginning,
y1 is the approximate y-coordinate of the curve’s beginning,
z1 is the approximate z-coordinate of the curve’s beginning,
xn is the approximate x-coordinate of the curve’s end,
yn is the approximate y-coordinate of the curve’s end,
zn is the approximate z-coordinate of the curve’s end, and
trans is an optional final transformation.

Remarks

This command creates/appends the curve at the intersection of two surfaces. Initial points are required
to determine the endpoints and some intermediate points for surfaces with large curvature (greater than
120 degrees). These points need only be approximate.

A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate. For
a complete list of these simple transformations,
see the lct command.

Example

A curve is created at the intersection of a torus

and a cylinder. The initial points are picked by
Projection on Surface 1 (Figure 72). The
points form an oriented curve, which is used as a
first approximation of intersection. The curve is
closed by coincident starting and ending initial
points (Figure 73). The command file follows:

sd 1 ts 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 .5
c definition of torus
c - surface 1

sd 2 cy .9 .9 0 0 .0 1 .4
c definition of
c cylinder - surface 2 Figure 72 First 3 initial points of Curve 1
picked by Projection on Surface 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

92 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

curd 1
twsurf 1 2
5.47e-01 1.06e+00 4.60e-01
4.99e-01 8.72e-01 4.99e-01
7.70e-01 5.31e-01 4.95e-01
1.20e+00 6.59e-01 3.29e-01
1.26e+00 7.52e-01 -1.74e-01
9.79e-01 4.96e-01 -4.90e-01
5.77e-01 6.65e-01 -4.85e-01
5.48e-01 1.09e+00 -4.47e-01
7.76e-01 1.28e+00 4.41e-02
5.47e-01 1.06e+00 4.60e-01;;;

c definition of curve 1
c at the intersection of
c surface 1 and 2 with 9
c initial points
c (coincident starting
c and ending initial
c point)

Figure 73 Curve by twsurf

5. Display 3D Curve

dcd display a 3D curve

dcd 3d_curve_#

dcds display a set of 3D curves from a list

dcds 3d_curve_list ;

dacd display all 3D curves

dacd (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 93

acd add a 3D curve to the picture

acd 3d_curve_#

acds add a list of 3D curves to the picture

acds 3d_curve_list ;

rcd remove a 3D curve from the picture

rcd 3d_curve_#

rcds remove a list of 3D curves from the picture

rcds 3d_curve_list ;

racd remove all 3D curves from the picture

racd (no arguments)

lacd list all of the active 3D curves in the picture

lacd (no arguments)

6. Print 3D Curves

cdinfo print information about the 3D curves

cdinfo <no arguments>

Remark

Prints the number of points, number segments, and the length of each 3D curve.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

94 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

igescd 42 45 3; c evaluate IGES curves 42-45

labels sdedge c show the edge labels to the surfaces
curd 1 sdedge 2.2 sdedge 2.4
rmseg
sdedge 2.1 sdedge 2.4
cdinfo c write information about the 3D curves

The cdinfo command writes the following table:

3D CURVE INFORMATION
curve 1 has 71 points, 3 segments and length 2.10000
curve 3 has 257 points, 1 segments and length 3.14159
curve 4 has 2 points, 1 segments and length 0.10000
curve 5 has 2 points, 1 segments and length 0.20000
curve 6 has 188 points and 1 segments

7. Delete 3D Curve

rmseg remove last segment from 3D curve

rmseg <no arguments>

Remark

Remove the last segment appended to a 3D curve by curd.

delcd delete a 3D curve from the TrueGrid® data base

delcd 3d_curve_#

Remarks

The deletion of a 3D curve cannot be undone. If you wish to remove a 3D curve from the picture, use
rcd.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 95

delcds delete a list of 3D curves from the TrueGrid® data base

delcds 3d_curve_list ;

Remarks

The deletion of a 3D curve cannot be undone. If you wish to remove a list of 3D curves from the picture,
use rcds.

8. Surfaces
T he following is a full description of all available methods for creating a surface. Commands that
require a surface, such as the sf and sfi commands refer to a surface defined using the sd, vpsd, iges,
igessd, igespd, or nurbs commands. Of this group of surface definition commands, only the sd
command can specify the shape of the surface. The other surface definition commands import surfaces
from a file and use the shape of the surface described in the file. Surfaces defined with the sd command
have the advantage of, in many cases, of being simple, and in all cases can be formed using parameters
and expressions so that you can have any degree of parameterization you desire. The disadvantage is
that the parametric form of the surfaces can be less intuitive and require a more analytic approach to
designing the desired shape.

When a surface is defined, it must be

tessellated to be drawn. This tessellation is
a set of connected points forming linear
polygons as an approximation to the
surface. It is these polygons that appear in
the drawing. In many cases, they look like
a block mesh. These tessellation points are
assigned labels of the form s.i.j where s is
the surface number, i is the first index of the
point in the grid of tessellation, and j is the
second index. In a more complex surface
with trimming curves or in a polygon
surface, there are usually triangles. The
same notation is used but with a different
meaning. The first index is the polygon
number. The second index is the sequence
number of the point used to define the
polygon.

Figure 74 Tessellation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

96 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

In some surface types (csps, bsps, nrbs,
and hermite), you can specify boundary
conditions (i.e. the derivatives along the
edges). The easiest thing to do is to select
the natural boundary condition. This means
that the 2 nd derivatives are set to zero. If
you choose to specify the derivatives along
an edge of the surface, you must specify the
derivative for each control point along that
edge. For example, suppose you choose to
build a cubic spline surface with 6 control
points in each row (u-direction) and 3
control points in each column (v-direction)
of the table of control points. The edges are
numbered. The edge corresponding to the
minimum u is edge 1, maximum u is 2,
minimum v is 3, and maximum v is 4. If
you chose to specify derivatives along edge
1 or 2, you will need 3 derivatives. If you
chose to specify derivatives along edge 3 or
4, you must specify 6 derivatives. Each
derivative is a vector with three components Figure 75 Numbered edges
forming the direction vector for the
derivative. A flag formed by 4 digits are used to flag the type of boundary condition for each of the
corresponding edges. 0 means a natural derivative along the edge and 1 means that the derivatives are
being specified. All derivatives follow this 4 digit flag, in order. In some cases, you can specify a loop
by setting either the first 2 digits in the flag or the last 2 digits to 2.

In the case of infinite surfaces (plan, xyplan, yzplan, zxplan, pl3, pl3o, iplan, cy, cyr2, cyr3, xcy,
ycy, zcy, cp, cn2p, pr), the surface tessellation depend on the size of the bounding box for the graphics.
The size of the bounding box is determined from the size of the finite surfaces in the model. In an
infinite surface, the points used to tessellate the surface are recalculated after any change of the
bounding box. The bounding box is recalculated with the restore command. The bounding box can
be displayed by the grid command.

If an infinite surface is not drawn, which is usually the case when a command file is run in batch mode,
then the points of tessellation will not be calculated. When you select points or edges of a surface
symbolically (by label), be sure that surface has been drawn. When these points are selected by label,
the coordinates are substituted in the save file, not its label.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 97

accuracy set accuracy of surface projections

accuracy acc
where acc is the scale factor relative to the default accuracy of the projection

Remarks

The default accuracy parameter is 1.0 which produces approximately 3.5 digits of accuracy. The
accuracy parameter must be positive. The projection to a single surface is more accurate when this
parameter is increased. When an edge is projected to two surfaces or a vertex projected to three surfaces,
then increasing this parameter will cause the intersection algorithm to be more accurate. There is a
natural limit to this accuracy. On a 32 bit version, the maximum precision is approximately 7 digits.
Therefore the accuracy parameter cannot exceed 500. On a 64 bit version, the accuracy parameter
cannot exceed 5,000,000,000, which will try to get 14 digits 0f accuracy.

This accuracy is ideal. The iterative Newton algorithm has two termination criterium. The first is a
maximum number of iterations. The second is a relative tolerance or change in coordinates between
iterations. If either is reached, the algorithm terminates. When the accuracy parameter is increased, the
maximum number of iterations is increased and the tolerance is decreased. It is possible the projection
will reach maximum accuracy without increasing the accuracy parameter. It is also possible that the
maximum accuracy is not reached after the maximum number of iterations. However, in this latter case,
it is more likely that the change in coordinates from one iteration to the next falls below the tolerance
before the maximum number of iterations is reached. This limitation can be blamed primarily on the
truncation errors of digital floating point arithmetic.

There is also a limitation due to the geometry. It is worth mentioning that some surfaces are always at
maximum accuracy, such as a sphere. A polygon surface is naturally limited to th accuracy due to the
resolution of the polygons. Finally, it should be noted that if a portion of the mesh is projected to
multiple surfaces and if these surfaces to not intersect, then it is impossible for the accuracy to be
reached.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

98 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

chkfolds check for folds in surfaces

chkfolds option
where the option can be
on activate the fold checking projection algorithm
off deactivate the fold checking projection algorithm (default)

Remarks

There is a problem in accuracy when projecting to a surface that has folds in it. To avoid additional
costly calculations for all surface projections, this problem is corrected by issuing a flag only when a
surface is folded and the projection is not done correctly. This flag is set using the chkfolds command.
This is a very rare condition. It effects all projections within a part.

cosurf create a composite surface from displayed surfaces

cosurf surface_# trans;

Remarks

Use the Pick panel and the Display panel in the Environment window to select surfaces for display.
Alternatively, use the surface display functions to choose surfaces for display. Be sure to choose a new
surface number for this composite. It is not allowed to use a number for this new surface if the same
number is in the surface Display list. The automatic parameter %nextsrf can be used to get the next
available surface identification number.

delsd delete a surface

delsd surface_#
where surface_# is the assigned surface identification number

Remarks

When a surface is deleted, it cannot be undone. Do not delete a surface that is being used by a part. Wait
until the part is complete before deleting the surface. Actually, this is a useless command since one can
avoid a surface by simply not showing it.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 99

delsds delete a set of surfaces

delsds surface_list ;
where a surface_# is the assigned surface identification number

Remarks

When a surface is deleted, it cannot be undone. Do not delete a surface that is being used by a part. Wait
until the part is complete before deleting the surface. Actually, this is a useless command since one can
avoid a surface by simply not showing it.

fetol feature extraction from polygon surfaces

fetol angle
where angle is the maximum angle for a feature

Remarks

Interior edges are formed within a polygon

surface when the angle between two facets or
polygons fall below the specified maximum angle.
The polygon surfaces affected by this command
come from the vpsd and stlsd commands and the
sd with the mesh, face, faceset, poly, stl, or bstl
options. These interior edges are useful when
attaching edges of the mesh to important features
of the polygon surface.

The fetol command must precede the creation of

the surface.

The default is no interior edges. To change fetol

back to the default, use and angle greater than
180 degrees.

Example Figure 76 Interior feature edge 1.5

fetol 163
vpsd 1 bed.cor bed.elm;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

100 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

getol relative tolerance to tessellate curves and surfaces

getol tolerance
where tolerance is the relative tolerance

Remarks

The default relative tolerance for geometry is 1.0. This geometry tolerance is a factor used in the
tessellation process. The actual tolerance is based on the total size of the geometry entity. Areas of
greater curvature result in more points/polygons in the tessellation. When getol is increased, the
number of points/polygons is decreased. Decrease getol to increase the number of points/polygons.
This will also affect the amount of memory consumed for graphics and in some cases affect the accuracy
of the projection when the accuracy parameter is set below 2.

lcsd list all composite surfaces with a specified surface

lcsd surface_#
where surface_# is a valid surface number

Remarks

This function helps identify a specific composite surface when there are many.

mvpn modify a surface node of a polygon surface

mvpn point_id coor_id change(s)

where
point_id identify the surface node which has the form s.p.n
where
s surface number
p i-index or polygon number of the surface
n j-index or node number of the polygon
coor_id identify the coordinates to be changed
can be
x change the x-coordinate
y change the y-coordinate
z change the z-coordinate
xy change the xy-coordinates
yz change the yz-coordinates

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 101

 xz change the xz-coordinates
xyz change the xyz-coordinates
change(s) list of coordinate changes corresponding to coor_id.

Remarks

T his command is used to move polygon surface nodes of types faceset, poly, intp, stl, and bstl.
Polygon surfaces can be crude and error prone approximations to the actual surfaces, and as such, may
produce polygon surfaces that are absurd to mesh. This feature can help you smooth the polygon surface
to make the problem of meshing practical to solve. If you wish, you can save the modified polygon
surface by using the wrsd command so that the next time you use this polygon surface, you do not have
to repeat these polygon surface modifications.

Use the labels command to label the surface nodes on a polygon surface to aid in selecting the point_id.

npll set the quality of the projection to surfaces

npll size
where size is a relative curvature in a fold in the surface

Remarks

This command is almost never needed. In fact, there has been only one known case where this was
needed. It is used in the special case that the surface being projected onto is extremely curved and almost
folds onto itself. If the mesh does not project properly, this command will increase the quality of the
projection search and perhaps fixes the problem. An alternative solution is to break the surface into
smaller surfaces or use 3D curves with additional partitions in the mesh to constrain the mesh to the
desired region of the surface. The default for this parameter is 30. It cannot be larger than 2000. If this
number is increased, the length of time needed to project onto a surface will be increased. The cost for
the projections should increase by something less than linear with respect to the number assigned with
the command npll. If you are having difficulties, also try the getol command. This command is not
found in the Graphical User Interface because it should only be used by experts who know to use it very
sparingly.

project project a point to surface(s)

project x y z list_of_surface_numbers ;
where
xyz coordinates of the initial point
list_of_surface_numbers list of surface numbers

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

102 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

Project uses the given 3D point as the initial point for the projection algorithm. This point is projected
to the closest point in the intersection of the given surfaces.

This function returns the coordinates of the point of projection and the normal vector to each of the
surfaces at that point of projection. These values can be used in expressions by referencing the
following automatic parameters:

xprj - x-coordinate due to the project command

yprj - y-coordinate due to the project command
zprj - z-coordinate due to the project command
xnrm - x-component of the normal to the 1 st surface from the project command
ynrm - y-component of the normal to the 1 st surface from the project command
znrm - z-component of the normal to the 1 st surface from the project command

This function is of little use in directly generating a mesh. Use the sf or the sfi command or click on the
Project button to constrain (or project) a face of a mesh to a surface. The project command is intended
to be used to demonstrate the projection method without the need to build a part. It can also be used
to form parameters in creating geometry. For example, you can use the normal to define the tangent of
a spline curve so that the curve is orthogonal to the surface. You can parameterize a normal offset from
a surface, again by using the normal of the projection. You may find other creative uses for this
function.

For example, if one surface is given, then the result

of the function is the coordinates of the point on that
surface which is closest to the original point. If two
surfaces are specified, then the result will be the point
of projection along the intersecting curve of the two
surfaces. If three surfaces are specified, then the
result will be the point of intersection of the three
surfaces.

Example

project 1.2 2.3 3.4 17 151;

This projects the point (1.2,2.3,3.4) to the

intersection of surfaces 17 and 151. The results of
this command are printed to the text window and the
tsave file. Figure 77 Project To Two Surfaces

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 103

(x,y,z)= -7.07107E-01 -3.33071E-08 7.07107E-01
Table Of Distances To Surfaces
distance to surface 17 is 0.00000E+00
normal=-7.07107E-01 -3.33071E-08 7.07107E-01
distance to surface 151 is 2.86341E-08
normal= 5.77350E-01 5.77350E-01 5.77350E-01

pvpn place a surface node of a polygon surface

pvpn point_id coor_id coordinate(s)

where
point_id identify the surface node which has the form s.p.n
where
s surface number
p i-index or polygon number of the surface
n j-index or node number of the polygon
coor_id identify the coordinates to be changed
can be
x change the x-coordinate
y change the y-coordinate
z change the z-coordinate
xy change the xy-coordinates
yz change the yz-coordinates
xz change the xz-coordinates
xyz change the xyz-coordinates
coordinate(s) list of coordinates corresponding to coor_id.

Remarks

This command is used to move polygon surface nodes of types faceset, poly, intp, stl, and bstl.
Polygon surfaces can be crude and error prone approximations to the actual surfaces, and as such, may
produce polygon surfaces that are absurd to mesh. This feature can help you smooth the polygon surface
to make the problem of meshing practical to solve. If you wish, you can save the modified polygon
surface by using the wrsd command so that the next time you use this polygon surface, you do not have
to repeat these polygon surface modifications.

Use the labels command to label the surface nodes on a polygon surface to aid in selecting the point_id.

Alternatively, you can use the graphical user interface to move a surface node of a polygon surface.
There are two basic ways to do this. In both cases, choose the surface node of the polygon surface to be

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

104 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

moved by selecting the Poly Surface button in the Move Pts. panel of the environment window. Then
move the mouse close to the surface node that you wish to move and click on the F5 function key.

If you choose a surface node using the Pick panel, you must then click on the Attach button to cause
the surface node to move. This will produce a pvpn command that will be written to the text window
and the tsave file.

If you choose the Move Pts. panel, you can then move the surface node with a click and drag of the left
mouse button. When you release the mouse button, a pvpn command is generated.

sd surface definition

sd [name] surface_# surface_type surface_parameters

where
name optional name for the surface
surface_# positive integer to identify the surface
surface_type and surface_parameter can be any of:

Derivatives of other surfaces (see also trsd):

sds sd 1 sd 2 ... sd n ; combine several numbered surfaces into one
intp sd 1 sd 2 fraction interpolate a surface between two surfaces

Planes:
plan x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn infinite planar surface by a normal vector
xyplan trans ; transform an infinite x-y plane
yzplan trans ; transform an infinite y-z plane
zxplan trans ; transform an infinite z-x plane
pl2 system point system point
plane specified by two points
pl3 system point system point system point
plane specified by three points
pl3o system point system point system point offset
plane specified by 3 points and an offset
iplan a b c d plane defined by an implicit function

Spheres:
sp x 0 y 0 z 0 radius sphere

Cylinders:
cy x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn radius infinite cylindrical surface

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 105

 xcy radius trans ; transform an infinite x-axis cylinder
ycy radius trans ; transform an infinite y-axis cylinder
zcy radius trans ; transform an infinite z-axis cylinder
cy3 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 x 3 y 3 z3 cylinder by 3 points
cyr2 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 radius cylinder by 2 points and radius
cyr3 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 x 3 y 3 z 3 radius
cylinder by 3 points and radius

Conics:
cn2p x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n r 1 t1 r 2 t2 infinite conical surface by two points
cone x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn r è infinite conical surface by angle and radius
er x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn r 1 r2 ellipse revolved about its axis
pr x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n r 1 t1 r 2 t2 r 3 t3
infinite parabola revolved about an axis
Torus:
ts x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn r 1 t r2 torus

2D Curves, surfaces formed from:

crx ln planar 2D curve rotated about the x-axis
cry ln planar 2D curve rotated about the y-axis
crz ln planar 2D curve rotated about the z-axis
cr x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n ln planar 2D curve rotated about an arbitrary axis
cp ln trans ; planar 2D curve extruded infinitely
rule2d y 1 ln 1 y 2 ln 2 trans ; ruled surface between two planar curves
swept ln 0 direction ln 1 á 1 ... ln n á n ; trans ;
surface with planar cross-sections along a 2D curve

3D curves, surfaces formed from:

rule3d 3D-curve 1 3D_curve 2 trans ;
ruled surface between two 3D curves
crule3d 3D-curve 1 3D_curve 2 trans ;
cylindrical surface between two 3D curves
pipe 3d_curve radius 1 arc_length 1 radius 2 arc_length 2 ... ; trans ;
sweep a pipe shape along an arbitrary 3D curve
blend3 3d_curve 1 3d_curve 2 3d_curve 3 trans ;
blend three bounding 3D curves to form a patch
blend4 3d_curve 1 3d_curve 2 3d_curve 3 3d_curve 4 trans ;
blend four bounding 3D curves to form a patch
r3dc x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn 3D_curve start_angle end_angle trans ;
3D curve rotated about an arbitrary axis

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

106 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 IGES (see also iges, igesfile, igessd, igespd, and nurbsd):
nurbs nurbs IGES NURBS (Non-Uniform Rational B-Spline)
igess surface trans ; IGES parametric surface
igesp plane trans ; IGES plane,

Algebraic surfaces:
function u min u max v min v max x-expression ; y-expression ; z-expression ; trans ;
surface by three algebraic expressions
csps #_columns #_rows flag conditions x 11 y 11 z 11 x 12 y 12 z 12 ... trans ;
cubic spline surface
bsps i-degree j-degree iknot1 ... iknotk1 ; jknot1 .... jknotk2 ; xcontrol1 ycontrol1
zcontrol1 ... xcontroln ycontroln zcontroln trans ;
B-spline surface
nrbs i-degree j-degree iknot1 ... iknotk1 ; jknot1 .... jknotk2 ; weight1 ... weightn ;
xcontrol1 ycontrol1 zcontrol1 ... xcontroln ycontroln zcontroln trans ;
NURBS surface
hermite #_columns #_rows flag conditions x 11 y 11 z 11 x 12 y 12 z 12 ... trans ;
2 nd order, once differentiable, spline surface

Polygonal surfaces (see also vpsd, wrsd, mvpn, pvpn, and fetol):
mesh m n x 11 y 11 z 11 x 21 y 21 z 21 ... x mn y mn z mn trans ; tabular data
face region face of the present part (Part phase only)
faceset set_name face set
poly polygon_set trans ; polygon set
stl file trans ; read the standard ASCII STL file
bstl file trans ; read the standard binary STL file

trans is a product from left to right of the following operators

mx x_offset
my y_offset
mz z_offset
v x_offset y_offset z_offset
rx theta
ry theta
rz theta
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn
rxy
ryz
rzx
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 107

 information:
rt x y z (Cartesian coordinates)
cy rho theta z (cylindrical coordinates)
sp rho theta phi (spherical coordinates)
pt c.i (label of a labeled point from a 3D curve)
pt s.i.j (label of a labeled point from a surface)
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate
information:
rt x y z (Cartesian coordinates)
cy rho theta z (cylindrical coordinates)
sp rho theta phi (spherical coordinates)
pt c.i (label of a labeled point from a 3D curve)
pt s.i.j (label of a labeled point from a surface)
inv to invert the present transformation
csca scale all coordinates
xsca scale the x-coordinates
ysca scale the y-coordinates
zsca scale the z-coordinates

Remarks

See the following section called Surface Dictionary for a full description of each surface type.

The surface name is optional. It still needs to be numbered. The automatic parameter %nextsrf can be
used to get the next available surface identification number. All surfaces with the same name are
automatically combine into a composite surface and is known by that name.

Names must have some alphabetic characters in them and no spaces. Other special characters like : and
; should also be avoided, although the implications of using none alphanumeric characters has not been
explored. This feature is case insensitive. Only the first 8 characters of a name are used.

A surface can only have one name, so it can be conveniently included into only one composite surface
by name. To include it into additional composite surfaces, use the surface's number in the sd command
with the sds option.

All surfaces are defined in the Cartesian coordinate system regardless of the coordinate system used to
define the mesh (block or cylinder).

Sd defines a surface to be used by other commands such as sf, project, ms, and ssf.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

108 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

You can look at pictures of the surfaces you define, with such commands as dsd. In fact, surfaces
defined by the sd command are the only surfaces which you can see displayed this way. Besides dsd,
the relevant commands are asd, rsd, dsds, asds, rsds, dasd, and rasd. When a surface is defined, the
surface is evaluated at many points so that the surface can be rendered graphically. Areas of the surface
which have greater curvature will be evaluated at more points. This is done once when the surface is
defined. Some surfaces, such as a plane, cylinder, rotated parabola, cone, or extruded 2D curve, are
infinite and can not be completely rendered. They are cut off in order to fit into the picture with the rest
of the surfaces. When such a surface is added to the picture, it may extend a little further than desired.
A restore of the picture (Rest) will re-evaluate the infinite surfaces so that they are extended uniformly.

You can import surfaces from a CAD/CAM system. These surfaces are assigned surface numbers using
the iges, igessd, nurbsd, and igespd commands or with the igess, nurbs, or igesp options of the sd
command. Surfaces can also be selected by their level number inherited from the IGES interface for
viewing using the lv, alv, rlv, and dlvs commands. Associativity groups may also be used through
definitions found in the IGES file to view these surfaces using the dgrp, agrp, rgrp, and dgrps
commands

Defined surfaces can also be used to construct 3D curves by extracting an edge or contour of a surface
using the sdedge and contour options of the curd command, respectively.

smgap small surface gap tolerance

smgap tolerance
where tolerance is n absolute (positive) distance

Remarks

The smgap command sets a tolerance to small gaps in surfaces. If a surface gap is found to be smaller
than the value of smgap, the gap is removed. This command is almost very needed because the default
works in about %99.9999 of the time. This may be useful only in the case when a mapped surface has
an (almost) degenerate edge. If this command is used before the command that creates the surface is
issued, then the degenerate edge will not appear in the surface.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 109

trsd transform a surface definition

trsd surface_id trans ;

where
trans can be any of:

mx x_offset to translate along the x-axis

my y_offset to translate along the y-axis
mz z_offset to translate along the z-axis
v x_offset y_offset z_offset to translate in a given vector direction
rx theta to rotate about the x-axis
ry theta to rotate about the y-axis
rz theta to rotate about the z-axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn
to rotate about a general axis
rxy to reflect about the xy-plane
ryz to reflect about the yz-plane
rzx to reflect about the zx-plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis to transform to a frame of reference
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
to transform from one frame of reference to another
inv to invert the transformation.
Each argument in the tf and ftf transformations consists of a coordinate type followed by coordinate
information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinated
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from surface
Remarks

The surface_id can be its number or name.

T his command applies a transformation to the given surface. The new surface assumes the surface
surface_#id and the pre-transformed surface is lost. This is significant in the case of a combined surface
(sds) because every surface in the list is replaced by its transformed version.

The transform is order dependent. Note that in the example (Figure 78), applying the shift before the
rotation is different from applying the rotation before the shift.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

110 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

c Set up first surface

sd 3 function
0 90 0 360
cos(u)*cos(v);
cos(u)*sin(v);
3 *sin(u);;
sd 4 function
-90 0 0 360
cos(u)*cos(v);
cos(u)*sin(v);
.5*sin(u);;
sd 1 sds 3 4;
c Set up second surface
c (This copy is needed
c because each surface
c in the surface list
c is transformed)
sd 30 function
0 90 0 360
cos(u)*cos(v);
cos(u)*sin(v);
3 *sin(u);;
sd 40 function
-90 0 0 360 Figure 78: trsd - transforming a surface is order dependent
cos(u)*cos(v);
cos(u)*sin(v);.
5*sin(u);;
sd 10 sds 30 40;
c Transform first surface by moving then rotating
trsd 1 my 3 rx 135;
c Transform second surface by rotating then moving
trsd 10 rx 135 my 3;

sdinfo list surfaces

sdinfo (no arguments)

Use this command to see a list of all the numbered surfaces. For each surface number, TrueGrid ® gives
a terse description of the surface.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 111

vd define a volume

vd number type parameters

where
number is a unique volume number with which you can refer to the
volume later, and
type and parameters can be any of the following:
sp x y z radius for a sphere with center x, y, z and radius radius.
csp x y z radius for the complement of a sphere with center x, y, z and
radius radius.
el x y z x_radius y_radius z_radius trans ; for an ellipsoid aligned with the global
coordinate axis and then transformed.
where (x,y,z) is the center of the ellipsoid
where x_radius is the radius in the x-direction
where y_radius is the radius in the y-direction
where z_radius is the radius in the z-direction
cel x y z x_radius y_radius z_radius trans ; for the com plim ent of a n ellipsoid
aligned with the global coordinate axis
and then transformed.
where (x,y,z) is the center of the ellipsoid
where x_radius is the radius in the x-direction
where y_radius is the radius in the y-direction
where z_radius is the radius in the z-direction
cy x y z xn yn zn radius for an infinite cylinder of radius radius whose axis
passes through x, y ,z in the direction of (xn,yn,zn).
ccy x y z xn yn zn radius for the complement of an infinite cylinder of radius
radius whose axis passes through x, y, z in the direction
of (xn,yn,zn).
cr x y z xn yn zn curve for a rotated 2D curve. The curve number is curve, and
the axis of rotation passes through x, y, z in direction
(xn,yn,zn).
ccr x y z xn yn zn curve for the complement of a rotated 2D curve. The curve
number is curve, and the axis of rotation passes through
x, y, z in direction (xn,yn,zn).
cyf x y z xn yn zn radius z_min z_max for a finite cylinder of radius radius
whose axis passes through x, y ,z in the
direction of (xn,yn,zn). The values
z_min and z_max are the distances
along this axis to the start and end of
the finite cylinder.
ccyf x y z xn yn zn radius z_min z_max for the complement of a finite cylinder

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

112 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 of radius radius whose axis passes
through x, y ,z in the direction of
(xn,yn,zn). The values z_min and
z_max are the distances along this axis
to the start and end of the finite
cylinder.
sd surface distance for a surface with thickness with thickness of the value
of distance. surface is the surface number.
csd surface distance for the complement of a surface with thickness with
thickness of the value of distance. surface is the
surface number.
nsd surface distance for a surface with thickness of the value of distance.
surface is the surface number. The thickness is only in
the normal direction.
cnsd surface distance for the compliment of a surface with thickness of the
value of distance. surface is the surface number. The
thickness is only in the normal direction.
box xm ym zm xx yx zx option ; for a box with corners a t (x m ,y m ,z m ) a nd
(xx,yx,zx)
where option is a LS-DYNA BOX feature and can be
adaptive material level for LS-DYNA BOX_ADAPTIVE
coarsen inout_flag for LS-DYNA BOX_COARSEN
cbox xm ym zm xx yx zx option ; for the complement of a box with corners at
(xm,ym,zm) and (xx,yx,zx),
sphbox xmin ymin zmin xmax ymax zmax option ; for an SPH box in LS-DYNA
with corners at (xm,ym,zm) and
(xx,yx,zx)
where option can be
motion xn yn yz load_curve_# flag
where flag can be
0 for velocity
1 for displacement

Remarks

There are several uses of a volume. The mtv command uses a volume to modify the materials of
elements within the volume. The Ls-dyna output uses the box and sphbox volume to write
*DEFINE_BOX cards.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 113

Examples

block 1 31;1 31;1 31;-1 1 -1 1 -1 1

vd 1 sp 0 0 0 1
mtv 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 4 2 ;
merge
dm 1
dm 2

In this example, elements with at least 4 nodes within a sphere are assigned material 2.

Figure 79 Material 1 Figure 80 Material 2

9. Surface Dictionary

The following is a list of surface types and parameters available, as options, under the sd command.

Many of the following surfaces refer to an axis to form a local coordinate system. The parameters (x 0
y 0 z0) give a point through which the axis passes. The parameters (x n y n z n) give the direction of the
axis; that is, it is in the same direction as the line from the origin to the point (x n y n z n). The distance to
this point must be positive. Often they also refer to r and t; r is a distance from the axis and t is the
distance along the axis from the point (x 0 y 0 z 0). Thus (r,t) form a local coordinate system in which we
may define points, curves, etc..

Some of the following surfaces are based on a planar 2D curve defined with the ld command. They are
assigned a number which is referred to by ln. The 2D curve must be defined first before it is referenced
by the sd command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

114 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Some of the following surfaces are based on a 3D curve defined with the curd command. They are
assigned a number which is referred to by 3D_curve. The 3D curve must be defined first before it is
referenced by the sd command.

In some surface definitions, you make the surface in a convenient coordinate system and then
immediately rotate or translate it to where you need it. This is indicated by the trans ; option in the
surface description below. If you don't want any transformations, then you should simply omit any
transformations and end the command with a semicolon.

blend3 blend three bounding 3D curves to form a patch

blend3 3d_curve 1 3d_curve 2 3d_curve 3 trans ;

where
3d_curve i 3D curve number
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

The three 3D curves used to form the boundaries of a surface patch are assumed to intersect. Care must
be taken to insure that the 3D curves almost intersect. The algorithm can deal with gaps between the
3D curves, but the result can be unsatisfactory if the gaps are very large. The curves do not need to end
at the desired corner points of the surface patch.

It is also assumed that the three curves surround only one 3-sided region. If, due to curvature, there is
an ambiguity as to which enclosed region will be surfaced, the results may be unsatisfactory. In such
a case, we recommend that you break up the 3D curves into smaller 3D curves so that the region to
become a surfaced is obvious. The three curves do not need to be specified in any particular order.

The surface that is fit to the three bounding curves is a result of a transfinite interpolation, similar to the
transfinite interpolation associated with the tfi command in the part phase.

This surface is similar to the blend4 option.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 115

Example

curd 1 csp3 00 -5.4e-01 3.6e-01

7.5e-01 6.1e-02 4.9e-01 8.6e-01
5.5e-01 3.2e-01 7.6e-01 ;;;
curd 2 csp3 00 -4.3e-01
4. 8 e -01 7.5e-01 -3.6e-01
-1.6e-02 9.2e-01 -4.1e-01
-5.9e-01 6.8e-01 -1.1e-01
-8.1e-01 5.7e-01 ;;;
curd 3 csp3 00 -2.7e-01 -7.9e-01
5.4e-01 2.3e-01 -6.2e-01 7.4e-01
4.0e-01 1.8e-01 8.9e-01 2.2e-02
7.8e-01 6.1e-01 ;;;
sd 1 blend3 2 1 3 ;

Figure 81 blended surface

blend4 blend four bounding 3D curves to form a patch

blend4 3d_curve 1 3d_curve 2 3d_curve 3 3d_curve 4 trans ;

where
3d_curve i 3D curve number
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

The four 3D curves used to form the boundaries of a surface patch are assumed to intersect. Care must
be taken to insure that the 3D curves almost intersect. The algorithm can deal with gaps between the
3D curves, but the result can be unsatisfactory if the gaps are very large. The curves do not need to end
at the desired corner points of the surface patch.

It is also assumed that the four curves surround only one 4-sided region. If, due to curvature, there is
an ambiguity as to which enclosed region will be surfaced, the results may be unsatisfactory. In such
a case, we recommend that you break up the 3D curves into smaller 3D curves so that the region to be
surfaced is obvious. The four curves do not need to be specified in any particular order.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

116 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 The surface that is fit to the four bounding curves
is a result of a transfinite interpolation, similar to
the transfinite interpolation associated with the tfi
command in the part phase.

Selecting 3D curves to form a four sided surface

patch is an art. Ideally, opposite curves should be
parallel. Avoid sharp bends in the curves. A kink
in a boundary curve usually indicates the need for
several surface patches using pieces of the original
3D curves. Severe concave boundary curves can
also be a problem. If this occurs, create several
more 3D curves to bisect the region and build
several surface patches instead of one.

This surface is similar to the blend3 option.

Example Figure 82 blended surface

curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt -6.7e+00 -5.2e-01 6.1e-01

rt 3.6e-01 -5.0e+00 3.1e-01
rt 6.4e+00 -2.5e+00 2.6e-01 ;
curd 2 arc3 seqnc rt -5.7e+00 3.1e+00 8.2e-01
rt 4.0e-01 5.1e+00 5.9e-01
rt 6.6e+00 4.0e-01 7.5e-01 ;
curd 3 arc3 seqnc rt -5.7e+00 3.1e+00 8.2e-01
rt -4.8e+00 1.3e+00 1.4e-01
rt -6.7e+00 -5.2e-01 6.1e-01 ;
curd 4 arc3 seqnc rt 6.6e+00 4.0e-01 7.5e-01
rt 5.6e+00 -9.0e-01 9.7e-01
rt 6.4e+00 -2.5e+00 2.6e-01 ;
sd 1 blend4 1 2 3 4 ;

bsps B-spline

bsps i-degree j-degree

iknot1 ... iknotk1 ; jknot1 .... jknotk2 ;
xcontrol1,1 ycontrol1,1 zcontrol1,1 ... xcontrol1,n2 ycontrol1,n2 zcontrol1,n2
...
xcontroln1,1 ycontroln1,1 zcontroln1,1 ... xcontroln1,n2 ycontroln1,n2 zcontroln1,n2 ;
trans ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 117

 where
i-degree j-degree degrees of surface polynomial in the i and j direction.
iknot1 ... iknotk1 parametric coordinates of k1 knots (0..) in the i direction.
jknot1 ... jknotk2 parametric coordinates of k2 knots (0..) in the j direction.
xcontrol1,1 ycontrol1,1 zcontrol1,1 ... xcontrol1,n2 ycontrol1,n2 zcontrol1,n2
xcontroln1,1 ycontroln1,1 zcontroln1,1 ... xcontroln1,n2 ycontroln1,n2 zcontroln1,n2 ;
triplets of coordinates of control points
where
n 1 = k 1 - multiplicity 1
n 2 = k 2 - multiplicity 2
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This type of surface is also known as a Basis Spline because it is defined as a linear combination of
polynomial basis functions. The theory of B-Splines can be found in many text books. The control
points are the coefficients forming the linear combinations of the basis functions and can form a crude
caricature of the surface.

The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve. The number of
multiple knots is called multiplicity. The multiplicity for the starting and ending point determines the
order of the curve. (2 - linear, 3 - quadratic, 4 - cubic ...).

multiplicity = degree + 1

The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting

and ending points.

B-spline surfaces are also available through the

IGES interface.

Example

The B-Spline surface, shown in Figure 83, is

defined by the same control points as the NURBS
Surface (Figure 114).

sd 1 bsps 3 3
0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 4 4 4;
0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 4 4 4;
-2.17 4.90e-03 -1.80
-1.45 1.59e-02 -1.85
Figure 83 B-Spline Surface

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

118 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

-8.54e-01 1.96e-02 -1.95 -4.35e-02 2.05e-02 -1.98
8.01e-01 4.66e-03 -2.12
1.65e+00 -5.72e-03 -2.19
2.49e+00 -1.37e-03 -2.31
-2.14e+00 1.05e-02 -1.32
-1.35e+00 2.16e-02 -1.37
-6.19e-01 1.52e-02 -1.38 4.05e-01 2.00e+00 -1.50e+00
1.01e+00 1.33e-04 -1.55e+00
1.41e+00 3.86e-03 -1.49e+00
1.94e+00 2.21e-02 -1.40e+00
-2.17e+00 -2.57e-02 -3.81e-01 -1.58e+00 -6.88e-02 -4.22e-01
-9.27e-01 -1.13e-01 -4.49e-01 -2.38e-01 -1.24e-01 -4.82e-01
5.19e-01 -9.57e-02 -4.24e-01 1.59e+00 1.64e-02 -4.53e-01
2.60e+00 9.17e-02 -3.58e-01
-2.27e+00 -4.51e-02 3.97e-01 -1.48e+00 -1.52e-01 4.15e-01
-7.71e-01 -1.99e-01 3.57e-01 7.17e-01 -8.84e-02 2.68e-01
1.43e+00 4.52e-03 2.52e-01 2.11e+00 6.75e-02 3.25e-01
2.68e+00 9.55e-02 4.07e-01
-2.09e+00 3.17e-03 1.48e+00 -1.28e+00 -1.31e-01 1.26e+00
-3.79e-01 -1.57e-01 1.13e+00 5.72e-01 -6.70e-02 1.12e+00
1.15e+00 -3.48e-03 1.11e+00 1.63e+00 3.45e-02 1.15e+00
2.45e+00 5.85e-02 1.29e+00
-2.08e+00 1.66e-01 1.98e+00 -1.45e+00 -1.00e-00 1.93e+00
-6.71e-01 -1.00e-00 1.87e+00 -1.10e-01 -1.00e-00 1.83e+00
5.99e-01 -2.52e-02 1.80e+00 1.42e+00 2.08e-02 1.73e+00
2.28e+00 2.87e-02 1.78e+00
-2.03e+00 3.00e-01 2.21e+00 -1.14e+00 4.58e-02 2.29e+00
-2.59e-01 -2.78e-02 2.33e+00 4.70e-01 -1.12e-02 2.29e+00
1.02e+00 4.84e-03 2.26e+00 1.52e+00 7.42e-03 2.221e+00
2.10e+00 4.38e-04 2.19e+00 ;;

bstl read the standard binary STL file

bstl file trans ;

where
file path and file name (case sensitive in UNIX/LINUX)
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 119

Remarks

This command permits you to import triangular

surfaces via StereoLithography (STL) files.

Use the fetol command before this command to

extract interior features as edges.

The maximum number of polygons is 8,388,607.

When a polygon has more than 4 nodes, it is
broken into triangles and each triangle counts as
a polygon.

Example

fetol 110
sd 1 bstl prt_k1.bstl ;
Figure 84 Surface imported from binary stl

cn2p infinite cone, defined by two points

cn2p x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n r 1 t1 r 2 t2
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of axis direction vector
yn second component of axis direction vector
zn third component of axis direction vector
r1 radius at the cross section along axis at t1
t1 position along axis with radius r 1
r2 radius at the cross section along axis at t2
t2 position along axis with radius r 2

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

120 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

(x 0,y 0,z 0) and (x n,y n,z n ) define the axis of

symmetry. You complete the cone's definition by
specifying two points (r 1,t1) and (r 2,t2) in any
planar cross section containing the axis of
symmetry. The t coordinate is measured along
the axis from the point (x 0,y 0,z 0) in the direction of
(x n,y n,z n). The r coordinate is measured
orthogonally from the axis of symmetry. For any
plane containing the axis of symmetry, the line
segment formed by the two points in the plane will
be contained on the cone. The coordinate pairs
(r 1,t1) and (r 2,t2) must satisfy the following
conditions:

and
Figure 85 Cone by an axis and two points

A point projected to this surface should not start out on the axis of symmetry. See the example in
Figure 85. This is an infinite surface. The graphics will only show a portion of the surface. T hat
portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change.

Example

sd 2 cn2p 0 0 0 -1 1 1 1 1 2 2

cone infinite cone, defined by radius and angle

cone x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn r è
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of axis direction vector
yn second component of axis direction vector
zn third component of axis direction vector
r radius of the cross section along axis at the point (x 0 y 0 z 0)
è angle of the cone

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 121

Remarks

A cone defined by radius and angle. The two

points (x 0,y 0,z 0) and (x n,y n,z n) define the axis of
symmetry. The plane orthogonal to the axis at the
point (x 0,y 0,z 0), slices through the cone to form a
circle of radius r. r must be non-negative. Note
that if r = 0, then the point (x 0,y 0,z 0) is at the apex
of the cone. The cone forms an angle è relative to
its axis of symmetry. This angle must be between
-90 and 90, excluding -90, 0, and 90. A point
projected to this surface can not be on the axis of
symmetry. This is an infinite surface. The
graphics will only show a portion of the surface.
The portion shown in the graphics changes as the
objects in the picture change.

Example Figure 86 Cone specified by radius and angle

sd 7 cone 0 1 2 1 1 0 1 45

cp infinite generalized cylinder (extruded or lofted curve)

cp ln trans ;
where
ln 2D curve number
trans transform operators

Remarks

This option enables you to define a surface by

sweeping a planar 2D curve through the third
dimension, then transforming the result. The
curve ln lies in the xz-plane and then is extended
infinitely in the y direction to form a generalized
cylinder.

Example

ld 4 lp2 0 .25 1.62 .25;lep .25

.25 1.62 0 90 0 0 ;
sd 3 cp 4 rz -90; Figure 87 2D curve extruded in the x-direction

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

122 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

cr 2D curve revolved about an axis

cr x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n ln
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of axis direction vector
yn second component of axis direction vector
zn third component of axis direction vector
ln 2D curve number

Remarks

This command forms a surface by rotating the 2D

curve ln about an axis given by (x 0,y 0,z 0) and
(x n,y n,z n). As an example, the following
commands were used to generate the picture
below. The 2D curve must be defined before it is
referenced by this command. The numbers in the
picture correspond to the points in the 2D curve
definition. A point projected to this surface
should be away from the axis of symmetry.

Example

ld 1 lp2 0 .2266 .0625 .2109 .125

.1875 .1875 .1719 .25 .1875 .3125
.164 .375 .125 .4 0;
sd 1 cr 0 4 1 0 1 .2 1

Figure 88 2D curve rotated about an axis

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 123

crule3d cylindrical surface between two 3D curves

crule3d 3D-curve 1 3D-curve 2 trans ;

where
3D-curve 1 first boundary 3D curve
3D-curve 2 second boundary 3D curve
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This command forms a surface using linear

interpolation in cylindrical coordinates between
two 3D curves. At least one of the two curves
must have a positive arc length. Both curves must
be already defined. 3D curves are defined with
the curd command or read from an IGES file.
The direction of the curves is critical to the
interpolation of the surface. Check the order of
the points in each of the curves by displaying the
points with the label command. In order to
reverse the order of a curve, specify the curve
definition number with a negative number. The
surface is constructed by pairing each point on
one curve with a point on the other curve. These
two points are connected by a line segment in
cylindrical coordinates. Points along the two Figure 89 Cylindrical ruled surface
curves are paired by relative arc length.

Example

curd 1 csp3 00 .3 -.4 0 1 -.6 0 1.4 -1.4 0;;

curd 2 cpcd 1 rz 60;
sd 1 crule3d 1 2 ; ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

124 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

crx rotate 2D curve about x-axis

crx ln
where ln is the 2D curve number

Remarks

The 2D curve ln must be defined before it is

referenced by this command using the ld
command. A point projected to this surface
should be away from the axis of symmetry. The
following commands were used to generate the
surface in the picture below. The first two points
of the 2D curve are labeled in the picture. A
circular arc is appended to the line segment
between the two points.

Example
Figure 90 2D curve rotated about the x-axis
ld 4 lp2 0 .25 1.62 .25; lep .25
.25 1.62 0 90 0 0 ;
sd 3 crx 4

cry rotate 2D curve about y-

axis

cry ln
where ln is the 2D curve number

Remarks

This command defines a surface by rotating a 2D

curve about the y-axis. The 2D curve ln must be
defined before it is referenced by this command
using the ld command. A point projected to this
surface should be away from the axis of
symmetry. The following commands were used
to create the surface in the picture below. The
four points in the lp2 command are annotated in
the picture (Figure 91).
Figure 91 2D curve rotated about the y-axis

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 125

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1 1 2 .5 3 .5 4;
sd 1 cry 1

crz rotate 2D curve about z-axis

crz ln
where ln is the 2D curve number

Remarks

This command defines a surface by rotating a 2D

curve about the z-axis. The 2D curve ln must be
defined before it is referenced by this command
using the ld command. A point projected to this
surface should be away from the axis of
symmetry. The following commands created the
surface in the picture below. The two points in
the lp2 command are annotated.

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1 2 1;
sd 1 crz 1

Figure 92 2D curve rotated about the z-axis

csps fit a cubic spline surface through 3D data

csps #_columns #_rows flag conditions x 11 y 11 z 11 x 12 y 12 z 12 ... trans ;

where
#_columns number of control points in each column of the table of control
points
#_rows number of control points in each row of the table of control
points
flag 4 digits formed using 0 for natural boundary condition, 1 for

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

126 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 specified boundary derivatives, one digit for each of the four
edges
conditions specifies the derivatives along the edges, in order, when a flag
of 1 is used in the corresponding digit in the flag
where each condition is formed by derivatives
dx ij, dy ij, dzij derivative triplet, one for each control point along the edge
x ij y ij z ij list of coordinates for the control points on the surface
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

There are four binary digits forming the flag. Each digit corresponds to an edge of the surface. The first
edge is formed by the first column. The second edge is formed by the last column. Edge 3 is the first
row. Edge 4 is the last row.

The theory of cubic splines allows for a derivative to be specified at each end of a spline curve. In a
cubic spline surface, derivatives can be specified at both ends of each row and column. Each derivative
is specified as a vector with three components, dx, dy, and dz. The magnitude of the derivatives can have
a significant affect on the shape of the surface. Experimentation may be required. If derivatives are not
specified, then the natural derivative is used. This means that the second derivative is set to zero which
uses the remaining degrees of freedom with no first derivatives needed.

In a laborious way, one can form a cubic spline surface from a set of 3D cubic spline curves. Using a
text editor on the tsave file that recorded the definition of the 3D curves, one can cut and paste to form
the table of control points for the cubic spline surface. This requires that all of the 3D curves have the
same number of control points and oriented in the same general direction. The curve control points have
to placed into the table in the proper order. Derivatives at the end control points (if any) become the
derivatives along an edge. The ordering is critical. Care is also needed in selecting corresponding
interior control points in each 3D curve that represent corresponding features in the shape of the surface.

The transformation trans can include the normal offset. The normal offset must be the first operator in
the list of operators that form the transformation. This normal offset is intended for small offsets only,
otherwise the resulting surface will be self-intersecting.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 127

Examples

In this first example, one of the edges is

degenerate and all of the edge derivatives are
specified. In this case, the end derivatives of the
degenerate edge are zero.

Figure 93 Spline surface with degenerate edge

c The magnitude of the derivatives are parametric

para am1 1 am2 1 am3 1 am4 1.3;
c All derivatives are specified in this example
sd 1 csps 4 4 1111
c x,y,z components of the derivatives on edge 1
0 %am1 0 0 %am1 0 0 %am1 0 0 0 0
c x,y,z components of the derivatives on edge 2
[-%am2] 0 0 [-%am2] 0 0 [-%am2] 0 0 0 0 0
c x,y,z components of the derivatives on edge 3
0 0 %am3 0 0 %am3 0 0 %am3 0 0 %am3
c x,y,z components of the derivatives on edge 4
[-%am4] 0 0 [-%am4*cos(30)] [-%am4*sin(30)] 0
[-%am4*cos(60)] [-%am4*sin(60)] 0 0 [-%am4] 0
c x,y,z control points for row 1
1 0 0 [cos(30)] [sin(30)] 0 [cos(60)] [sin(60)] 0 0 1 0
c x,y,z control points for row 2
[sqrt(3)/2] 0 .5 [cos(30)*sqrt(3)/2] [sin(30)*sqrt(3)/2] .5
[cos(60)*sqrt(3)/2] [sin(60)*sqrt(3)/2] .5 0 [sqrt(3)/2] .5
c x,y,z control points for row 3
.5 0 [sqrt(3)/2] [cos(30)/2] [sin(30)/2] [sqrt(3)/2]
[cos(60)/2] [sin(60)/2] [sqrt(3)/2] 0 .5 [sqrt(3)/2]
c x,y,z control points for row 4

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

128 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 ;;

sd 1 csps 5 5 0000
c number of control points
c in the i and j-direction
c(rows and columns)
c Natural Boundary Conditions
1 1 1 2 1 1 2.5 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 1
1 2 1 1.79 1.79 2 2.5 1.5 2
3.2 1.79 2 4 2 1 1 2.5 1
1.5 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 1 3.5 2.5 2
4 2.5 1 1 3 1 1.79 3.2 2
2.5 3.5 2 3.2 3.2 2 4 3 1 1 4 1
2 4 1 2.5 4 1 3 4 1 4 4 1;;

Figure 94 cubic spline surface

T he last example is used with a normal of 1

applied to it to form the next surface. Care is
needed in using the normal offset. The normal
distance must not exceed the inverse of the
curvature or the resulting surface will be self-
intersecting.

sd 1 csps 5 5 0000
1 1 1 2 1 1 2.5 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 1
1 2 1 1.79 1.79 2 2.5 1.5 2
3.2 1.79 2 4 2 1 1 2.5 1
1.5 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 1 3.5 2.5 2
4 2.5 1 1 3 1 1.79 3.2 2
2.5 3.5 2 3.2 3.2 2 4 3 1 1 4 1
2 4 1 2.5 4 1 3 4 1 4 4 1 normal
1;;

Figure 95 Cubic spline surface w/ derivatives

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 129

In this next example, two surfaces are constructed
from 3D cubic spline curves. All of the control
points are from the unit sphere. The boundary
control points are the same for both surfaces. Only
the interior control point differs. This pair of
surfaces is intended to demonstrate the need to
select points in the cross section curves so that
they correspond to the same features. But this
example also demonstrates the absurdity of trying
to approximate a sphere with a cubic spline
surface with only 9 control points. It also shows
that the boundary edges do not follow the 3D
cubic spline curves that pass through the same
control points.

curd 1 csp3 00
-5.2497667e-01 -2.9622331e-07
8.5111660e-01 Figure 96 Cubic spline surface from curves
-1.0000000e+00 -5.6425995e-07
2.2724271e-07
-5.2497709e-01 -2.9622353e-07 -8.5111636e-01 ;;;
curd 2 csp3 00
-2.6248786e-01 -4.5464340e-01 8.5111660e-01
-4.9999908e-01 -8.6602592e-01 2.2724271e-07
-2.6248807e-01 -4.5464376e-01 -8.5111636e-01 ;;;
curd 3 csp3 00
2.4999917e-01 -4.3301326e-01 8.6602539e-01
4.9999827e-01 -8.6602640e-01 2.2724271e-07
2.8678745e-01 -4.9673271e-01 -8.1915170e-01 ;;;
sd 1 csps 3 3 0000
-5.2497667e-01 -2.9622331e-07 8.5111660e-01
-1.0000000e+00 -5.6425995e-07 2.2724271e-07
-5.2497709e-01 -2.9622353e-07 -8.5111636e-01
-2.6248786e-01 -4.5464340e-01 8.5111660e-01
-4.9999908e-01 -8.6602592e-01 2.2724271e-07
-2.6248807e-01 -4.5464376e-01 -8.5111636e-01
2.4999917e-01 -4.3301326e-01 8.6602539e-01
4.9999827e-01 -8.6602640e-01 2.2724271e-07
2.8678745e-01 -4.9673271e-01 -8.1915170e-01 ;;;
curd 4 csp3 00
-5.2497667e-01 -2.9622331e-07 8.5111660e-01
-1.0000000e+00 -5.6425995e-07 2.2724271e-07
-5.2497709e-01 -2.9622353e-07 -8.5111636e-01 ;;;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

130 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

curd 5 csp3 00
-2.6248786e-01 -4.5464340e-01 8.5111660e-01
-7.5146174e-01 -2.2497362e-01 6.2023556e-01
-2.6248807e-01 -4.5464376e-01 -8.5111636e-01 ;;;
curd 6 csp3 00
2.4999917e-01 -4.3301326e-01 8.6602539e-01
4.9999827e-01 -8.6602640e-01 2.2724271e-07
2.8678745e-01 -4.9673271e-01 -8.1915170e-01 ;;;
sd 2 csps 3 3 0000
-5.2497667e-01 -2.9622331e-07 8.5111660e-01
-1.0000000e+00 -5.6425995e-07 2.2724271e-07
-5.2497709e-01 -2.9622353e-07 -8.5111636e-01
-2.6248786e-01 -4.5464340e-01 8.5111660e-01
-7.5146174e-01 -2.2497362e-01 6.2023556e-01
-2.6248807e-01 -4.5464376e-01 -8.5111636e-01
2.4999917e-01 -4.3301326e-01 8.6602539e-01
4.9999827e-01 -8.6602640e-01 2.2724271e-07
2.8678745e-01 -4.9673271e-01 -8.1915170e-01 ;;;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 131

cy infinite cylinder

cy x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n radius
where
x 0 y0 z0 point on the cylinder’s axis
x n yn zn direction vector which defines the cylinder’s axis
radius radius of the cylinder

Remarks

This command defines a cylinder with radius,

radius, and an axis given by (x 0,y 0,z 0) and
(x n,y n,z n), as shown in the picture below.
Specifically, (x 0 ,y 0 ,z 0) is any point on the
cylinder’s axis and the cylinder’s axis is parallel
to the vector which extends from the origin to the
point (x n,y n,z n). The radius of the cylinder must be
positive. When projecting a point onto this
surface, be sure that it is initialized somewhere
away from the axis of symmetry to make it clear
which direction to project. This is an infinite
surface. The graphics will only show a portion of
the surface. That portion shown in the graphics
changes as the objects in the picture change.

Example

sd 5 cy 0 0 0 1 0 0 12.5 Figure 97 Cylinder by an axis and a radius

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

132 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

cy3 cylinder from 3 points

cy3 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3
where
(x 1 y 1 z 1) global coordinates of the first point
(x 2 y 2 z 2) global coordinates of the second point
(x 3 y 3 z 3) global coordinates of the third point

Remarks

The three points are assumed to form a cross

section of the cylinder, perpendicular to the axis
of symmetry.

Example

curd 1 arc3 whole rt .1 .2 .3

rt -.2 .3 1
rt -1 -2 -1 ;
sd 1 cy3
-.9190374 -.05553633 1.7810655
-.23211999 -1.1207378
-1.0815152
-2.073 -2.403686 .35669363

Figure 98 Cylinder by 3 points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 133

cyr2 cylinder from 2 points and radius

cyr2 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 radius
where
(x 1 y 1 z 1) global coordinates of the first point
(x 2 y 2 z 2) global coordinates of the second point
radius radius of the cylinder

Remarks

T he two points are used to establish the axis of

rotation. They are selected in global Cartesian
coordinates.

Example

sd 1 cyr2 1 2 3 1.5 4 5 1 ;

Figure 99 2 points form the axis

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

134 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

cyr3 cylinder from 3 points and radius

cyr3 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 x 3 y 3 z 3 radius
where
(x 1 y 1 z 1) global coordinates of the
first point
(x 2 y 2 z 2) global coordinates of the
second point
(x 3 y 3 z 3) global coordinates of the
third point
radius radius of the cylinder

Remarks

Three points are selected on a planar cross

section, perpendicular to the axis, are used to
establish the axis. The radius of the cylinder that
passes through these three points is ignored and
uses the one specified. This makes it easy to
create a plug to a hole with a gap between the
plug and the hole. The points are selected in
global Cartesian coordinates.

Example

curd 1 arc3 whole rt .1 .2 .3

rt -.2 .3 1
rt -1 -2 -1 ;
circent
-.9190374 -.05553633 1.7810655 Figure 100 3 points from a circle
-.23211999 -1.1207378
-1.0815152
-2.073 -2.403686 .35669363
c center = -1.01674E+00 -1.07451E+00 4.24898E-01
c radius = 1.6991307
c normal = -7.11559E-01 5.85396E-01 -3.88582E-01
sd 1 cyr3
-.9190374 -.05553633 1.7810655
-.23211999 -1.1207378 -1.0815152
-2.073 -2.403686 .35669363
[1.6991307-.25]

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 135

er ellipsoid (ellipse revolved about an axis)

er x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n z n r 1 r 2
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of axis direction vector
yn second component of axis direction vector
zn third component of axis direction vector
r1 radius in the axial direction
r2 radius orthogonal to the axis

Remarks

An ellipse is rotated about an axis given by

(x 0,y 0,z 0) and (x n,y n,z n). To specify the shape of
the ellipse, you give the lengths of its two axes: r 1
is the length of the axis perpendicular to the axis
of rotation, and r 2 is the length of the axis along
the axis of rotation. Both lengths must be
positive. A point projected onto this surface from
within should be away from the axis of symmetry.
See Figure 101.

Example

sd 6 er 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 2

Figure 101 ellipsoid by axis and two dimensions

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

136 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

face face of the present part (Part Phase only)

face region

Remarks

The region should be a face of the current part;

the surface is defined to match the face as shown
in Figure 102. This surface becomes available
after the endpart command finishes the definition
of the part.

Use the fetol command before this command to

extract interior features as edges.

Example

sd 1 face 1 2 1 1 5 6

Figure 102 Face of a Part as a Surface

faceset convert a face set into a surface

faceset set_name
where set_name is the name of a face set

Remarks

This option is only available in the merge phase. A face set can be created using the set operations in
the part or merge phase. The part phase method is parametric and the merge phase is very general. The
command to use is fset. Alternatively, select the Pick button in the merge phase environment window
followed by the Sets and Faces buttons. Use the lasso to select the faces. These methods can be combine
to form the desired face set. The set is then easily converted to a surface with this command.

When 8-noded faces are used, they are converted to four 4-noded faces using the centroid as a 9 th node.

Use one of the merging commands such as stp before using this command. This causes near duplicate
nodes to be removed and the surface will have no extra or strange interior edges.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 137

Use the fetol command before this command to extract interior features as edges.

This surface is ideal when a hex mesh is to be attached to an existing model. For example, a NASTRAN
model can be read in and the exterior of that mesh can be converted to a surface using this method. This
is required when using the blude part command.

Example

A NAST RAN mesh of a simple ship is import

using the readmesh command and one of the
sides of the ship (wet surface only) is selected
using the interactive set creation features. This set
is then converted to a surface using:

sd faceset starboard

c starboard is the face set highlighted in red.

c These faces where selected using the
c lasso after selecting pick, sets, and faces.

Figure 103 Faceset surface

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

138 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

function surface by three algebraic expressions

function u min u max v min v max x-expression ; y-expression ; z-expression ; trans ;

where
u min minimum value of the first independent variable
u max maximum value of the first independent variable
v min minimum value of the second independent variable
v max maximum value of the second independent variable
x-expression algebraic expression for first 3D coordinate
y-expression algebraic expression for second 3D coordinate
z-expression algebraic expression for third 3D coordinate
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

Function defines a surface with algebraic forms

referencing independent variables u and v in the
rectangle:

u min < u < u max, v min < v < v max.

Three Fortran-like expressions map the rectangle

to the coordinates x, y, and z in the global
coordinate system.

Example

sd 2 function -1 1 -1 1
u;v;u*u-v*v;;

Figure 104 Saddle surface using functions

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 139

hermite precision 2nd order spline surface

hermite #_columns #_rows flag conditions x 11 y 11 z 11 x 12 y 12 z 12 ... [normal ä] trans ;

where
#_columns number of control points in each column of the table of control
points
#_rows number of control points in each row of the table of control
points
flag 4 digits formed using 0 for natural boundary condition, 1 for
specified boundary derivatives, 2 for a loop, one digit for each
of the four edges
where conditions specifies the list of derivatives along the edges, in order, when a flag of 1 is
used in the corresponding digit in the flag
where each condition is formed by derivatives
dx ij, dy ij, dzij derivative triplet, one for each control point along the edge
x ij y ij z ij list of coordinates for the control points on the surface
normal ä optional argument for a normal offset
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This is designed to place a smooth surface through a very large number of regularly spaced points. It
has 2 derivatives at each point. The resulting surface is very accurate in that it passes approximately
through all of the points within a very small tolerance. This surface is different from a cubic spline
surface in that it is not 2 times differentiable everywhere. This 2 nd derivative, which is typically found
in a cubic spline surface, has been sacrificed to get a surface that is very fast and very accurate. It can
easily handle millions of control points and has at least 1 derivative everywhere. The form of this data
for this surface is identical to a cubic spline surface, so, if after trying a cubic spline and not getting the
desired results, you can easily try this type of spline surface.

A normal offset can be applied to this surface by issuing the normal option followed by the offset as the
first operator in the transformation trans.

Use the wiges command to write surfaces of hermite type to an IGES file as a parametric spline
surface.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

140 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Examples

In the examples below, all have the same set of

control points. Only the edge derivatives are
different.

In this first example, the natural derivatives are

used.

sd 1 hermite 4 3 0000
2 0 0 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 -2 0 Figure 105 Natural derivatives
1 0 1 0 1 1 -1 0 1 0 -1 1
2 0 2 0 2 2 -2 0 2 0 -2 2 ; ;

Figure 106 Edge derivatives

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 141

In the next example, derivatives have been
selected. The magnitude of the derivatives can be
changed to vary the effect of the derivatives.

para d 10;
sd 1 hermite 4 3 1100
0 %d 0 0 %d 0 0 %d 0
%d 0 0 %d 0 0 %d 0 0
2 0 0 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 -2 0
1 0 1 0 1 1 -1 0 1 0 -1 1
2 0 2 0 2 2 -2 0 2 0 -2 2 ; ;

Two edges can be forced to match, including their

derivatives.

sd 1 hermite 4 3 2200
2 0 0 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 -2 0
1 0 1 0 1 1 -1 0 1 0 -1 1
Figure 107 Periodic in 1 direction
2 0 2 0 2 2 -2 0 2 0 -2 2 ; ;

Both pairs if edges can be matched to form a

variation of a torus.

sd 1 hermite 4 3 2222
2 0 0 0 2 0 -2 0 0 0 -2 0
1 0 1 0 1 1 -1 0 1 0 -1 1
2 0 2 0 2 2 -2 0 2 0 -2 2 ; ;

Figure 108 Periodic in both directions

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

142 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

igess import a parametric IGES surface

igess seq_# trans ;

where
seq_# surface's sequence number in the IGES file
trans list of transformations to be applied to it

Remarks

You make these surfaces with a CAD system, and

write them to a file in IGES format. Then you
can read the entity directory from the IGES file
using the igesfile command (or less appropriately
the iges command). T he igesfile command
assigns a sequence number to each of the
parametric surfaces it encounters in the IGES file.
The argument seq_# in this option is the
parametric surface sequence number.

IGES surfaces have sequence numbers based on

whether they are a NURBS, plane, or parametric
type. This command imports one of the
parametric type.

When this IGES surface is assigned a surface Figure 109 Imported parametric IGES Surface
definition number using this option, the surface
data are read and the surface is rendered. The time it takes to render is a function of the curvature of the
surface and of the trimming curves, because the surface must be evaluated more frequently in the areas
of higher curvature.

When surfaces are trimmed, in which case all surfaces are usually trimmed, the surface will be counted
twice, once as an untrimmed surface and once as a trimmed surface. All of the untrimmed surfaces are
given sequence numbers first. Then the trimmed versions of the same surfaces are assigned sequence
numbers in the same order as the untrimmed surfaces.

Alternatively, you can import all of the surfaces from an IGES file using the iges command. The iges
command is much easier to use but you have to render all of the surfaces. You can use the igessd
command to import a sequence of parametric surfaces instead of issuing the sd command many times.

There may be times when you use the iges command to import all of the surfaces and then want to
import a single surface with the sd command. You may wish to do this because you want the untrimmed

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 143

version of the surface or you may want another copy of the surface with a transformation applied. The
igess option of the sd command can also be applied to the parametric surfaces assigned sequence
numbers from the iges command (i.e. there is no need to issue the igesfile command if you have already
issued the iges command).

Example

igesfile surfaces.igs

The text window and the tsave file will show the sequence numbers for the surfaces found in the IGES
file.

c IGES file contained 114 surfaces from 1 to 114

c IGES file contained 24 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 24
c IGES file contained 4 planes from 1 to 4

The sequence numbers reported are then used to select the surface that is desired.

sd 1 igess 101;

If you read another IGES file, the sequence numbers are added to the existing sequence numbers.

igesfile more_surfaces.igs

The report to the text window and the tsave is:

c IGES file contained 11 surfaces from 115 to 125

c IGES file contained 4 NURBS surfaces from 25 to 28
c IGES file contained 4 planes from 5 to 8

sd 2 igess 125 rx 30 rxy ;

In this last example, the surface is transformed by rotating about the x-axis by 30 degrees and reflected
through the xy-coordinate plane before it is rendered.

igesp import an IGES plane

igesp seq_# trans ;

where
seq_# plane's sequence number in the IGES file
trans list of transformations to be applied to it

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

144 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

You make these surfaces with a CAD system, and

write them to a file in IGES format. Then you
can read the entity directory from the IGES file
using the igesfile command (or less appropriately
the iges command). T he igesfile command
assigns a sequence number to each of the plane
surfaces it encounters in the IGES file. The
argument seq_# in this option is the plane
sequence number.

IGES surfaces have sequence numbers based on

whether they are a NURBS, plane, or other type.
This command imports one of the planar type.

When a planar surface is assigned a surface

definition number using this option, the surface Figure 110 Imported IGES Plane
parameters are read and the surface is rendered.
The time it takes to render is a function of the curvature of the trimming curves, because the surface
must be evaluated more frequently in the high curvature areas.

When surfaces are trimmed, in which case all surfaces are usually trimmed, the surface will be counted
twice, once as an untrimmed surface and once as a trimmed surface. All of the untrimmed surfaces are
given sequence numbers first. Then the trimmed versions of the same surfaces are assigned sequence
numbers in the same order as the untrimmed surfaces.

Alternatively, you can import all of the surfaces from an IGES file using the iges command. The iges
command is much easier to use but you have to render all of the surfaces. You can use the igespd
command to import a sequence of planar surfaces instead of issuing the sd command many times.

There may be times when you use the iges command to import all of the surfaces and then want to
import a single surface with the sd command. You may wish to do this because you want the untrimmed
version of the surface or you may want another copy of the surface with a transformation applied. The
igesp option of the sd command can also be applied to the planar surfaces assigned sequence numbers
from the iges command (i.e. there is no need to issue the igesfile command if you have already issued
the iges command).

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 145

Example

igesfile surfaces.igs

The text window and the tsave file will show the sequence numbers for the surfaces found in the IGES
file.

c IGES file contained 114 surfaces from 1 to 114

c IGES file contained 24 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 24
c IGES file contained 4 planes from 1 to 4

The sequence numbers reported are then used to select the surface that is desired.

sd 1 igesp 1;

If you read another IGES file, the sequence numbers are added to the existing sequence numbers.

igesfile more_surfaces.igs

The report to the text window and the tsave is:

c IGES file contained 11 surfaces from 115 to 125

c IGES file contained 4 NURBS surfaces from 25 to 28
c IGES file contained 4 planes from 5 to 8

sd 2 igesp 6 rx 10 ry 10 ;

In this last example, the surface is transformed by rotating about the x-axis by 10 degrees and rotating
about the y axis 10 degrees before it is rendered.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

146 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

intp interpolate a surface between two surfaces

intp sd 1 sd 2 fraction

Remarks

The two surfaces sd 1 and sd 2 must be defined

before they are referenced by this command. The
first surface is offset toward the second surface by
projecting the points from the first surface onto
the second surface. For the offset distance by
specifying a fraction of the distance from the first
surface to the second surface. You also specify
the surfaces by giving their surface definition
numbers (from the sd commands where they were
defined) for the first two arguments. The first
surface must be one of the following types: a
rotated 2D curve (cr, crx, cry, or crz), a sphere
(sp), a rotated ellipse (er), a structured mesh
(mesh), a linear interpolation between two curves
(rule2d), an interpolation between 2 3D curves
(rule3d), a torus (tr), 2D cross sections placed
along a 2D curve (swept), another intp, or IGES
surfaces other than a plane. This feature has Figure 111 Surface Interpolated Between Two
limited use and you should take care in creating Other Surfaces
an intp surface. This is the only surface type
valid for the variable shell surface command ssf.

Example

sd 1 ts 0 0 0 0 0 1 5 0 1
sd 2 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 5
sd 3 intp 1 2 .5

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 147

iplan infinite plane defined by an implicit function

iplan a b c d
where the arguments are coefficients in the equation below.

Remarks

This is an infinite surface. The graphics will only

show a portion of the surface. That portion shown
in the graphics changes as the objects in the
picture change. The plane is defined by the set of

points that satisfy

where the coordinate triplet (x,y,z) is any point on
the plane and where at least one of the variables a,
b, or c is different from zero as shown in Figure
112.

sd 3 iplan 1 -1 1 1

Figure 112 Plane specified by an implicit

function

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

148 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

mesh surface by tabular points

mesh m n x 11 y 11 z 11 x 21 y 21 z 21 ... x mn y mn z mn trans ;

where
m number of rows in the table or 2D array
n number of columns in the table or 2D array
(x ij, y ij, zij) 3D coordinates at position (i,j) in the table or 2D array
trans standard coordinate transformation (sequence of operators)

Remarks

M esh defines a surface by specifying a table or

2D array of points to be part of the surface. The
rest of the surface is implicitly defined by bilinear
interpolation between those points. This type of
surface provides a general way to use
experimental or computational data from any
source.

The first two integers, m and n, give the number

of points in the rows and columns, respectively.
These parameters must be greater than 1. The
remaining arguments give the positions of each
mesh point in physical space. These points should
be ordered the way Fortran would order a 2D
array with m rows and n columns, i.e. with:
Figure 113 2 by 3 Mesh Surface
(i,j) = (1,1), (2,1), ... , (m,1), (1,2), ... ,
(m,2), ... , (1,n) , ... , (m,n).

Example

sd 1 mesh 2 3
1.125 0.999 1.269
1.566 1.875 0.869
2.092 1.753 0.644
2.087 2.377 1.170
3.053 0.936 1.119
2.606 1.891 0.712 ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 149

nrbs NURBS

nrbs i-degree j-degree

iknot1 ... iknotk1 ; jknot1 .... jknotk2 ;
weight1,1 weight1,1 weight1,1 ... weight1,n2 weight1,n2 weight1,n2
...
weightn1,1 weightn1,1 weightn1,1 ... weightn1,n2 weightn1,n2 weightn1,n2 ;
xcontrol1,1 ycontrol1,1 zcontrol1,1 ... xcontrol1,n2 ycontrol1,n2 zcontrol1,n2
...
xcontroln1,1 ycontroln1,1 zcontroln1,1 ... xcontroln1,n2 ycontroln1,n2 zcontroln1,n2 ;
trans ;
where
i-degree j-degree degrees of the surface polynomial in the i and j direction.
iknot1 ... iknotk1 parametric coordinates of k1 knots (0..) in the i direction.
jknot1 ... jknotk2 parametric coordinates of k2 knots (0..) in the j direction.
weight1,1 weight1,1 weight1,1 ... weight1,n2 weight1,n2 weight1,n2
weightn1,1 weightn1,1 weightn1,1 ... weightn1,n2 weightn1,n2 weightn1,n2 ;
weights for each control point
xcontrol1,1 ycontrol1,1 zcontrol1,1 ... xcontrol1,n2 ycontrol1,n2 zcontrol1,n2
xcontroln1,1 ycontroln1,1 zcontroln1,1 ... xcontroln1,n2 ycontroln1,n2 zcontroln1,n2 ;
triplets of coordinates of control points
where
n 1 = k 1 - multiplicity 1
n 2 = k 2 - multiplicity 2
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

First, a few notes on the parameters. The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending
point of the curve. The number of multiple knots is called multiplicity. The multiplicity for the starting
and ending point determines the order of the curve. (2 - linear, 3 - quadratic, 4 - cubic ...).
multiplicity = degree + 1
The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending points.

A normal offset can be applied to this surface by issuing the normal option followed by the offset as the
first operator in the transformation trans.

NURBS surfaces are also available through the IGES interface.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

150 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

The NURBS surface (Figure 114) is defined by

the same control points as the B-Spline Surface
(Figure 83). The weights are specified for each
control point. Every weight is 1.0 except 4
control points with weights 10.0 (Figure 114).
The NURBS surface is passing closer to the
control points with w=10.

sd 1 nrbs 3 3
0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 4 4 4;
0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 4 4 4;
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 10 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Figure 114 NURBS Surface
1 10 10 10 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1;
... c x,y,z coordinates of control points
... c organized into 7 rows with 7 columns
... c the same as for BSPS surface

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 151

nurbs import a NURBS surface

nurbs seq_# trans ;

where
seq_# NURBS’s surface sequence number in the IGES file
trans list of transformations to be applied to it

Remarks

You make these surfaces with a CAD system, and

write them to a file in IGES format. Then you
can read the entity directory from the IGES file
using the igesfile command (or less appropriately
the iges command). T he igesfile command
assigns a sequence number to each of the NURBS
surfaces it encounters in the IGES file. The
argument seq_# in this option is the NURBS
sequence number.

IGES surfaces have sequence numbers based on

whether they are a NURBS, plane, or parametric
type. This option imports one of the NURBS type.

When a NURBS surface is assigned a surface

definition number using this option, the surface
parameters are read and the surface is rendered.
T he time it takes to render is a function of the Figure 115 NURBS Surface from an IGES File
curvature of the surface and the curvature of the
trimming curves, because the surface must be evaluated more frequently in the high curvature areas.

When surfaces are trimmed, in which case all surfaces are usually trimmed, the surface will be counted
twice, once as an untrimmed surface and once as a trimmed surface. All of the untrimmed surfaces are
given sequence numbers first. Then the trimmed versions of the same surfaces are assigned sequence
numbers in the same order as the untrimmed surfaces.

Alternatively, you can import all of the surfaces from an IGES file using the iges command. The iges
command is much easier to use but you have to render all of the surfaces. You can use the nurbsd
command to import a sequence of NURBS surfaces instead of issuing the sd command many times.

There may be times when you use the iges command to import all of the surfaces and then want to
import a single surface with the sd command. You may wish to do this because you want the untrimmed

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

152 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

version of the surface or you may want another copy of the surface with a transformation applied. The
nurbs option of the sd command can also be applied to the NURBS surfaces assigned sequence
numbers from the iges command (i.e. there is no need to issue the igesfile command if you have already
issued the iges command).

Example

igesfile surfaces.igs

The text window and the tsave file will show the sequence numbers for the surfaces found in the IGES
file.

c IGES file contained 114 surfaces from 1 to 114

c IGES file contained 24 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 24
c IGES file contained 4 planes from 1 to 4

The sequence numbers reported are then used to select the surface that is desired.

sd 1 nurbs 16;

If you read another IGES file, the sequence numbers are added to the existing sequence numbers.

igesfile more_surfaces.igs

The report to the text window and the tsave is:

c IGES file contained 11 surfaces from 115 to 125

c IGES file contained 4 NURBS surfaces from 25 to 28
c IGES file contained 4 planes from 5 to 8

sd 2 nurbs 27 rz 90 mx .1 ;

In this last example, the surface is transformed by rotating about the z-axis by 90 degrees and translating
in the x direction .1 before it is rendered.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 153

pipe sweep a pipe shape along an arbitrary 3D curve

pipe 3d_curve radius 1 arc_length 1 radius 2 arc_length 2 ... ; trans ;

where
3d_curve 3D curve that is used to sweep along
radius i arc_length i radius and arc length pairs specified along the 3D curve
trans optional transformation at the end

Remarks

This command allows you to define a pipe with

varying cross-section. The arc length varies from
a value of 0 at one end of the 3D curve to a value
of 1 at the other end. In other words, the arc
length is the fractional value of the entire 3D-
curve length at the point where the circular cross-
sectional radius is defined. You may specify as
many cross-sections as you like.

Example

curd 1 lp3 -1 1 1 0 1 1;;

3dfunc 0 90 cos(u;sin(u);1;;
3 d f u n c 1 8 0 2 7 0
1;sin(u);cos(u)+2;;
lp3 1 -1 3; ;
sd 1 pipe 1 .3 0 .5 1;;

Figure 116 pipe surface

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

154 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

pl2 plane specified by two points

pl2 system point system point

where
system one of the three coordinate systems:
rt for Cartesian
sp for spherical
cy for cylindrical
point set of 3 coordinate in the appropriate coordinate system

Remarks

This option defines the plane using 2 points. The

first point is on the plane, the second point in not
on the plane and on the line normal to the plane
through the first point.

Example

sd 1 pl2 rt 1 1 1 rt 2 2 2 ;

Figure 117 Plane by 2 points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 155

pl3 plane specified by three points

pl3 system point system point system point

where
system one of the three coordinate systems:
rt for Cartesian
sp for spherical
cy for cylindrical
point set of 3 coordinate in the appropriate coordinate system

Remarks

In Cartesian coordinates, the point is designated

by its x, y, and z coordinate values. In cylindrical
coordinates, the radius is followed by the angle
and z-coordinates. In spherical coordinates, the
radius is first, followed by the polar and azimuthal
angles. All angles are in degrees. Remember, the
three points must not be co-linear. This is an
infinite surface. The graphics will only show a
portion of the surface. That portion shown in the
graphics changes as the objects in the picture
change.

Example

sd 1 pl3 cy 1 45 1 sp 1 -45 15
rt -1 0 0

Figure 118 Plane specified by 3 points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

156 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

pl3o plane specified by 3 points and an offset

pl3o system point system point system point offset

where
system one of the three coordinate systems:
rt for Cartesian
sp for spherical
cy for cylindrical
point set of 3 coordinate in the appropriate coordinate system
offset normal offset distance

Remarks

This command defines a plane specified by three

points and a positive normal offset. The direction
of the normal is defined by the right hand rule
through the 3 points.

The point is designated by its x, y, and z

coordinate values. In cylindrical coordinates, the
radius is followed by the angle and z-coordinates.
In spherical coordinates, the radius is first,
followed by the polar and azimuthal angles. All
angles are in degrees.

This is an infinite surface. The graphics will only

show a portion of the surface. That portion shown
in the graphics changes as the objects in the
picture change. Figure 119 Normal offset plane

Example

sd 1 pl3o rt 1 0 0 rt 0 1 0 rt 0 0 1 1 ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 157

plan infinite plane

plan x 0 y 0 z0 x n y n zn
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of the normal vector
yn second component of the normal vector
zn third component of the normal vector

Remarks

A plane containing the point (x 0,y 0,z 0) and normal

to the vector (x n,y n,z n) as shown in Figure 120.

sd 1 plan 0 0 0 1 0 0

This is an infinite surface. The graphics will only

show a portion of the surface. That portion shown
in the graphics changes as the objects in the
picture change.

Figure 120 Plane by a point and a normal vector

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

158 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

poly convert a polygon set into a surface

poly polygon_set trans ;

where
polygon_set named set of polygons
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

You can create a polygon surface using the pset

command and the interactive feature to select or
modify the polygons in a set with the Sets
window. The Sets window can be activated in the
merge phase from the Pick panel in the
Environment Window. These features, along with
the wrsd command, can be used to sort out
complex polygon surfaces and split them into
multiple surfaces or remove features. T his can
also be used to create a normal offset by using the
normal option as one of the transformation
primitives.

Use the fetol command before this command to

extract interior features as edges.
Figure 121 Surface from a polygon set
Example

It is assumed in this example that a polygon set was formed using the Sets window in the Pick panel of
the Environment window. This polygon set was named p1. Then the command to create a surface form
this set is:

sd 2 poly p1;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 159

pr paraboloid (parabola revolved about an axis)

pr x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn r 1 t1 r2 t2 r 3 t3
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of axis direction vector
yn second component of axis direction vector
zn third component of axis direction vector
r1 radius at the cross section along axis at t1
t1 position along axis with radius r 1
r2 radius at the cross section along axis at t2
t2 position along axis with radius r 2
r3 radius at the cross section along axis at t3
t3 position along axis with radius r 3

Remarks

A parabola is rotated about an axis given by (x 0,y 0,z 0) and (x n,y n,z n). You define the parabola by
specifying three points that it passes through in any planar cross section containing the axis of symmetry:
(r 1,t1), (r 2,t2), and (r 3,t3). The t coordinate is measured along the axis, starting at the point (x 0,y 0,z 0). The
r coordinate is measured perpendicular to the
axis. The three points can be in any order. These
points must uniquely specify a parabola. This
means that the coordinates must satisfy:

A point projected to this surface should not be on

the axis of symmetry. See the example in Figure
122. This is an infinite surface. The graphics will
only show a portion of the surface. That portion
shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the
picture change.

Example

sd 4 pr 0 0 0 1 0 0 .75 8 1.2675
8.3 3 9
Figure 122 Parabola specified by three points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

160 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

r3dc 3D curve revolved about an axis

r3dc x 0 y 0 z0 x n y n zn 3D_curve begin_angle end_angle tran ;

where
(x 0,y 0,z 0) point on the axis of rotation
(x n,y n,z n) vector parallel to the axis of rotation
3D_curve 3D curve being rotated (generatrix)
begin_angle beginning angle for the rotational sweep
end_angle ending angle for the rotational sweep
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This command forms the surface of rotation determined by the generatrix, 3D_curve, the axis of
rotation (defined by the point (x 0,y 0,z 0) and the direction vector (x n,y n,z n)) and the starting and ending
angles (begin_angle and end_angle, respectively).

The surface is created by rotating the generatrix around the axis of rotation from the beginning angle
to the ending angle. For any point on the generatrix, the rotational arc created lies on the circle centered
along the axis rotation, orthogonal to (x n,y n,z n) and through that point on the generatrix. The portion
of the circle retained is measured counter-clockwise starting begin_angle degrees from the generatrix
point to end_angle.

The best results occur when the generatrix is

coplanar with the axis, and the worst results occur
along segment tangent to the generated arc.

To improve results add a point to the generatrix

near to the tangent points. The geometry tolerance
(set with getol) may need to be reduced so that
the line thinning algorithm does not remove new
points.

Example

curd 1 lp3 6.01 0 3.35 6.1 0 3.5

6 0 3.5 6 0 .5 10 0 0 11 0 2.5
11.1 0 2.5 11.2 0 3 11.1 0 3 12.1
0 5.5 12.05 0 5.5 11.995 0
5.25;;
sd 1 r3dc 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 60;
curd 2 cpcd 1 my -10 mz .1; Figure 123 Surface of revolution of a 3D curve

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 161

sd 2 rule3d 1 2;;
curd 3 cpcd 1 rz 60;
curd 4 cpcd 3 mx -8.66 my 5 mz -.1;
sd 3 rule3d 3 4;;

rule2d ruled surface between two 2D curves

rule2d y 1 ln 1 y 2 ln 2 trans ;
where
y1 y-coordinate of the plane for the first 2D curve
ln 1 2D curve ID which will form one edge of the surface
y2 y-coordinate of the plane for the second 2D curve
ln 2 2D curve ID which will form the opposite edge
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This surface is formed by a linear interpolation

between two 2D curves. Prior to using this
command, you must have defined the 2D curves
numbered ln 1 and ln 2, using commands like ld.
These 2D curves would originally lie in the plane
y=0 (the xz-plane), but rule2d will translate them
in the y-direction to the y=y1 and y=y2 planes,
respectively. The interpolation amounts to
constructing a straight line from each point of one
translated curve to the corresponding point of the
other translated curve. The order of points along
the two curves (orientation) must be the same. To
reverse the order of the points in one of the curves,
specify that 2D curve definition number as
negative. The points that correspond to each other
are those which have the same relative arc length
position on their respective curves. At least one of
the two 2D curves must have positive arc length. Figure 124 Ruled Surface From Two 2D
Curves
Example

ld 1 lp 0 0 .5 .7 5 1.7 12.5 1.7 17.5 .7 18.2 0;

ld 2 lp 8 0 8.5 .7 13 1.7 20.5 1.7 25.5 .7 26.2 0;
sd 1 rule2d 0 1 8 2;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

162 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

rule3d ruled surface between two 3D curves

rule3d 3D-curve 1 3D-curve 2 trans ;

where
3D-curve 1 first boundary 3D curve
3D-curve 2 second boundary 3D curve
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

A surface is formed by a linear interpolation in

Cartesian coordinates between two 3D curves. At
least one of the two curves must have a positive
arc length. Both curves must be already defined.
3D curves are defined with the curd command or
read from an IGES file. T he direction of the
curves is critical to the interpolation of the
surface. Check the order of the points in each of
the curves by displaying the points with the label
command. In order to reverse the order of a
curve, specify the curve definition number with a
negative number. The surface is constructed by
pairing each point on one curve with a point on
the other curve. These two points are connected
by a line segment. Points along the two curves
are paired by relative arc length. The following is
an example of three 3D curves, which are
annotated below, and the two surfaces Figure 125 3D Ruled Surfaces From 3D Curves
interpolated between pairs of curves.

Example

curd 1 lp3 1 2 1 3 2.5 1.1 5 2 1.5;;

curd 2 lp3 1.5 1 2 2 .75 3 3.5 1.25 3.5 4.5 1 3.75;;
curd 3 lp3 3 4.5 1;;
sd 1 rule3d 1 2;
sd 2 rule3d 1 3;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 163

sds union of surfaces

sds s 1 s 2 ... sn ;
where s i is the number of a surface previously defined

Remarks

The surfaces that form this union do not need to meet perfectly. T here can be large gaps and
overlappings.

This is the most important surface type when dealing with CAD models. Typically, the CAD model is
broken into many surfaces for construction purposes. No consideration is made in the construction of
the surfaces for mesh generation. In most cases, it is more convenient, if not essential, to form a mesh
across many of these surfaces. Use this option to form a composite surface and it will be as if it were one
surface. The projection of a face of the mesh works the same for both single and composite surfaces.

Sometimes, this surface type can be used to group surfaces when there are many surfaces to sort (i.e.
it is very useful when working with IGES input files).

When a node is projected to a multiple surface, it is projected to each of the component surfaces. The
point of projection which is the shortest distance among all of the component surface projections is
defined as the projection point for the multiple surface. This makes it possible for the surfaces to
overlap or not meet perfectly. A closest point will always be found.

A multiple surface list can include surfaces defined with the sds option.

An effective way to prepare a list of surfaces is to first display all surface definitions (dasd). Then, in
the Environment Window, use the Display List, Surface button in the Apply Action To: menu, and the
Rem ove button to remove those surfaces which you do not want in your grouped surface. When you
only have those surfaces displayed which you wish to group together, use the lasd command to list all
of the displayed surfaces. Type

sd some_number sds

in the text window and cut and paste the listed surfaces, followed by a semi-colon. (Where
some_number is the definition number of the surface that you are creating.)

Care is needed when using this option to define several multiple surfaces, each containing some of the
same component surfaces. The intersection of the two multiple surfaces includes the surfaces that they
both have in common. This would be an extreme case of two surfaces being tangent. This can be an
effective technique when you want an edge of the mesh to lay along the middle of a surface common
to both composites.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

164 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

Figure 126 Union of 3 surfaces with errors Figure 127 Mesh projected to union of surfaces

Typically, a CAD model will have inaccuracies in the geometry such as gaps between surfaces or
surfaces that overlap. This example is an exaggeration of this common problem to demonstrate the
robust nature of the sds option and the projection
method. These two features go hand in hand. In this
example, three surfaces form a composite surface.
There is a gap between two of the surfaces. There is
an overlap between two surfaces. When a face of the
mesh is projected to this union of surfaces, the only
effect these inaccuracies have on the mesh is that
some of the interior nodes are perturbed because they
cannot project into the gap. This is usually not a
problem because the gaps are usually not that large.

In this next example, two surfaces form a composite

surface. The sds option is a natural way to combine
tangent surfaces so that you can avoid intersecting
tangent surfaces.

sd 1 function 0 90 0 360
cos(u)*cos(v);
Figure 128 Two surfaces concatenated

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 165

cos(u)*sin(v);
3*sin(u);;
sd 2 function -90 0 0 360
cos(u)*cos(v);
cos(u)*sin(v);
.5*sin(u);;
sd 3 sds 1 2;

sp sphere

sp x 0 y 0 z0 radius
where
x0 first coordinate of the center of the sphere
y0 second coordinate of the center of the sphere
z0 third coordinate of the center of the sphere
radius radius of the sphere
Remarks

This command defines a sphere with center (x 0,y 0,z 0)

and radius radius, as shown in the following picture.
The radius must be positive. When projecting a
point onto the sphere, be sure that the point is away
from the center of sphere. Projections are made
along rays emanating from the center of the sphere.

Example

sd 10 sp 1 0 -1 9

Figure 129 Sphere by center and radius

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

166 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

stl read the standard ASCII STL file

stl file trans ;

where
file path and file name (case sensitive in UNIX/LINUX)
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This command permits you to import triangular

surfaces via StereoLithography (STL) files. Both
the ASCII and binary versions of the file are
supported.

Use the fetol command before this command to

extract interior features as edges.

The maximum number of polygons is 8,388,607.

When a polygon has more than 4 nodes, it is
broken into triangles and each triangle counts as
a polygon.

Example

fetol 110 Figure 130 Surface imported from stl file

sd 1 stl lcab2b.stl ;

swept sweep 2D curves along a 2D curve

swept ln 0 direction ln 1 á 1 ... ln n á n ; trans ;

where
ln 0 2D curve number
direction either r for the right side or l for the left side
ln i á i pairs of 2D curve numbers and relative arc lengths
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

This is a surface which exactly matches various 2D curves at an arbitrary number of cross-sections.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 167

The 2D curve ln 0 is used as the base of the
surface. This 2D curve is on the xz-plane.
Positions are measured along this curve by
relative arc length. The first point on the base
curve has a relative arc length of zero. The last
point on the base curve has a relative arc length of
1.0. A cross section of the surface can be
specified at any point along the base curve by
specifying the relative arc length and the 2D curve
which forms the cross section at that point. The
2D curves ln 1, ... ln n form the cross sections. The
parameters á 1 ...á n are the relative arc lengths of
the cross sections, respectively. These arc length
parameters must all be between 0 and 1, inclusive.
The plane containing the 2D cross section curve
will be placed normal to the curve such that the
origin in the 2D cross section plane matches the
selected point on the base curve. If the direction Figure 131 Swept surface with 2 cross sections
is r for right, then the right side of the base curve
is the positive direction in the cross section. If direction is specified as l for left, then the left side of the
base curve is the positive direction for the planar cross section. The 2D cross section curves must be
specified in order along the base curve. The surface between the cross sections is constructed by linearly
interpolating the specified cross sections. The ordering of the points in the 2D cross section curves must
match. The arc length of all of the 2D curves must be positive. Care must be taken when using this
surface because it is easy to specify cross sections that cause the surface to overlap itself when the base
curve has a lot of curvature. All 2D curves must be defined before they are referenced by this
command. A transformation can be applied to this surface.

Example

In this example the base curve is half of an ellipse. The first cross section is a half of a circle. The last
cross section is a half of a cube. The surface transitions smoothly from the smooth arc to 90 degree
corners.

ld 1 lep 1 2 1 2 -90 90 0;
ld 2 lep 1 1 0 0 -90 90 0;
ld 3 lp2 0 -1 1 -1 1 1 0 1;;
sd 1 swept 1 r 2 0 3 1;;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

168 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

ts torus

ts x 0 y 0 z 0 x n y n zn r 1 t r2
where
x0 first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
y0 second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
z0 third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation
xn first component of axis direction vector
yn second component of axis direction vector
zn third component of axis direction vector
r1 larger radius
t distance from the pont (x 0 y 0 z 0) to the center of the torus
r2 cross section radius

Remarks

(x 0,y 0,z 0) and (x n,y n,z n) give the axis of symmetry,

which passes through the center of the hole in the
middle. t is the distance (along the axis) from
(x 0,y 0,z 0) to the center point of the torus. The
torus has major radius r 1 and minor radius r 2, and
both must be positive. A point projected onto this
surface should be away from the axis of symmetry
and away from the circle at the center of the
interior of the torus.

Example

sd 4 ts 0 0 0 1 0 1 4 6 1

Figure 132 Torus specified by two radii

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 169

xcy to transform an infinite x-axis cylinder

xcy radius trans ;

where
radius is the radius of the cylinder, and
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

An infinite cylinder starts out with its axis

aligned with the x-axis. The radius must be
positive. The transformations make it convenient
to start with this cylinder and then translate and
rotate it to the required position. Translations are
applied to the point which started at the origin.
For the syntax of the transformations, see the
sections on replication and transformation of
parts. When projecting a point onto this surface,
be sure that it is initialized somewhere away from
the axis of symmetry in order to make it clear
which direction to project. See Figure 133. This
is an infinite surface. The graphics will only show
a portion of the surface. That portion shown in the
graphics changes as the objects in the picture
change.

Example Figure 133 An x-cylinder translated and rotated

sd 1 xcy 1 my 1 ry 15 ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

170 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

xyplan transform an infinite xy-plane

xyplan trans ;
where trans is a sequence of simple operators to transform the plane.

Remarks

This is the infinite plane defined by z = 0.

The transform makes it convenient to start
with this plane and then translate or rotate it
to the desired position. For the syntax of the
transformations, see the sections on
replication and transformation of parts. The
following example produced the picture
below. Translations are applied to the plane
at the point which originated at (0,0,0).

This is an infinite surface. The graphics will

only show a portion of the surface. That
portion shown in the graphics changes as the
objects in the picture change.

Example

sd 1 xyplan rx -15;
Figure 134 xy-plane rotated

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 171

ycy to transform an infinite y-axis cylinder

ycy radius trans ;

where
radius radius of the cylinder
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

An infinite cylinder starts out with an axis the

same as the y-axis. The radius must be positive.
The transformations make it convenient to start
with this cylinder and then translate and rotate it
to the required position. Translations are applied
to the point which started at the origin. For the
syntax of the transformations, see the sections on
replication and transformation of parts. When
projecting a point onto this surface, be sure that it
is initialized somewhere away from the axis of
symmetry to make it clear which direction to
project. The following example produced the
cylinder below. See Figure 135. This is an
infinite surface. The graphics will only show a
portion of the surface. That portion shown in the
graphics changes as the objects in the picture
change.
Figure 135 y-cylinder rotated about the z axis
Example

sd 1 ycy 10 rz 15;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

172 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

yzplan to transform an infinite yz-plane

yzplan trans ;
where trans is a sequence of simple operators to transform the plane.

Remarks

This is the infinite plane defined by x = 0. The

transform makes it convenient to start with this
plane and then translate or rotate it to the desired
position. For the syntax of the transformations,
see the sections on replication and transformation
of parts. The following example produced the
picture below. Translations are applied to the
plane at the point which originated at (0,0,0).

This is an infinite surface. The graphics will only

show a portion of the surface. That portion shown
in the graphics changes as the objects in the
picture change.

Example

sd 1 yzplan mx 1 rz 45;
Figure 136 yz-plane moved and rotated

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 173

zcy to transform an infinite z-axis cylinder

zcy radius trans ;

where
radius radius of the cylinder
trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates

Remarks

An infinite cylinder starts out with an axis the

same as the z-axis. The radius must be positive.
The transformations make it convenient to start
with this cylinder and then translate and rotate it
to the required position. Translations are applied
to the point which started at the origin. For the
syntax of the transformations, see the sections on
replication and transformation of parts. When
projecting a point onto this surface, be sure that it
is initialized somewhere away from the axis of
symmetry to make it clear which direction to
project. The following example produced the
picture below. See Figure 137. This is an
infinite surface. The graphics will only show a
portion of the surface. That portion shown in the
graphics changes as the objects in the picture
change.
Figure 137 z-cylinder on the z-axis
Example

sd 1 zcy [sqrt(2)];

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

174 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

zxplan to transform an infinite zx-plane

zxplan trans ;
where trans is a sequence of simple operators to transform the plane.

Remarks

This is the infinite plane defined by y = 0. The

transform makes it convenient to start with this
plane and then translate or rotate it to the desired
position. For the syntax of the transformations,
see the sections on replication and transformation
of parts. The following example produced the
picture below. Translations are applied to the
plane at the point which originates at (0,0,0).

This is an infinite surface. The graphics will only

show a portion of the surface. That portion shown
in the graphics changes as the objects in the
picture change.

Example

sd 1 xzplan rx -15 mz -1;

Figure 138 xz-plane rotated and moved
10. Surface Display Commands
These commands let you control which surfaces are displayed in the picture.

When you issue a command to display a surface, you will not necessarily see it. This is because it may
lie off-screen. If you issue a surface display command and cannot see the surface, try moving the picture
around or zooming in and out. When all else fails, issue a restore command (hit the Rest button).

Many of these commands can be executed using the GUI. In the Environment Window, select the
Display List button. Then choose the Surface button under the Apply Action To: label. The Action:
buttons will then enable you to reproduce many of the following commands. Some of the display
commands in this section are essential. For example, the asd command has not been replaced by a
button in the GUI. The display commands for many objects, such as 3D curves, parts, and materials,
are similar.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 175

Table I
DISPLAY COMMANDS

Menu Surface 3D Curve Parts Material Interface Cad Cad

Type Surfaces 3Dcurves Parts Material Boundary Groups Levels

(sd) (cd) (p) (m) (bb) (grp) (lv)

Display 1 (d() dsd # dcd # dp # dm # dbb # dgrp # dlv #

Add 1 (a() asd # acd # ap # am # abb # agrp # alv #

Remove 1 (r() rsd # rcd # rp # rm # rbb # rgrp # rlv #

Display Many (d(s) dsds list; dcds list ; dps list ; dms list ; dbbs list ; dgrps list; dlvs list ;

Add Many (a(s) asds list acds list ; aps list ; ams list ; abbs list ; --- ---
;

Remove Many (r(s) rsds list ; rcds list ; rps list ; rms list ; rbbs list ; --- ---

Display All (da() dasd dacd dap dam dabb --- ---

A sequence in a list can be abbreviated by inserting a colon between the first and last numbers. Surfaces
can be named. If a surface has been named, then the name can be used instead of its number.

asd add a surface to the picture

asd surface_#

Remarks

Surface surface_# is added to the display.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

176 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

asds add surfaces to the picture

asds surface_numbers ;

Remarks

The surfaces in the list are added to the displayed.

ansd add neighboring surfaces to the picture

ansd d è repeats
where
d distance tolerance
è tangent plane angle tolerance
repeats number of times to repeat the process of adding surfaces

Remarks

The purpose of this command is to display the surfaces near to the ones already displayed.
All surfaces are searched other than infinite surfaces without edges, such as a cylinder or paraboloid.

All edges of a surface of a candidate surface are checked for points within a distance d of an existing
displayed surface. For such nearby points it compare's the candidate surface's tangent plane with the
existing surface's tangent plane (at the closest point). If the two tangent planes intersect at an angle less
than è, then the two surfaces are near each other.

This is repeated so that the next iteration uses the surfaces just added to the display list to find the next
set of near surfaces. If any iteration fails to add any surfaces to the display list, the process terminates.

This command is useful in creating composite surfaces. This is the first step in a four step process.

1. select a set of seed surfaces for display

2. use the ansd command to find all neighboring surfaces which are nearly tangent
3. use the lasd to list the surface numbers
4. cut and paste this list of surfaces into the sds option of the sd command

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 177

Examples

This figure shows how the angles between

surfaces are measured. The normals to
surfaces 1 and 4 differ by 9 degrees. Surface
7 is rejected because the angle is too great.

ansd 1 10 1

Figure 139 Surface 1 selected adjacent to 4

If you provide a repeat count greater than
one, then the search will be repeated. The
picture will grow outwards each iteration
from the original group of surfaces.

In this example, only surface 1080 was

displayed. Then the command

ansd .1 3 100

was issued to select this set of nearly tangent

surfaces.

Figure 140 Surface 1080 seeded ANSD

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

178 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

dasd display all surfaces in the picture

dasd (no arguments)

dsd display a surface in the picture

dsd surface_#

Remarks

Displays only one surface – removing all others, if necessary.

dsds display several surfaces in the picture

dsds s 1 s2 ... sn ;
where s i is a numbered surface defined by an sd command

Remarks

Displays only the surfaces listed.

lasd list the surfaces in the picture

lasd (no arguments)

Remarks

This command is useful in creating composite surfaces. This is the second step in a three step process.

1. select a set of seed surfaces for display

2. use the lasd to list the surface numbers
3. cut and paste this list of surfaces into the sds option of the sd command

rasd remove all surfaces from the picture

rasd (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 179

rsd remove a surface from the picture

rsd surface_#

11. Importing Geometry from CAD Programs

IGES is a standard format for CAD geometry and can be used to pass geometry from a CAD program
to TrueGrid ®. It is advantageous to use IGES geometry because most CAD systems are better than
TrueGrid ® at creating complex geometry. Also, you may already have an IGES model and there is no
need to reproduce the effort in creating the geometry in TrueGrid ®. IGES geometry has the
disadvantage that it may be overly complex and reducing the geometry to that which is needed for
meshing is more difficult than building the geometry within TrueGrid ®. This point is mitigated since
you have the option, in TrueGrid ®, to ignore certain features by not projecting a portion of the mesh
to certain surfaces. Also, you may not have easy access to a CAD model or you may wish not to learn
how to use an available CAD system. Also significant to experienced TrueGrid ® users is that CAD
geometry is not easily made parametric while every aspect of geometry built in TrueGrid ® can be
parametric.

The projection method applied to IGES geometry is superior to other mesh generation techniques in two
significant ways. IGES geometry is usually broken into many small components that do not meet
perfectly. These small gaps between the geometric components are ignored by the projection method.
Also, many meshing techniques may fail or do poorly on some geometry, requiring that the CAD system
be reused to break the geometry into smaller pieces with the hope that the smaller pieces will be easily
meshed. If successful, these other meshing techniques then must merge the individual parts together. In
contrast, the projection method encourages building composite surfaces, done very simply using the sds
option of the sd command for surfaces and the coedge command for edges of surfaces, to simplify the
geometry and the block structure of the mesh. The mesh generation methods used in TrueGrid ® have
never been shown to fail on any geometry.

There are numerous options when creating an IGES file in a CAD system since there is more than one
way to define geometry. In our experience, most CAD systems default to creating an IGES file
consisting of solids. This is not acceptable to TrueGrid ®. TrueGrid ®’s methods were developed for
trimmed surfaces and curves, not solids. Also, in our experience, most CAD operators who create the
IGES files are not aware of the options for writing an IGES file. In most cases you need to insist that
the IGES file be produced using trimmed surfaces, not solids.

You can import this IGES geometry created with a CAD program using the iges command. This
interface is a little different from the interfaces of most CAD systems in that the TrueGrid ® internal data
base is complex and may require significant computations. For this reason, you can save this data base,
once generated, in a binary IGES file. In the first instance, you use the iges command to import the
geometry followed by the saveiges command to save the binary IGES data base. Subsequently, you

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

180 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

use the useiges command to import the binary IGES data base prior to using the same iges command
that you used in the first instance. If you take these extra steps, you may save yourself considerable time.

First usage:

iges file.igs 1 1;
saveiges file.bin

All subsequent usage:

useiges file.bin
iges file.igs 1 1;

Although IGES is an international standard, there is no enforcement of the standard and no quality
assurance. CAD systems, on occasions, produce faulty IGES files because of bugs in the CAD system,
deviations from the IGES standard, and mathematical abuses. Our policy is to develop algorithms that
work around these problems produced by the CAD systems. Since the CAD systems are constantly
evolving, TrueGrid ® must be constantly evolving as well. So we ask that if you find a problem when
importing an IGES file, please contact XYZ Scientific applications, Inc.. The best way to help is to send
the IGES file. This may be difficult because the IGES file may be too large or it may be proprietary or
classified. Alternatively, you can use the WINDOWS ® IGES Inspection Utility (igesfind.exe) or the
UNIX®/LINUX ® igesfind program supplied by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. to extract a specific
surface from an IGES file. Then send just that one surface to XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. by email
to [email protected]. For example, suppose that surface 123 of an IGES file called widget.igs causes
a problem in TrueGrid ®. With the IGES Inspection Utility on WINDOWS ®, select that numbered
surface and click on save as to create a new IGES file with just the surface numbered 123. On a
UNIX ®/LINUX ® system type

igesfind widget.igs -surface 123 > s123.igs

to produce an IGES file s123.igs with only the surface numbered 123.

Geometric entities in an IGES file can depend on other entities, forming a hierarchy. When the
geometric entities are numbered, room is left in the sequence for those entities which form the basis for
others. If you use the iges command, then entities which form the basis for other entities are not
rendered. For example, the curves used to trim a surface are not evaluated since the entity will be
embedded in the trimmed surface as one of its edges. You can use one of the other IGES evaluation
commands discussed below if you wish to use these basis entities. There are two important entities
which fall in this category. They are composite curves (entity type number 102) and trimmed surfaces
(entity type number 144). You will notice, when importing an IGES file using the iges command, that
the underlying composite and component curves as well as the untrimmed surface are all assigned
numbers, but they are not rendered. There is no loss of data, since all of the information about these

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 181

component entities are built into the trimmed version of the surface.

The following is a list of the supported IGES entity types. The bounded surface entity (143) and its
associated bounded entity (type 141), which are used to form solids, are not supported.

3D curves line entity type 108

circular arc entity type 100
conic arc entity type 104
parametric spline entity type 112
NURBS curve entity type 126
composite entity type 102
copious data entity type 106
Surfaces plane including bounded plane entity type 108
ruled surface entity type 118
surface of revolution entity type 120
tabulated cylinder entity type 122
parametric spline entity type 114
NURBS surface entity type 128
trimmed surface entity types 144 & 142
offset surface entity type 140
Others transformation entity type 124
level N/A
associativity entity type 302
subfigure entity type 308

NURBS (Non-Uniform Rational B-Spline) surfaces are a type of surface that has become, in most CAD
systems, the preferred type of surface because of their versatility. Planar surfaces can also be found in
an IGES file. There are other types of surfaces such as ruled, parametric spline, revolved, and tabulated.
These three basic types of surfaces, NURBS, planes, and others, are each assigned an IGES sequence
number, according to their type, so that they can be referenced for rendering purposes. These IGES
sequence numbers are different from the number you assign a surface. For example, the first NURBS
IGES surface may be assigned to be surface number 2 in TrueGrid ® because you may already have a
surface number 1. The untrimmed NURBS surfaces are assigned sequence numbers first, followed by
the trimmed versions of these surfaces. As is noted above, the untrimmed version of a NURBS surface
will not be automatically rendered if there is also a trimmed version of that surface. In the same manner,
planes and other surface types are sequenced and rendered. Then IGES curves are numbered and
rendered in the order that they are found in the IGES file. Although an IGES curve may be 2D or 3D,
they are all treated as 3D curves, with 2D curves being assigned a third constant coordinate. Since most
2D curves are usually used to define a trimmed surface, they are not automatically rendered.

When there are multiple IGES files being used, the IGES sequence numbering of NURBS, planes, other
surfaces, and curves start where they left off on from the previous IGES surface.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

182 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

You may have difficulty reading an IGES file created on a different machine. This is because WINTEL
systems use a different end-of-line and carriage return from UNIX/LINUX systems. One way to solve
this problem is to use a text editor to remove the extra character at the end of the line and rewrite it.
There may also be utilities on your system to do this conversion. If you use ftp to transfer the file, be
sure to leave it in ASCII or character mode (not binary).

You can display rendered IGES curves with commands such as dcd, dacd, acd, acds, rcd, rdds, and
dcds. You can display rendered IGES surfaces with commands such as dsd, dasd, asd, asds, rsd, rsds,
dsds. You can place the edge of the mesh along a rendered IGES curve with the curs command. You
can place a face of the mesh on a rendered IGES surface with the sf command.

The default accuracy in rendering the geometry is approximately 3.5 digits of accuracy. This rendering
tolerance is relative to the size of the geometric entity being rendered. The accuracy of the rendering
affects the time it takes to do the rendering and the amount of memory needed to store the rendering
data. This also affects the size of an IGES binary file written using the saveiges command. It also affects
the accuracy of the default projection to surfaces. Both the accuracy of the rendering and the accuracy
of the projection can be controlled, independently, using the getol and accuracy commands,
respectively. In particular, you may wish to decrease the accuracy of the rendering to speed the
rendering and decrease the memory requirements while increasing the projection accuracy. This is a
classic example of the tradeoff of memory and computations.

You can also read in geometry which has been stored in a simple polygon data format using the vpsd
command, the stlsd command, or the stl or bstl options of the sd command. These types of surfaces are
not affected by the getol command because the polygons dictate the accuracy.

iges render geometry in an IGES file

iges file surface_# curve_# transformations ;

where
file IGES file name including the path relative to the working directory
surface_# surface number to be assigned to the first surface in the file
curve_# 3D curve number to be assigned to the first 3D curve in the file
transformations list of coordinate transformations to be applied to all geometry
where a transform can be
mx x_offset for translation in the x direction
my y_offset for translation in the y direction
mz z_offset for translation in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset for a general translation
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 to translate by a vector given by two points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 183

 rx è for rotation about the x axis
ry è for rotation about the y axis
rz è for rotation about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane
ryx for reflection about the y-x plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the transformation preceding this option
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate

Remarks

It is inefficient to start with a high number for the curves or surfaces.

The number of NURBS, planes, other surface, and curves found in an IGES file is reported in the text
window and the tsave file.

This command is the simplest way to import IGES geometry. You may use the igesfile to be selective
on which entities to render. Although this may be faster, because you only render the geometry you
want, you must have already decided what curves and surfaces you want. This can only be decided by
using the iges command first so that you can see the surfaces and curves to make your choices.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

184 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

To save the rendering calculations for future re-use, use the saveiges command. The next time you
want the surfaces and 3D curves from this IGES file, issue the useiges command before issuing the iges
or other IGES rendering command.

In the WINDOWS operating system, when you click on the iges command in the menus, you will get
a browser that will aid you in selecting the IGES file.

igesfile open an IGES file

igesfile filename

Remarks

When you enter an igesfile command, the IGES file is opened. The geometry in the IGES file is
reported, but not rendered. To render curves, use the curd command using the igc option, or with the
igescd command. To render a NURBS surface, use the sd command using the nurbs option, or with
the nurbsd command. For a plane, evaluate it with the sd command using the igesp option, or with the
igespd command. For any other type of IGES surface, evaluate it with the sd command using the igess
option, or with the igessd command.

This command should only be used by an experienced user. It requires prior knowledge of the geometry
in the specified file. This command has the advantage, over the iges command, of selecting out a subset
of the geometric entities for rendering. It is advantageous only when the subset is relatively small.

The number of NURBS, planes, other surface, and curves found in an IGES file is reported in the text
window and the tsave file.

igescd render a sequence of IGES curves

igescd curve 1 curve n first_curve transformations ;

where
curve 1 is the sequence number in the IGES file of the first curve to be evaluated
curve n is the sequence number in the IGES file of the last curve to be evaluated
first_curve is the TrueGrid ® curve number to be assigned to the first IGES curve
transformations is a list of any of the following coordinate transformations:
mx x for x translation
my y for y translation
mz z for z translation
v x y z for a general translation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 185

 scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx è for rotation about the x-axis
ry è for rotation about the y-axis
rz è for rotation about the z-axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane
ryz for reflection about the y-z plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate

Remarks

First specify the IGES file with the igesfile or the iges command.

It is inefficient to start with a high number for the curves.

A unique TrueGrid ® 3D curve number will be assign to each rendered IGES curve, starting with the
specified number. All specified curves will be rendered, even those used in the construction or rendering
of more complex geometric entities.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

186 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

igeslbls use IGES surface labels to name surfaces

igeslbls flag
where flag can be on or off

Remarks

The default is off.

Sometimes, an IGES file includes labels for the surfaces. When several surfaces are found to have the
same label, they are treated as a composite surface. The result would be the same if the sd command
were issued using the sds option to combine the several surfaces into one. Surface numbers are assigned
for internal bookkeeping. It will grab the next available surface number to do this. You will be notified
for each composite surface. Names must have some alphabetic characters in them and no spaces. Other
special characters like : and ; should also be avoided, although the implications of using none
alphanumeric characters has not been explored. T his feature is case insensitive. Only the first 8
characters of a name are used.

One can add surfaces to a composite by simply naming it in the sd command when the surface is
defined.

igespd render a sequence of IGES planes

igespd plane 1 plane n first_surface transformations

where
plane 1 sequence number in the IGES file of the first plane to be evaluated
plane n sequence number of the last plane to be evaluated
first_surface TrueGrid ® surface number to be assigned to the first plane
transformations is a list of any of the following coordinate transformations:
mx x for x translation
my y for y translation
mz z for z translation
v x y z for a general translation
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx è for rotation about the x-axis
ry è for rotation about the y-axis
rz è for rotation about the z-axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 187

 ryz for reflection about the y-z plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate

Remarks

First specify the IGES file with the igesfile or iges command.

It is inefficient to start with a high number for the surfaces.

A unique TrueGrid ® surface number will be assign to each rendered IGES plane, beginning with the
specified number.Everyl requested plane will be rendered, even if it is untrimmed and forms the basis
for a trimmed surface.

igessd render a sequence of IGES surfaces

igessd surface 1 surface n first_surface transformations

where
surface 1 is the first IGES surface number to be selected
surface n is the last IGES surface number to be selected

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

188 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 first_surface is the first TrueGrid ® surface definition number
transformations is a list of any of the following coordinate transformations:
mx x for x translation
my y for y translation
mz z for z translation
v x y z for a general translation
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx è for rotation about the x-axis
ry è for rotation about the y-axis
rz è for rotation about the z-axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane
ryz for reflection about the y-z plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate

Remarks

First specify the IGES file with the igesfile or iges command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 189

It is inefficient to start with a high number for the surfaces..

A unique TrueGrid ® surface number will be assign to each rendered IGES surface, beginning with the
specified number. Each specified surface will be rendered, even if it is untrimmed and forms the basis
for a trimmed surface.

To evaluate NURBS surfaces, use the nurbsd command. In order to evaluate planes, use the igespd
command. This command is for all other IGES surfaces that TrueGrid ® supports.

nurbsd render a sequence of IGES NURBS surfaces

nurbsd surface 1 surface n first_surface transformations ;

where
surface 1 is the IGES file sequence number of the first NURBS surface used
surface n is the IGES file sequence number of the last NURBS surface used
first_surface is the first TrueGrid ® surface definition number
transformations is an optional list of transformations to be applied to the surfaces:
mx x for x translation
my y for y translation
mz z for z translation
v x y z for a general translation
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx è for rotation about the x-axis
ry è for rotation about the y-axis
rz è for rotation about the z-axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane
ryz for reflection about the y-z plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

190 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate

Remarks

This command applies to the IGES file you selected with the igesfile or iges command.

It is inefficient to start with a high number for the surfaces.

A unique TrueGrid ® surface will be assigned to each rendered IGES NURBS surface, starting with the
specified number. Each specified surface will be rendered, even if it is untrimmed and forms the basis
for a trimmed surface.

In order to evaluate planes, use the igespd command. Use the igessd command to render other IGES
surface types.

saveiges save IGES binary data

saveiges file
where file is the file name to contain the binary IGES surface and 3D curve data

Remarks

If your IGES file has a large number of surfaces and 3D curves that you need to reuse, it may be time-
consuming for TrueGrid ® to render them each time you rerun your batch file. With this command you
can save the evaluations so that in the future you can quickly access the surfaces and curves. T his
command is used after the IGES geometry has been rendered. All IGES geometric entities (surfaces and
3D curves) that have been rendered will be stored in the binary data file. Each surface or 3D curve from
an IGES file is assigned a key in this binary data file. When this binary data is retrieved using the
useiges prior to either the iges or igesfile command, the surfaces and curves in the binary data file will
be matched to the corresponding geometric entities from the appropriate IGES files. The name of the

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 191

IGES file is used to form this key for each surface and curve and it is required that the IGES file name
not be changed so that the correct correspondence between IGES entities and the binary data can be
established.

The binary data file that is formed by this command contains the detailed information resulting from
the rendering process. The getol command controls this rendering process. When a binary file is used
(see the useiges command), the IGES surfaces and curves inherit the results of the rendering process
at the time the binary file was written. If you want to change the rendering, such as changing the getol
parameter, you cannot use the previously saved IGES binary file.

trimming controls the trimmed surface algorithm

trimming option
where the option can be
on this activates the trimming
off this deactivates the trimming

Remarks

This feature is not usually needed. It is used for backward compatibility and for debugging. The
default is on.

ltrim set the surface trimming work space

ltrim size
where size is the number of words to use in the trimming algorithm

Remarks

This command is not usually needed. The default is 2000000 words. Only use this command to
increase the work space if the code issues a warning that it had difficulties trimming a surface and
perhaps increasing the work space may help.

warning - not enough work space to trim surface.

try increasing the work space from 2000000
by using the ltrim command.

This can occur if there are some small details in the trimming curves or if there are many interior
trimming curves. TrueGrid ® tries to trim the surface by first using the domain curves. Sometimes these

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

192 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

trimming curves are not supplied in the IGES file. If they are not supplied or if they fail, then
TrueGrid ® attempts to trim the surface with the model space curves.

You can also try reducing the resolution of the trimming using the getol command.

Often, when this problem occurs, the IGES file includes a poorly defined trimmed surface. For instance,
the surface component trimming curves do not meet at their respective end points or the trimming curve
has a loop causing the curve to intersect itself. These problems violate the IGES standard and
sometimes occur in IGES files. Most of these problems with trimming curves are automatically fixed
by TrueGrid ® and you are never warned about it.

The best way to determine if the trimming curves are bad is to use the igescd to render the trimming
curves. Then inspect the curves for these flaws. If you have a large IGES file, it will be easier if you
first extract the offending surface using the IGESFIND utility that is supplied with each TrueGrid ®
distribution.

If the trimming curves are bad, perhaps you can modify the IGES file using the CAD system which
created the trimmed surfaces originally. If it appears that there is no problem with the trimming curves,
and you have tried increasing the size of the work space with no results, please contact XYZ.

useiges use saved binary IGES data

useiges file
where file is the name of the binary IGES file made by the saveiges command.

Remarks

If your IGES file has a large number of surfaces and 3D curves that you need to use, it may be time-
consuming for TrueGrid ® to evaluate them all. You can save the evaluations with saveiges and then
quickly read them back in with this command.

This command is used before the IGES file is opened using either iges or igesfile. During a previous
run with TrueGrid ® , any IGES geometric entities (surfaces and curves) that were rendered (were
visible) and were stored in the binary data file will be retrieved. Each surface or curve from an IGES
file was assigned a key in this binary data file. When this binary data is retrieved using the useiges
followed by either the iges or igesfile command, the surfaces and curves in the binary data file are
matched to the corresponding geometric entities from the appropriate IGES files. The name of the IGES
file is used to form this key for each surface and curve and it is required that the IGES file name not be
changed so that the correct correspondence between the IGES entities and the binary data can be
established. Up to 100 binary files can be read in with this command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 193

stlsd import StereoLithography surfaces

stlsd first_surface stl_file transformations ;

where
first_surface is the TrueGrid ® surface number to be assigned to the first surface read
from the file,
stl_file is the StereoLithography file,
transformations is a list of coordinate transformations to be applied to all the curves and
surfaces. Choose them from among:
mx x_offset for translation in the x direction
my y_offset for translation in the y direction
mz z_offset for translation in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset for a general translation along a vector
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx è for rotation about the x axis
ry è for rotation about the y axis
rz è for rotation about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane
ryx for reflection about the y-x plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type and coordinate data:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

194 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate
Remarks

This command is ideal for importing geometry from a biological source. Sometimes these polygon
surfaces are not ideal. To split a polygon surface into several polygon surfaces, choose the Sets button
in the Pick panel in the Environment window, form a Polygon set, and then use the sd command to
convert the polygon set to a surface. There are three ways to move a surface polygon point. In the first
method, move the mouse close to the point to be moved and click the F5 function key. Then select a new
geometric point, such as Pick>Z-Buffer in the Environment window and click on the Attach button in
the Environment window. Alternatively, use the mvpn or pvpn command to move or change the
polygon point. In the final method, after selecting a surface polygon point with the F5 key, select the
Poly Surface button on the left side of the Move Pts. Panel in the Environment window and use the
options on the right side to interactively move the surface polygon point by clicking the left mouse
button and dragging the mouse.

If you make changes to a polygon surface, you may wish to save the new surface(s) instead of relying
on the saved session file to be rerun every time you want to use the surface(s). You can save them as
a ViewPoint surface using the wrsd command. Use the vpsd command to import the modified
surface(s).

An edge of a polygon is considered a polygon boundary edge if that edge is not shared by another
polygon. These polygon boundary edges are sewn together to form surface boundary edges. A corner
is identified when two polygon boundary edges from the same polygon meet. Most surface edges start
and end at a corner. If a surface boundary edge is closed (i.e. the start and end points are the same), it
will contain no corners. It is also possible that a surface will have no boundary edges.

An edge of a polygon is considered a polygon interior feature if that edge is shared by another polygon
and if the angle between the two polygons is less than the feature tolerance parameter (use the fetol
command to set this parameter). These polygon feature edges are sewn together to form surface interior
edges in the same way that surface boundary edges are formed.

Both types of surface edges can be labeled using the la command or by selecting labels from the
Environment window. Points can be selected from these edges by using the Projection button in the
Environment window. Edges of the mesh can be attached to one of these surface edges using the edge
command or by using the Attach button in the Environment window. These edges can be combine into
composite curves using the se option of the curd command or by using the interactive coedge button
under the 3D Curves menu.

Surface points that are (nearly) coincident will produce artificial boundary edges. This can be avoided
by using the command smgap. When smgap is used, (nearly) coincident points are merged.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 195

vpsd import ViewPoint surfaces

vpsd first_surface nodal_file connectivity_file transformations ;

where
first_surface is the TrueGrid ® surface number to be assigned to the first surface read
from the file,
nodal_file is the ViewPoint nodal file,
connectivity_file is the ViewPoint connectivity file, and
transformations is a list of coordinate transformations to be applied to all the curves and
surfaces. Choose them from among:
mx x_offset for translation in the x direction
my y_offset for translation in the y direction
mz z_offset for translation in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset for a general translation along a vector
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx è for rotation about the x axis
ry è for rotation about the y axis
rz è for rotation about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy for reflection about the x-y plane
ryx for reflection about the y-x plane
rzx for reflection about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type and coordinate data:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

196 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate
Remarks

If you need to write your own software to generate polygonal surfaces, you can write your output as
ViewPoint files. These file formats are a good choice because of their simplicity. The first file contains
the point data for the polygons. Each record is a point in three-dimensional space. There are 4 fields,
each field separated by a comma. The first field is the node number, followed by the x, y, and z-
coordinates. The second file contains the connectivity of the nodes. Each record defines a polygon. The
fields are space delimited. The first field is the name of the set containing this polygon. This is followed
by the ordered list of node numbers defining the polygon.

The polygons in these surfaces should be almost planar. When they are read in, they are reduced to
triangles, unless they are quadrilaterals. The shape of the interior of a many sided polygon will be
ambiguous, if the nodes are not co-planar.

Each unique name in the connectivity file produces a surface in TrueGrid ® . The polygons do not have
to be connected.

This command is ideal for importing geometry from a biological source. Sometimes these polygon
surfaces are not ideal. To split a polygon surface into several polygon surfaces, choose the Sets button
in the Pick panel in the Environment window, form a Polygon set, and then use the sd command to
convert the polygon set to a surface. There are three ways to move a surface polygon point. In the first
method, move the mouse close to the point to be moved and click the F5 function key. Then select a new
geometric point, such as Pick>Z-Buffer in the Environment window and click on the Attach button in
the Environment window. Alternatively, use the mvpn or pvpn command to move or change the
polygon point. In the final method, after selecting a surface polygon point with the F5 key, select the
Poly Surface button on the left side of the Move Pts. Panel in the Environment window and use the
options on the right side to interactively move the surface polygon point by clicking the left mouse
button and dragging the mouse.

If you make changes to a polygon surface, you may wish to save the new surface(s) instead of relying
on the saved session file to be rerun every time you want to use the surface(s). You can save them as
a ViewPoint surface using the wrsd command. Use the vpsd command to import the modified
surface(s).

An edge of a polygon is considered a polygon boundary edge if that edge is not shared by another
polygon. These polygon boundary edges are sewn together to form surface boundary edges. A corner
is identified when two polygon boundary edges from the same polygon meet. Most surface edges start
and end at a corner. If a surface boundary edge is closed (i.e. the start and end points are the same), it
will contain no corners. It is also possible that a surface will have no boundary edges.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 197

An edge of a polygon is considered a polygon boundary edge if that edge is not shared by another
polygon. These polygon boundary edges are sewn together to form surface boundary edges. A corner
is identified when two polygon boundary edges from the same polygon meet. Most surface edges start
and end at a corner. If a surface boundary edge is closed (i.e. the start and end points are the same), it
will contain no corners. It is also possible that a surface will have no boundary edges.

An edge of a polygon is considered a polygon interior feature if that edge is shared by another polygon
and if the angle between the two polygons is less than the feature tolerance parameter (use the fetol
command to set this parameter). These polygon feature edges are sewn together to form surface interior
edges in the same way that surface boundary edges are formed.

Both types of surface edges can be labeled using the la command or by selecting labels from the
Environment window. Points can be selected from these edges by using the Projection button in the
Environment window. Edges of the mesh can be attached to one of these surface edges using the edge
command or by using the Attach button in the Environment window. These edges can be combine into
composite curves using the se option of the curd command or by using the interactive coedge button
under the 3D Curves menu.

Surface points that are (nearly) coincident will produce artificial boundary edges. This can be avoided
by using the command smgap. When smgap is used, (nearly) coincident points are merged.

Example

T he following example creates 2 surfaces,

inner and outer. T he nodal and
connectivity files are listed below. These
files were read with the command

vpsd 1 vpsd.nodes
vpsd.elem ;

See below for a picture of the resulting

surfaces.

Nodal file: vpsd.nodes

1,0.87,0.50,3.00
2,0.00,1.00,3.00
3,-0.87,0.50,3.00
4,-0.87,-0.50,3.00
5,0.00,-1.00,3.00
6,0.87,-0.50,3.00
Figure 141 Polygon Surfaces

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

198 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 7,1.30,0.75,2.75
8,0.00,1.50,2.75
9,-1.30,0.75,2.75
10,-1.30,-0.75,2.75
11,0.00,-1.50,2.75
12,1.30,-0.75,2.75
13,1.97,-0.35,2.5
14,1.97,0.35,2.5
15,1.29,1.53,2.5
16,0.68,1.88,2.5
17,-0.68,1.88,2.5
18,-1.29,1.53,2.5
19,-1.97,0.35,2.5
20,-1.97,-0.35,2.5
21,-1.29,-1.53,2.5
22,-0.68,-1.88,2.5
23,0.68,-1.88,2.5
24,1.29,-1.53,2.5
25,2.17,1.25,2.25
26,0.00,2.50,2.25
27,-2.17,1.25,2.25
28,-2.17,-1.25,2.25
29,0.00,-2.50,2.25
30,2.17,-1.25,2.25
Connectivity file: vpsd.elem

outer 1 6 12 13 14 7
outer 1 7 15 16 8 2
outer 2 8 17 18 9 3
outer 3 9 19 20 10 4
outer 4 10 21 22 11 5
outer 5 11 23 24 12 6
inner 1 2 3 4 5 6
outer 7 14 25 15
outer 8 16 26 17
outer 9 18 27 19
outer 10 20 28 21
outer 11 22 29 23
outer 12 24 30 13

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 199

wrsd write surface using the ViewPoint format

wrsd node_file element_file surface_list ;

where
node_file file name to contain the nodal data for the surfaces
element_file file name to contain the connectivity data for the surfaces
list list of TrueGrid ® surface numbers

Remarks

The files produced with this command can be read into TrueGrid ® using the vpsd command.

12. Displaying Geometry from CAD Programs

IGES is the acronym for the Initial Graphics Exchange Specification which is an international standard
interface for communicating geometry between Computer Aided Design (CAD) programs. When
TrueGrid ® reads such a file, it writes a short report of the geometry found in the file. Two types of
objects that might be found in an IGES file are used to organize the geometry into sets. These objects
must be created by the CAD operator before TrueGrid ® can take advantage of them. The first is a level.
Every geometric entity in an IGES file can belong to a level. TrueGrid ® maintains the levels and you
can select levels for graphics. The associativity group can be any set of geometric entities. A geometry
entity can belong to many associativity groups. TrueGrid ® maintains these groups and you can select
groups for graphics. The following example of reading an IGES file demonstrates the identification of
levels and groups.

iges maison.igs 1 1;

The following IGES levels were found:

1 2
IGES file contained 34 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 34
IGES file contained 192 curves from 1 to 192
IGES file contained 2 groups from 1 to 2

When a sequence of levels or groups are needed, you only need to give the first and last numbers
separated by a colon. When there are many surfaces in an IGES model, the first step in creating a mesh
is to organize the geometry. Usually, there are many smaller surfaces that should be grouped to form
larger composite surfaces because they touch each other tangentially. These larger surfaces become a
more intuitive decomposition of the geometry. These larger composite surfaces also make it easier to
design and build the block topology of the mesh because there is no longer the need to match the mesh
boundaries to arbitrary component surface boundaries. If the CAD operator can use the associativity
groups and levels in anticipation of building the mesh, the time spent using TrueGrid ® to organize the

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

200 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

geometry can be greatly reduced. If a set of surfaces are in the same level or group, to be formed into
a composite surface, take the following steps:
1. Display only that level using the dlv command or that group using the dgrp command.
2. Use the lasd command to list all the surfaces in the picture.
3. Use the sds option of the sd command and cut and paste the list of surfaces into the command.

alv add a CAD level to the picture

alv level
where level is the number of the CAD level to be added.

Remarks

This adds to the picture all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves
resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified level.

dlv display a single CAD level in the picture

dlv level
where level is the number of the CAD level to be displayed

Remarks

This will display all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting
from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified level. This command will remove all other
surfaces and 3D curves from the picture.

dlvs display several CAD levels in the picture

dlvs level1 level2 ... leveln ;

where
leveli is the number of one of the CAD levels to be displayed.

Remarks

This command will display all defined surfaces resulting from a CAD IGES surface and all 3D curves
resulting from a CAD IGES curve defined within any of the specified levels. This will remove all other
surfaces and 3D curves from the picture.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 201

rlv remove a CAD level from the picture

rlv level
where level is the number of the CAD level to be removed.

Remarks

This command will stop displaying the defined surfaces resulting from any CAD IGES surfaces and all
3D curves resulting from any CAD IGES curves defined within the specified level.

agrp add a CAD group to the picture

agrp group
where group is the number of the CAD group to be added.

Remarks

This command will add to the picture all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all
3D curves resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified group.

dgrp display a single CAD group in the picture

dgrp group
where
group is the number of the CAD group to be displayed

Remarks

This command will display all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves
resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified group. This command will remove all
other surfaces and 3D curves from the picture.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

202 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

dgrps display several CAD groups in the picture

dgrps group 1 group 2 ... group n ;

where group i is the number of one of the CAD groups to be displayed.

Remarks

This command will display all defined surfaces resulting from a CAD IGES surface and all 3D curves
resulting from a CAD IGES curve defined within any of the specified groups. This command will
remove all other surfaces and 3D curves from the picture.

rgrp remove a CAD group from the picture

rgrp group
where group is the number of the CAD group to be removed.

Remarks

This command will stop displaying the defined surfaces resulting from any CAD IGES surfaces and all
3D curves resulting from any CAD IGES curves defined within the specified group.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 203

 II. Assembly Commands - Merge Phase

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

204 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

1. Merging Parts
In the Merge Phase, nodes that are close to one another are merged into a single node. The merging
commands allow you to define how close is close. All tolerances are in absolute distances. There are
commands for specifying tolerances for the general merging of all nodes over all parts or just nodes on
the exterior faces of the mesh. There are commands for specifying the tolerances for the special merging
of nodes between parts or within a part. These special tolerances override the general ones. If no
tolerance commands are specified, then no merging is done. However, the Merge Phase must be entered
in order to build the node map which is used to generate the output.

Invocation of a tolerance command (t, tp, st, stp) within the Merge Phase causes an immediate merging
of nodes. These commands can also be invoked within any phase; when the Merge Phase is entered,
those tolerance commands are immediately executed or re-executed as the case may be. The merge
process is always performed on the nodes in their original (prior to any merging) state. Merging is not
cumulative. If you leave the Merge Phase and reenter it, all merging is recalculated with what ever new
parts that have been added. This lets you interactively experiment with merging and tolerances. Setting
a tolerance to a negative value is an easy way to restore the nodes to their original states. Graphical
displays of the mesh in the Merge Phase always reflect the results of any merging.

Nodes are merged depending on the distance between them. If a node lies within a tolerance distance
of more than one other node, then it is merged with the closest one. When merging several nodes into
one node, the first-defined node survives. This can be overridden by the bptol command. Nodes within
a joint and across the two sides of a sliding surface are not merged. When the first merging of nodes
occurs, a sliding interface table is calculated which is used in the merging process. This table is written
to the screen and to the save file and is intended as diagnostics. The following is a sample of that table:

SLIDING INTERFACE SUMMARY

Surf S-node S-lseg S-qseg M-node M-lseg M-qseg
1 105 84 0 468 418 0
2 232 0 52 468 418 0
3 221 0 0 390 304 0
4 221 0 0 390 304 0
5 158 0 0 120 88 0
6 158 30 30 120 88 0
7 204 102 0 204 102 0
8 232 0 52 90 52 0
9 101 18 18 161 132 0
10 101 18 18 161 132 0
11 548 120 120 3216 0 1056
12 133 84 0 161 132 0
13 133 84 0 161 132 0
14 308 240 0 3216 0 1056

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 205

This table is organized by the sliding interface number on the right. Columns 2, 3, and 4 are datum
pertaining to the slave side on the interface; columns 5, 6, and 7 to the master side. Columns 2 and 5
( S-node and M-node ) are node counts. Columns 3 and 6 ( S-lseg and M-lseg ) are linear face
counts, and columns 4 and 7 ( S-qseg and M-qseg) are quadratic face counts.

A table of merged nodes is always written after the tp or stp commands are executed.

MERGED NODES SUMMARY

12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 2
16 nodes merged between parts 2 and 2
12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 3
16 nodes merged between parts 3 and 3
216 nodes merged between parts 4 and 4
30 nodes merged between parts 7 and 7
88 nodes merged between parts 8 and 8
390 nodes were deleted by tolerancing

Up through 4000 parts can be merged under general tolerancing (i.e. no use of the ptol or bptol
commands). 300 parts can be merged under special tolerancing (ptol and bptol).

The following is a common error to avoid. Suppose you create three parts that meet as shown in 142
and 143. Then define a sliding interface between parts 1 and 2 and also between parts 1 and 3. No
nodes will be merged between parts 1 and 2 and between parts 1 and 3. However, nodes can be merged
between parts 2 and 3. Sometimes you need to look closely in the graphics or carefully check the
Merged Nodes Summary to detect this error. To fix this error, if indeed it is an error, use a dummy
sliding interface between parts 2 and 3 to force no merging between those parts. Alternatively, use the
bptol command with a negative number to avoid merging between those parts. You should also
consider extending both interfaces 1 and 2 across to parts 3 and 2, respectively, because they may come
in contact. This is an ambiguous situation since there are equally plausible situations where parts 2 and
3 should be merged together.

sid 1 sv;
sid 2 sv;
block 1 3;1 3;1 3;
1 2 1 2 1 2
sii -2;;;1 s;
sii ;-2;;2 s;
block 1 3;1 3;1 3;
2.1 3 1 2 1 2
sii -1;;;1 m;
block 1 3;1 3;1 3;
1 2 2.1 3 1 2 Figure 142 Before stp Figure 143 After stp
sii ;-1;;2 m;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

206 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

merge
stp .2

For other commands affecting how nodes are merged, see the "Merging Parts" section in the chapter
"Global Commands".

mnl write the merged nodes list

mnl (no arguments)

Remarks

The merge table is written out to the save file. This may be useful when you are using TrueGrid ® to
get intermediate results and need to process the mesh data further. The table consists of two columns.
The first column is the node number before merging. The second column is the node number after
merging. Two rows with the same second node number means the two corresponding nodes have been
merged together

Example

The following butterfly block structure is a good example of merging within one part.

sd 1 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 3
block 1 2 3 4;1 2 3 4;-1;-1 -1 1 1 -1 -1 1 1 0
dei 1 2 0 3 4;1 2 0 3 4; -1;
sfi -1 0 -4;;-1;sd 1
sfi ;-1 0 -4;-1;sd 1
merge
stp .001
mnl

This produces the merged nodes table below. Notice that the original node number 5 is merged to node
1. This causes the original node 6 to be renamed as node 5. The original node 9 is merged to node 2,
causing the original node 10 to be renamed node 8. The original node 11 is merged to node 5, which
was originally node 6. The original node 12 is merged to node 8, which was originally node 10.

c MERGED NODES TABLE

c 1 1
c 2 2
c 3 3
c 4 4
c 5 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 207

c 6 5
c 7 6
c 8 7
c 9 2
c 10 8
c 11 5
c 12 8

pn place a node at a new location

pn node x y z
where
node node number
xyz Cartesian coordinates of the new location

Remarks

This command is used automatically when the Move Pts. and node button are selected in the Merge
Phase environment window.

The node numbers change when a different merge command is issued. If two nodes are merged into one
and assigned a new number, it is this number that is used in this command. If, after this node is moved
using the pn command, a new merge command is issued with a negative value so that the two nodes are
no longer merged together, both nodes will have been moved to the same location so that they are
coincident but separate nodes.

2. Diagnostics Commands

ajnp find node near point

ajnp x_coordinate y_coordinate z_coordinate

Remarks

The parameter, %node, is set to the node number of the node that is located nearest (Euclidean distance)
the given point. This parameter is then available for future commands. This feature has been provided
so that the node number can be used in batch mode.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

208 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

sajnp silently find node near point

sajnp x_coordinate y_coordinate z_coordinate

Remarks

The parameter, %node, is set to the node number of the node that is located nearest (Euclidean distance)
the given point. This parameter is then available for future commands. This feature has been provided
so that the node number can be used in batch mode.

cenref restore reference center for moment calculations

cenref (no arguments)

Remarks

Restore the reference center for moment calculations to its default, the origin of the coordinate system.

Normally, the origin of the coordinate system is used as a reference center in moment calculations. You
can change that with reference command. The purpose of this command is simply to restore the default
afterwards.

centroid moments and inertia

centroid (no arguments)

Remarks

Print the moments and inertias of each part and material.

elm highlight elements within a measure interval

elm minimum maximum

where
minimum is the lower property limit, and
maximum is the upper limit on the values of the property.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 209

Remarks

This command is designed to be used after you have determined the quality level of your mesh using
the measure command. First, you measure some property (orthogonality, aspect ratio, Jacobian, etc.)
using the measure command. Then select a range of values for this property. The elements in that
range will be highlighted. For example:

measure orthogon
elm -90 -45

highlights elements which contain angles less than 45 degrees. Notice that the orthogonality option of
the measure reports the deviation from 90 degrees – not the absolute angles.

If no element lies inside the selected range of the elm command the element(s) whose measure are
closest to that range are highlighted. (e.g., if no element has a negative measure and the command elm
-2 -1 is issued, the element(s) with smallest measure will be highlighted.)

If, after merging nodes, an element is collapsed to form an illegal element (e.g. a 7 noded brick), many
of the options in the measure command (from the volume, jacobian, stiffn, and pointvol options only)
will report elements with a measure of -1.E10. To view these illegal elements set the minimum value
in the elm command to the illegal element value. The orthogon, warp, and triangle option use -91 to
indicate illegal elements are present.. The avolume, smallest, and aspect options use -1 to flag illegal
elements.

elmoff turn off highlighting from the elm command

elmoff (no arguments)

info mesh model summary

info (no argument)

Example

The info command for the following input produced the table that follows.

title Spring Example

spd 1 le 1.1 spd 2 le 2.2 spd 3 dhpt 3.3 4.4
block 1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

210 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

spdp 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 m 1 dx dy dz;
spring 2 v1 3 3 3 dx1 sddn 3 amp 2.12;
npm 2 0 0 0 1.2 inc 2 dx rx;lct 1 rz 180;lrep 0 1;
block 1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;1 3 5;6 8 10;
spdp 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 s dx dy dz;spring 2 v2 3 3 1 dx2;
lct 1 rz 180;lrep 0 1;merge
spring 1 n1 125 n2 335 rx1 ry1 rz1 rx2 ry2 rz2 sddn 2 amp 1;;
info

2 parts
502 nodes after merging
256 linear solids
18 bulk springs/dampers
3 numbered springs/dampers
2 point masses

mass mass table

mass (no arguments)

Print the masses, volumes and center of gravities of each part and material.

Remarks

The density of the material in this calculation is based on the material model. Be sure to define the
material model before using this command. Densities are used only for materials defined for the
following codes: ABAQUS, ALE3D, ANSYS, DYNA3D, ENIKE3D, ES3D, NASTRAN, LSDYNA,
LSNIKE, MARC, NEUTRAL, NIKE3D, and TOPAZ3D.

measure choose a way to measure mesh quality at every element

measure option
where
option can be:
volume to integrate the volume of each element,
avolume to integrate the absolute volume,
jacobian to compute the determinant of the Jacobian,
orthogon to measure deviations from orthogonality (90 degrees) in quadrilaterals
faces of elements,
smallest for the smallest dimension of each element,

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 211

 pointvol to calculate the volume with a one point integration formula,
aspect to calculate the aspect ratio for each element,
triangle to measure deviations from optimum (60 degrees) in triangular faces of
elements,
warp to measure the angle between opposite corners of each element face
stiffn stiffness or the condition number of the Jacobian
dvi compare the volumes of neighboring elements in the i-direction - only
for structured meshes,
dvj compare the volumes of neighboring elements in the j-direction - only
for structured meshes,
dvk compare the volumes of neighboring elements in the k-direction - only
for structured meshes,
dli compare the lengths of neighboring edges in the i-direction - only for
structured meshes,
dlj compare the lengths of neighboring edges in the j-direction - only for
structured meshes, and
dlk compare the lengths of neighboring edges in the k-direction - only for
structured meshes.
subvol volumes of sections of elements

Remarks

A histogram is draw to show the profile of the mesh according to the selected measure. The abscissa
is the measure and the ordinate is the number of elements when there is one measurement per element
or element segments when there are several measurements per element. The range of the measurement
is written to the save file and it is displayed in the text window during an interactive session. It is best
to use this function after merging the nodes. Then illegal elements will be detected as well. This measure
of quality will be restricted to those parts and materials showing in the graphics.

T he volume option integrates the volume of a brick element using the tri-linear shape function to
interpolate the volume. It is possible for the volume to be negative in some regions of the element; in
that case the net volume will not be realistic. Shell elements are given thickness and the same method
is then used to calculate the volume. If the shell element was not assigned a thickness, then the default
of 1 is used. If an element is illegal, it will be assigned a measure of -1.E10.

The avolume option has the advantage that it is not affected by negative volumes since the absolute
volume is integrated. Shells are given thickness as for the volume option above and then treated like
a brick element. Illegal elements are flagged as -1.

The pointvol option approximates the volume of an element using the Jacobian at a single point in the
center of the element. The shell elements are given thickness and treated the same as bricks (see above).
If an element is illegal, it will be assigned a measure of -1.E10.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

212 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

The orthogonal option measures the 4 angles of all quadrilaterals in an element. It then graphs the
deviation from 90 degrees. Illegal elements are flagged as -91 degrees.

Jacobian measures the shape of each element by sampling the Jacobian matrix of the map from the unit
cube to the brick element at 27 Gauss points. In order to graph this data, the Jacobian matrix is reduced
to a single number by first determining the eigenvalues of the matrix. The eigenvalue whose modulus
is found between the other two is used to scale the Jacobian matrix. The matrix is divided by the cube
of this modulus. The determinant of the resulting matrix is graphed. This is done to keep TrueGrid ®
dimensionless. Shell elements are given thickness to make this measurement. If an element is illegal,
it will be assigned a measure of -1.E10.

The stiffn options measures the stiffness or condition number of the Jacobian at 27 Gauss points. Shell
elements are given thickness to make this measurement.If an element is illegal, it will be assigned a
measure of -1.E10.

The smallest option determines the smallest dimension of an element as the measurement. A brick
element has 12 edges, 12 diagonals along the faces, and 4 interior diagonals. A shell element has 4
edges and 2 diagonals. Illegal elements are flagged as -1.

The warp option measures the angle between the normals at opposing nodes of each face. Illegal
elements are flagged as -91 degrees.

The aspect ratio is defined as the ratio of the largest diagonal to the smallest diagonal of an element.
A brick element has 12 diagonals along the faces and 2 interior diagonals. A shell element has 2
diagonals. If the largest diagonal is zero, then the ratio is set to zero. If the smallest diagonal is zero,
the ratio is set to a very large constant. Illegal elements are flagged as -1.

The triangles option measures the 3 angles of all triangles in an element. It then graphs the deviation
from 60 degrees. Illegal elements are flagged as -91 degrees.

With the elm and elmoff commands, you can see the locations in the mesh of the most interesting
elements; e.g. you can use measure to measure volume and then elm to highlight the biggest elements.

nodcor retrieve coordinates of a node

nodcor node_#

Remarks

This function prints the coordinates of a node. Note that node numbers may change as nodes are merged.
The automatic parameters %xprj, %yprj, and %zprj will be assigned the coordinates of the node.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 213

snodcor silently retrieve coordinates of a node

snodcor node_#

Remarks

This function prints the coordinates of a node. Note that node numbers may change as nodes are merged.
The automatic parameters %xprj, %yprj, and %zprj will be assigned the coordinates of the node.

pmass active part mass

pmass (no arguments)

Remarks

The density of the material in this calculation is based on the material model. Be sure to define the
material model before using this command. Densities are used only for materials defined for the
following codes: ABAQUS, ALE3D, ANSYS, DYNA3D, ENIKE3D, ES3D, NASTRAN, LSDYNA,
LSNIKE, MARC, NEUTRAL, NIKE3D, and TOPAZ3D.

reference reference point for moments and inertia

reference x 0 y 0 z 0
where
(x 0,y 0,z 0) is the reference point

Remarks

This command changes the center reference point used in moment calculations. If you like, you can
later issue the cenref command to restore this reference point to its default value: the origin of the
coordinate system.

size dimensions of the mesh

size (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

214 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

smags detect detached small groups of elements

smags element_set maximum

Remarks

This command detects small detached groups of elements. These elements are put into a set. A cut off
is specified and any detached group of elements with that or fewer elements will be placed into the
garbage element set. This command is useful after reading a mesh with the dynain option of the
readmesh command.

tmass total mass

tmass (no arguments)

Remarks

The density of the material in this calculation is based on the material model. Be sure to define the
material model before using this command. Densities are used only for materials defined for the
following codes: ABAQUS, ALE3D, ANSYS, DYNA3D, ENIKE3D, ES3D, NASTRAN, LSDYNA,
LSNIKE, MARC, NEUTRAL, NIKE3D, and TOPAZ3D.

vigq quadrature rule for mass calculations

vigq n
where n can be
1 for 1 point quadrature
2 for 2 point quadrature

Remarks

This is set for the quadrature of the calculations in the mass and tmm commands in the merge phase.
The default is 2.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 215

3. Graphics Commands

backplane toggles back plane removal

backplane on
or
backplane off

Remarks

This affects the efficiency of the hidden line display graphics and the number of polygons in the draw.
Specifically, it instructs the drawing algorithm to ignore all of those polygons which are “facing”
towards the “back” of the image, thus greatly reducing re-draw time. This command is especially useful
when re-drawing large, complicated models or when looking at all the IGES surfaces.

dpic dumps all picture parameters

dpic (no arguments)

Remarks

This is used to save a view to be read back into TrueGrid ® using rpic.

rpic reads the picture parameters

rpic picture_parameters

Remarks

The picture parameters that were dumped by dpic.

4. Tokens in the Picture

This section describes tokens in the picture which identify features in the model. The condition
command helps display boundary conditions, constraints, and the like. The labels command displays
indices, surface numbers, and so forth. The mlabs command combines the condition and labels
command and allows for multiple options.

Some of these labels and conditions may not be available in a filled (tvv) display. No tokens are

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

216 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

available in OpenGL graphics (Fast Gr. graphics).

mlabs multiple labels and conditions displayed

mlabs options ;
where an option can be any option available in the labels
(la) or condition (co) commands.

Remarks

Any combination of options listed under both the labels and

condition commands can be used in this command. Warning
messages are issued when doing facial conditions. The messages
consist of the number of degenerate faces encountered.

Example Figure 144 Multiple Labels

mlabs nodes 3d ;

condition specify type of condition/constraint to be displayed

condition option
or
co option
where option can be: Relevant commands:
dx for nodes with fixed translation in x b, bi
dy for nodes with fixed translation in y b, bi
dz for nodes with fixed translation in z b, bi
rx for nodes with fixed rotation in x b, bi
ry for nodes with fixed rotation in y b, bi
rz for nodes with fixed rotation in z b, bi
mom load_curve direction for nodes with prescribed torque mom, momi
where
direction
x around the x-axis
y around the y-axis
z around the z-axis
fmom load_curve follower moments fmom
fc load_curve for point load vectors at nodes ll, fc, fci

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 217

 fd load_curve for forced displacement vectors
at nodes fd, fdi, fdc, fdci, fds, fdsi
pr load_curve for pressure surface amplitude vectors pr, pri
sy symmetry_plane for nodes on symmetry planes plane
where
symmetry_plane symmetry plane number
si sliding_interface type sliding interfaces or contact surfaces sid, si, sii
where
sliding_interface sliding interface number
type can be
m master
s slave
b both
rb for boundary radiation orientation vectors on faces rb, rbi
re for radiation enclosure orientation vectors on faces re, rei
fl for boundary flux orientation vectors on faces fl, fli
cv for boundary convection orientation
vectors on faces cv, cvi, vcv, vcvi
cvt convection thermal loads cvt, cvti
tm for initial temperature at nodes tm, tmi, vtm, vtmi
ft for prescribed temperature at nodes ft, fti, vft, vfti
fv load_curve_number for prescribed velocity at nodes fv, fvi, fvc, fvci,
fvs, fvsi, fvv, fvvi, fvvc, fvvci, fvvs, fvvsi
sw stone_wall_number for nodes assigned to stone walls plane, sw, swi
nr for nonreflecting boundary faces nr, nri
jt joint_number for nodes in joints jd, jt
iss for interface save segments iss, issi
ve initial velocities velocity, ve, vei
efl for electric flux orientation vectors on faces efl, efli
vhg load_curve volumetric heat generation vhg, vhgi, vvhg, vvhgi
or sys to display element local coordinate system axis or
where
sys can be any one of the following:
r to label the local element r-axis
s to label the local element s-axis
t to label the local element t-axis
rs to label the local element r-axis and s-axis
tr to label the local element r-axis and t-axis
st to label the local element s-axis and t-axis
rst to label the local element r-axis, s-axis, and t-axis
syf plane for nodes assigned to a symmetry plane with failure plane, syf, syfi

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

218 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 where
plane number of the symmetry plane with failure
bv prescribed boundary velocities bv, bvi
ol outlets ol, oli
il inlets il, ili
npb nodal print blocks npb
epb element print block epb
sp spring/damper_# springs and dampers sp, spdp
where a spring or damper number can be
0 for all numbered springs
n for a numbered spring
-1 for all unnumbered springs
pm point masses pm, npm
interfac slide_# ABAQUS interface elements sid, si, sii, bb
thic shell thicknesses th, thi, thic, ssf, ssfi
mdep momentum deposition mdep
sfb constraint surface oriented constraints sfb
where
constraint can be:
dx constraint in the local x-direction
dy constraint in the local y-direction
dz constraint in the local z-direction
rx constrain rotation about the local x-axis
ry constrain rotation about the local y-axis
rz constrain rotation about the local z-axuis
tepro load_curve temperature profile tepro
sc smoothing constraints sc
acc load_curve for prescribed acceleration acc, acci, accc, accci,
accs, accsi, vacc, vacci,
vaccs, vaccsi, vaccc, vaccci
n for shell element outward normal vectors n
resn for radiation enclosure surface numbers re, rei
grtol grid# patch# glued interfaces for CFX supblk, CFX4, stp, st, tp, p
where
grid# is the assigned part number for a grid
patch# is the sequence number of the patch associated with that grid.
The table of grid and patches is written to the screen each time
the model is merged with either stp, or tp and this option is
invoked. This is used only for the CFX output option. Be sure
to merge the model before using this option or writing the
output.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 219

 spw spotweld_# numbered spotweld spw, spwd
spwf material_# Ls-dyna material 100 spotweld spwf
ffc load_curve follower point loads ffc
bf number bulk fluid bf, bfi, bfd
frb op load_curve prescribed nodal rotations frb
where op can be
v for velocity
a for acceleration
d for displacement (LS-DYNA only)
dofv nodal DOF velocity
dofa nodal DOF acceleration
dofd nodal DOF displacement (LS-DYNA only)
detp detonation points detp
trp tracer particles trp
fbc zone_num Fluent boundary conditions
starbc region_id Starcd boundary conditions
kivabc type Kiva boundary conditions
cfxbc label Cfx5 boundary conditions
sph smooth particle hydro elements
off to turn off condition display
size scale to scale the size of the tokens displaying conditions
angle è to change cone angle for tokens displaying conditions

Remarks

The tokens used to represent conditions on the model may be different when viewing the same condition
in the wire and the hide mode graphics. For example, when viewing a sliding interface, the wire graphics
circles every node on the interface. The hide shows an arrow at the center of every face on the interface,
pointing in the outward direction. Both can be useful information. Warning messages are issued when
doing facial conditions. The messages consist of the number of degenerate faces encountered.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

220 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co dx, dy, dz, rx, ry, or rz display boundary conditions

Example

co fc display concentrated nodal loads

Figure 145 Wire frame version of CO FC

Example

cylinder 1 5;1 226;1 5;

1.5 2.5 0 900 -.5 .5
sfi -1 -2;1 2;-1 -2;
ts 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 1
z=z+0.05*j
fc 1 2 1 2 2 2 1
1.2 .1 .2 .3
endpart
merge
co size 3.2
co fc 1

Figure 146 Hidden Line CO FC

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 221

Remarks

The co acc (display accelerations), co fmom (display follower nodal moment), and co fd (display fixed
displacements) options have a similar display.

co pr display pressure

Remarks

The co bf (display bulk fluid) is displayed in a similar

fashion.

Example

gct 1 mx 4 my 4 rz 15;
lev 1 grep 0 ;levct 11 rz 30;
repe 11;;
lev 2 grep 0 1;;
pslv 1 Figure 147 Wire frame version CO PR
pslv 2
block 1 4;1 4;1 4;5 7 5 7 5 7
sfi -1 -2;-1 -2;-1 -2;sp 6 6 6 1
lcd 1 0 0 1 1;
pr 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1
endpart
pplv
pplv
merge
co pr 1 co size 3.2

Figure 148 Hidden Line version CO PR

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

222 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co si display sliding interfaces

Examples

co rb display radiation boundary condition

Remarks

To assign this condition, see the rb, rbi, vrb, and vrbi
commands in the part phase and the rb command in the
merge phase.

Example

block 1 3 5 7 9;
1 3 5 7 9;
1 3 5 7 9;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
dei 1 2 0 4 5; 1 2 0 4 5;;
dei 1 2 0 4 5;;1 2 0 4 5; Figure 149 Wire frame version CO RB
dei ;1 2 0 4 5;1 2 0 4 5;
sfi -1 -5;-1 -5;-1 -5;sp 0 0 0 5
sfi -2 -4;-2 -4;-2 -4;sp 0 0 0 3
de 2 2 2 4 4 4
de 1 0 0 3 0 0
orpt - 0 0 0
rbi 3 -5;-1 -5;-1 -5;1 1 2 1
merge
co rb co size 3

Figure 150 Hidden Line version CO RB

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 223

co re display radiation enclosures

Example

block 1 3 5 7 9;
1 3 5 7 9;
1 3 5 7 9;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
dei 1 2 0 4 5;1 2 0 4 5;;
dei 1 2 0 4 5;;1 2 0 4 5;
dei ;1 2 0 4 5;1 2 0 4 5;
sfi -1 -5;-1 -5;-1 -5;sp 0 0 0 5
sfi -2 -4;-2 -4;-2 -4;sp 0 0 0 3
de 2 2 2 4 4 4
de 1 0 0 3 0 0
orpt + 0 0 0
Figure 151 Wire frame version CO RE
rei 3 -4;-2 -4;-2 -4;0 2.2 no
merge

Figure 152 Hidden Line version CO RE

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

224 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co fl display

Example

block 1 13 17 31 35 47;
1 5 9 13;1 25;
1 13 17 31 35 47;
1 5 9 13;1 25;
dei 2 5; 1 2 0 3 4;;
mate 1
mti 1 3 ; 1 2 ; ; 2
mti 1 3 ; 3 4 ; ; 3
mti 4 6 ; 1 2 ; ; 4
mti 4 6 ; 3 4 ; ; 5
mbi -2; -1 0 -4; 1 2;x -1
mbi -5; -1 0 -4; 1 2;x 1
bb 2 2 1 3 2 2 1;
bi ;; -1;dz 1;
fdi -6;1 2 0 3 4;1 2;1 1 1 0 0
Figure 153 Wire frame version CO FL
fdi -1;1 2 0 3 4;1 2;1 1 -1 0 0
lcd 1 0 0 1 1;
orpt - 24 7 13
fli -1 2 0 5 -6;-1 -4;-1 -2;1 1
merge
co fl co size 2.6

Figure 154 Hidden Line version CO FL

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 225

Figure 155 Wire frame version CO CV Figure 156 Hidden Line version CO
CV

co cv display convection conditions

co cvt display convection thermal loads

Example
block -1 5 -9;-1 5 -9;-1 5 -9;-1 0 1;-1 0 1;-1 0 1;
sfi -1 -3 ;-1 -3 ;-1 -3 ; sp 0 0 0 5 de 1 0 0 2 0 0 orpt + 0 0 0

Figure 157 Hidden Line CO CVT Figure 158 Wire frame CO CVT

cvti 1 -3;-1 -3;-1 -3;.12 55 merge co cvt co size 2.4

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

226 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co tm display initial temperature

Example

sd 1 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 5
sd 2 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 15
sd 3 plan 0 0 0 0 1 0
sd 4 plan 0 0 0 1 0 0
sd 5 plan 0 0 0 0 0 1
sd 6 plan 0 0 10 0 0 1
block 1 11;
1 11;
1 3;
0 10 0 10 0 10
tr 1 2 1 2 2 2 my -10
rz 90
my 5 ;
mb 1 1 1 2 1 2 x 5
sfi -1; ; ;sd 1 Figure 159 Wire frame version CO TM
sfi -2; ; ;sd 2
sfi ;-1; ;sd 3
sfi ;-2; ;sd 4
sfi ; ;-1;sd 5
sfi ; ;-2;sd 6
tfi ; ;-1 0 -2;
tf 1 1 1 2 2 2
tm 2 1 1 2 2 2 100
endpart
merge
rx 20 ry 20
co tm
co size 2

Figure 160 Hidden Line version CO TM

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 227

co ft display boundary temp

co fv display nodal velocities

Example

block 1 11; 1 11; 1 11; -1 1; -1 1;

-1 1; Figure 161 Hidden Line version CO FT
sfi -1 -2; -1 -2; -1 -2; sp 0 0 0 1
lcd 1 0 0 .1 1 1 1;
fv 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 .57 -.57 .57 fv 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 .57 .57 .57
fv 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 -.57 .57 .57 fv 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 -.57 -.57 .57

Figure 162 Hidden Line version CO FV Figure 163 Wire frame version CO FV

merge co fv 1 co size 2

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

228 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co sw display stone wall

Example

sd 1 cy 0. 0. 3.8 1 0 0 1.
sd 2 cy 0. 0. 3.8 1 0 0 1.6
sd 3 cy 0. 0. 5.8 0 1 0 .25
sd 4 cy 0. 0. 5.8 0 1 0 .68
sd 5 cy 0. 0. 3.8 0 1 0 .125
block 1 4 6 8 11 14 17 19;1 3 5 7
9;1 6 12 14 18 20 22 26 28 31 33 35
37;-2.5 -1.9 -1.7 -1.5 -1 -.6 -.2 0
-1.5 -1 -.7 -.3 0 0 .7 2.2 3.15 3.65
3.8 3.95 4.45 5.4 5.6 5.8 6 6.2
dei 1 5;;2 13;;
dei 5 6;;2 3 0 9 13;
dei 7 8;;5 7 0 10 12; Figure 164 Wire frame version CO SW
dei ;1 2;2 13;dei ;3 5;4 8;
dei ;4 5;7 13;dei 2 4;3 5;1 2;
sfi ;-3 5;-4 -8;sd 1
sfi ;-2 5;-3 -9;sd 2
sfi ;-2;9 13;plane 0 -1.1 0 0 1 0
sfi ;-4;8 13;plane 0 -.08 0 0 1 0
sfi ;-2;2 3;plane 0 -1. 0 0 1 0
sfi ;-3;8 13;plane 0 -.6 0 0 1 0
sfi ;-3;3 4 ;plane 0 -.6 0 0 1 0
sfi ;-4;3 4 ;plane 0 -.3 0 0 1 0
sfi -7 8; ; -10 -12; sd 3
sfi -6 8 ; ; 11 -13; sd 4
sfi -7 8 ; ; -5 -7; sd 5
sfi -6;;8 11;plan -.68 0 0 1 0 0
sfi -2 -4;-3 4;;cy -1.7 -.187 0 0 0
1 .125
sfi -2;4 5;;plan -1.825 0 0 1 0 0
sfi -4;4 5;;plan -1.575 0 0 1 0 0
relaxi 6 8;-2;9 13;50 .001 1 Figure 165 Hidden Line version CO SW
relaxi 6 8;-4;9 13;50 .001 1
relaxi -8;2 5;3 9;50 .001 1
relaxi 5 8;-2;3 9;50 .001 1 relaxi 5 8;-3;4 8;50 .001 1
relaxi 1 6;1 5;-1;50 .001 1 relaxi 1 6;1 5;-2;50 .001 1
relaxi -5;2 5;3 9;50 .001 1 lct 3 ryz;rxz;ryz rxz;
lrep 0 1 2 3;endpart merge stp .001 nset n1 = l 997 998 1650 1651 1668
1669 2986 2987 3004 3005 3657 3658;sw nset n1 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 229

co nr display non-reflecting

Remarks

The co iss command works the same way.

Example

block 1 11;1 11;1 11;

-1 1;-1 1;-1 1;
sfi -1 -2;-1 -2;-1 -2;sp 0 0 0 1
z=1.5*z
nri -1 -2;-1 -2;-1 -2;merge

co ve display initial velocities

Example

block 1 3 5 7; 1 3 5 7;1 15;2 2 3 3;2 Figure 166 Hidden Line version CO NR

2 3 3;1 8;
sd 1 cyli 2.5 2.5 2.5 0 0 1 2 dei 1 2 0 3 4;1 2 0 3 4;;
sfi -1 -4; -1 -4;;sd 1 ve 1 1 2 4 4 2 .1 .1 1

Figure 167 Hidden Line CO VE Figure 168 Wire frame CO VE

merge stp .0001 co ve co size 5

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

230 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co efl display electric flux

Example

ld 1 lp2 1 1;
lfil 45 1 2 -45 .25
lp2 1 2;
sd 1 crz 1
cylinder -1;
1 4 7 10 91;
1 23;
1;
0 12 24 36 360;
1 2;
sfi -1;; 1 2;sd 1
efl 1 1 1 1 2 2 1.3
efl 1 2 1 1 3 2 2.3
efl 1 3 1 1 4 2 1.3
endpart
merge Figure 169 Hidden Line version CO EFL
rx -30 ry 30 zf 1.3 tvv
co efl co size 2.8

Figure 170 Wire frame version CO EFL

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 231

co vhg display volumetric heat generation

Example

Figure 171 Wire frame version CO VHG Figure 172 Hidden Line version CO VHG

This example is based on the anode.tg batch file in the EXAMPLES directory.

co sfb display surface boundary conditions

Remarks

The co or options works in a similar fashion.

Example

ld 1 csp2 00 1 -1 1.2 0 1 1; ;
sd 1 crz 1
cylinder -1;1 6;1 10;
1 -30 30 -1 1
sfi -1;;;sd 1
sfb 1 1 1 1 2 2 surface j dy 1 ;
merge

Figure 173 Wire frame version CO SFB

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

232 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co syf display symmetry plane with failure

Example

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 5
sd 2 sp 0 0 0 5.5
block 1 3 5 7 9 11 13;
1 3 5 7 9 11 13;
1 3 5 7 9 11 13;
-2.5 -2.5 -2.5 0 2.5 2.5 2.5;
-2.5 -2.5 -2.5 0 2.5 2.5 2.5;
-2.5 -2.5 -2.5 0 2.5 2.5 2.5;
dei ;1 3 0 5 7; 1 3 0 5 7;
dei 1 3 0 5 7;; 1 3 0 5 7;
dei 1 3 0 5 7; 1 3 0 5 7;;
sfi -2 -6;-2 -6;-2 -6;sd 1
sfi -1 -7;-1 -7;-1 -7;sd 2
sfi -4;;;plan 0 0 0 1 0 0
de 1 0 0 4 0 0
plane 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 .0001 syf Figure 174 Wire frame version CO SYF
syf 4 1 1 4 7 7 1 .9
merge

Figure 175 Hidden Line version CO SYF

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 233

co bv display boundary velocities

Example

cyli 1 3 5 7 9;
1 41;
1 3 5 7 9;
1 2 3 4 5;
0 360;
0 1 2 3 4;
bv 1 1 5 5 2 5 .3 0 .5
b 1 1 1 5 2 1 dx 1 dy 1 dz 1 ;
merge
co bv co size 2.9

Figure 176 Wire frame version CO BV

Figure 177 Hidden Line version CO BV

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

234 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co npb display nodal print blocks

Example

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 5
sd 2 plan 0 0 3 0 0 1
sd 3 plan 0 0 -3 0 0 1
block -1 -5 -9;
-1 -5 -9;
1 5 9;
-1 0 1;
-1 0 1;
-1 0 1;
sfi -1 -3 ;-1 -3 ;1 3 ; sd 1
sfi ;; -3;sd 2
sfi ;; -1;sd 3
merge
nset nodes1 = l 112 117 200 253 268;
npb nset nodes1 Figure 178 Wire frame version CO NPB

Figure 179 Hidden Line version CO NPB

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 235

co epb display element print blocks

Example

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 5
sd 2 plan 0 0 3 0 0 1
sd 3 plan 0 0 -3 0 0 1
block -1 -5 -9;-1 -5 -9;1 5 9;
-1 0 1;-1 0 1;-1 0 1;
sfi -1 -3 ;-1 -3 ;1 3 ; sd 1
sfi ;; -3;sd 2
sfi ;; -1;sd 3
merge
eset elements1 rpl ls
4 20 65 132 177 289 324 353;
epb s elements1

Figure 180 Wire frame version CO EPB

Figure 181 Hidden Line version CO EPB

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

236 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co sp display springs

Example

cylinder 1 3;1 226;1 3;

1.5 2.5 0 900 -.5 .5
sfi -1 -2;1 2;-1 -2;ts 0 0 0 0 0 1 2
0 1
z=z+0.05*j
jbm 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 i 1 ;
mate 0
merge
spring 1 n1 1 n2 448 sddn 1 ; ;

Figure 182 Wire frame version CO SP

Figure 183 Hidden Line verison CO SP

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 237

co pm display point masses

Example

sd 1 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
sd 2 cy 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
sd 3 plan 0 0 0 0 1 0
sd 4 plan 0 0 0 0 1 1
sd 5 plan 0 0 0 0 1 -1
block 1 3 5 7;1 3 5 7;1 3;
-.3 -.3 .3 .3 -.3 -.3 .3 .3 1 2
dei 1 2 0 3 4; 1 2 0 3 4;;
sfi -1 -4; -1 -4;;sd 1
insprt 1 4 2 1
sfi ; -3;;sd 3
sfi -1 0 -4;; -1;sd 2
sfi 2 3; -1 0 -5; -1;sd 2
sfi ; 1 3; -1;sd 4
sfi ; 3 5; -1;sd 5 Figure 184 Wire frame version CO PM
sd 6 plan .3 -.3 2 0 1 0
sd 7 plan -.3 .3 2 0 1 0
sd 8 plan .3 -.3 2 1 0 0
sd 9 plan -.3 .3 2 1 0 0
sfi -2; 2 4;;sd 9
sfi -3; 2 4;;sd 8
sfi 2 3; -2;;sd 6
sfi 2 3; -4;;sd 7
mseq i 4 6 4
mseq j 4 3 3 4
mseq k 6
lct 3 rx 90;rx 180;rx 270;
lrep 0 1 2 3 ;
pm 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 ;
endpart
merge
stp .001
pm 37 2 ;
npm 1 -2 0 0 2 ; Figure 185 Hidden Line version CO PM
bm n1 37 n2 9262 ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

238 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co interfac display interface elements

Example

sd 1 function -1 1 -1 1 u+v ;
u-v ;
(u+v)*(u-v) ; ; ;
sid 1 inter;
block 1 11;1 11;1 3 4;
-1 1 -1 1 -1 1 1
tr 1 1 1 2 2 3 rz 45;
patch 1 1 2 2 2 2 1
bb 1 1 2 2 2 2 1;
bb 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 mz .5;
bb 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 normal .3;
si 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 m ;
mti ;;2 3;2
block 1 11;1 11;1 3;-1 1 -1 1 1 5
tr 1 1 1 2 2 2 rz -45;
Figure 186 Wire frame version CO Interfac
bb 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 normal .3;
bb 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 normal .9;
si 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 s ;
merge

Figure 187 Fill verison CO Interfac

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 239

co thic display shell thicknesses

Example

ld 1 lep 1 2 3 0 110 180 0 ;

sd 1 crz 1
sd 2 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 1.9
sd 3 intp 1 2 .5 ;
block -1 -11;-1 -11;1 6;
-2 2 -2 2 0 1
ssfi -1 -2; -1 -2;;3
edge 1 1 1 2 1 1 3.3
edge 1 2 1 2 2 1 3.3
edge 2 1 1 2 2 1 3.3
edge 2 1 1 2 2 1 3.3
edge 2 1 2 2 2 2 3.1
edge 1 1 2 1 2 2 3.1
edge 1 1 2 2 1 2 3.1
edge 1 2 2 2 2 2 3.1 Figure 188 Wire frame version CO THIC
merge

Figure 189 Hidden Line version CO THIC

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

240 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co tepro display temperature profile

Example

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 1
sd 2 sp 0 0 0 2
sd 3 plan 0 0 0 -1 0 1
sd 4 plan 0 0 0 1 0 1
sd 5 plan 0 0 0 -1 1 0
sd 6 plan 0 0 0 1 1 0
block 1 5;1 5;1 5;
1 2 -1 1 -1 1
sfi -1;;;sd 1
sfi -2;;;sd 2
sfi ;;-2;sd 3
sfi ;;-1;sd 4
sfi ;-2;;sd 5
sfi ;-1;;sd 6
lcd 1 0 0 1 1; Figure 190 Wire frame verison CO TEPRO
tepro 1 1 1 2 2 2 1
1.5*sqrt(( x - 2 ) ^ 2 + y * y + z * z) ;
atan2(y,x) ;
merge

Figure 191 Hidden Line version CO TEPRO

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 241

co sc display smoothing constraints

Example

sd 1 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 2
block -1 2 5 -6;1 4;1 4;
-1 -1 1 1 -1 1 -1 1
sfi -1 0 -2 0 -3 0 -4;;;sd 1
sc 2 1 1 3 2 2 i
merge

Figure 192 Wire frame version CO SC

Figure 193 Hidden Line version CO SC

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

242 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co n display shell normals

Example

block -1 -6;-1 -6;-1 -6;

-1 1 -1 1 -1 1
sd 1 sp 0 0 0 1
sfi -1 -2; -1 -2; -1 -2;sd 1
orpt - 0 0 0
n 1 1 1 1 2 2
n 2 1 1 2 2 2
n 1 1 1 2 1 2
n 1 2 1 2 2 2
n 1 1 1 2 2 1
n 1 1 2 2 2 2
merge

Figure 194 Wire frame version CO N

Figure 195 Hidden Line version CO N

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 243

co resn display radiation enclosures labeled

Example

block 1 3 5 7 9;
1 3 5 7 9;
1 3 5 7 9;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
-1 -1 0 1 1;
dei 1 2 0 4 5; 1 2 0 4 5;;
dei 1 2 0 4 5;;1 2 0 4 5;
dei ;1 2 0 4 5;1 2 0 4 5;
sfi -1 -5;-1 -5;-1 -5;sp 0 0 0 5
sfi -2 -4;-2 -4;-2 -4;sp 0 0 0 3
de 2 2 2 4 4 4
de 1 0 0 3 0 0
orpt + 0 0 0
rei 3 -4;-2 -4;-2 -4;0 2.2 no Figure 196 Wire frame version CO RESN
merge

Figure 197 Hidden Line version CO RESN

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

244 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co grtol display glued interface for CFX

Remarks

See the supblk command.

Example

A butterfly mesh of the fluid in the pipe is created. The supblk command was used to define grid 1.
The interface 2 for grid 1 was displayed by the co grtol command (Figure 198). The simplified
command file follows:

... transformations, projections of mesh ...

supblk 1 1 2 3 4 3

merge

... display of part 1...

co grtol 1 2 c display interface 2 for grid 1

Figure 198 interface between grids

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 245

co mom display moments

Example

sd 1 plan 6 0 0 1 0 0
sd 2 plan 8 0 0 1 0 0
sd 3 plan 0 6 0 0 1 0
sd 4 plan 0 8 0 0 1 0
sd 5 cy 7 7 7 0 0 1 7
sd 6 sp 7 7 2 7
sd 7 sp 7 7 12 7
lcd 1 0 0 1 1;
block 1 6 7 9 10 15;
1 6 7 9 10 15;
1 6 10 14 18 23;
5 5 6 8 9 9;
5 5 6 8 9 9;
-2 -2 2 12 16 16;
dei 1 2 0 5 6;1 2 0 5 6;;
dei 1 2 0 5 6;;1 2 0 5 6; Figure 199 Wire drawing with moments
dei ;1 2 0 5 6;1 2 0 5 6;
dei 3 4;3 4;;
sfi -3;3 4;;sd 1
sfi -4;3 4;;sd 2
sfi 3 4;-3;;sd 3
sfi 3 4;-4;;sd 4
sfi -1 -6;-1 -6;3 4;sd 5
sfi -1 -6;-1 -6;-1 3;sd 6
sfi -1 -6;-1 -6;4 -6;sd 7
mom 3 3 1 4 4 1 1 1 x
endpart
merge

Figure 200 Hidden view with moments

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

246 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co mdep display momentum deposition

Example

This example takes two files. The second one is

named row and is included in the first file.

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 3
para n 5
x0 0
y0 0;
include row
para n 4
x0 3
y0 [3*tan(60)];
include row
para n 3
x0 [2*3]
y0 [2*3*tan(60)]; Figure 201 Parametric replication
include row
para n 2
x0 [3*3]
y0 [3*3*tan(60)];
include row
para n 1
x0 [4*3]
y0 [4*3*tan(60)];
include row

The second file, called row, contains the following commands:

block 1 5 9 13;1 5 9 13;1 5 9 13;

-1 -1 1 1 -1 -1 1 1 -1 -1 1 1
dei 1 2 0 3 4;1 2 0 3 4;;
dei 1 2 0 3 4;;1 2 0 3 4;
dei ;1 2 0 3 4;1 2 0 3 4;
sfi -1 -4;-1 -4;-1 -4;sd 1
if(%n.eq.1)then
mdep 1 1 1 4 4 4 .2 2 0 .01
endif
gct 1 mx %x0 my %y0;grep 1;
lct %n mx 6;repe %n;lrep 1:%n;
endpart

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 247

co sy display symmetry plane conditions

Example

accuracy 3

ld 1 lp2 0 0 1 1 2 4;;
lp2 3 4 4 1 5 0;;
sd 1 crz 1
sd 2 plan 0 0 1 0 0 1
sd 3 plan 0 0 2.75 0 0 1
sd 4 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 2.5
sd 5 plan 0 0 0 1 1 0
sd 6 plan 0 0 0 -1 1 0
sd 7 plan 0 0 0 0 0 1
block -1 -9 15 -21 -29;
-1 -9 15 -21-29;
1 5 -11;
-5 -1 0 1 5
-5 -1 0 1 5
0 2 4
dei -2 -4;-2 -4;-1 -2;
dei -2 0 -4;1 2 0 4 5;;
dei 1 2 0 4 5;-2 0 -4;; Figure 202 Boundary conditions from symmetry plane
dei 2 4; 2 4; -3;
dei -1 2 0 4 -5;-1 2 0 4 -5;1 -3;
sfi -1 -2 -4 -5; -1 -2 -4 -5; 1 -3;sd 1
sfi ;; -2;sd 2
sfi -1 0 -5; 2 4; -3;sd 3
sfi 2 4; -1 0 -5; -3;sd 3
sfi -2 0 -4; 2 4; -3;sd 4
sfi 2 4; -2 0 -4; -3;sd 4
sfi -2; 4 5; 1 3;sd 5 sfi 1 2; -4; 1 3;sd 5
sfi -4; 1 2; 1 3;sd 5 sfi 4 5; -2; 1 3;sd 5
sfi -2; 1 2; 1 3;sd 6 sfi 1 2; -2; 1 3;sd 6
sfi -4; 4 5; 1 3;sd 6 sfi 4 5; -4; 1 3;sd 6
sfi ;; -1;sd 7 dei ; 1 3;;
plane 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 .001 symm ;
endpart
merge
grid on

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

248 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co ol display outlets

Remarks

The co il command works identically to this

command.

Example

sd 1 cyli 2.5 0 2.5 0 1 0 1

block 1 5 11 17 23 27;
1 5 9;
1 5 11 17 23 27;
1 2 2 3 3 4;
1 3 5;
1 2 2 3 3 4;
dei 1 2 0 5 6;2 3;;
dei ; 2 3;1 2 0 5 6;
dei 2 3 0 4 5;2 3;2 3 0 4 5;
dei 2 3 0 4 5;;1 3 0 4 6;
dei 1 2 0 5 6;;2 3 0 4 5;
mbi -1 0 -6;;-4 0 -5;z .25 Figure 203 Inlet marked in hide mode
mbi -1 0 -6;;-2 0 -3;z -.25
mbi -2 0 -3;;-1 0 -6;x -.25
mbi -4 0 -5;;-1 0 -6;x .25
sfi -2 -5;;-2 -5;sd 1
bb 2 1 4 3 3 4 1;
bb 3 1 4 3 3 5 1;
bb 4 1 4 4 3 5 2;
bb 4 1 4 5 3 4 2;
bb 4 1 3 5 3 3 3;
bb 4 1 2 4 3 3 3;
bb 3 1 2 3 3 3 4;
bb 2 1 3 3 3 3 4;
esm 3 3 2 4 3 5 & 2 3 3 3 3 4 & 4 3 3 5 3 4 100 .00001 1 .6 4
esm 2 1 3 5 1 4 & 3 1 4 4 1 5 & 3 1 2 4 1 3 100 .00001 1 .6 4
unifm 3 1 2 4 3 5 & 2 1 3 3 3 4 & 4 1 3 5 3 4 200 .00001 1
il 1 3 1 6 3 6
ol 1 1 1 6 1 6
endpart
merge

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 249

co spw display numbered spot welds

Example

sd 1 cy 1.1 1.1 0 0 0 1 1
lmi 1
block -1 6 21;-1 6;1 21;
.1 1.1 5 .1 1.1 0 5
sfi -1 2; -1 2; 1 2;sd 1
y=y+.1*sin((k-1)*36)
lct 1 ryz; lrep 0 1;
mate 1
endpart
block -1;1 11 21;1 21;
0 -2.9 1.1 5.1 0 5
dom 1 2 1 1 2 2
y=y+.1*sin((k-1)*36)
mate 3
endpart
Figure 204 nodes of a numbered spotweld
merge
spw 21 spwd 1 node 672 node 1323
node 126 ;;

co spwf display facial spot welds

Remarks

If the node defining the spot weld is not visible, a

yellow box is draw.

Example

These commands are added to the previous example.

spwf rt -.1 1 4.875 3 mat 1 mat 2

spwf rt .1 .93 2.15 3 mat 1 mat 2

Figure 205 2 Facial spot welds

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

250 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

co jt display a numbered joint

Example

cylinder 1 3;1 13;1 6;

1 2 0 360 0 5
cylinder 1 3;1 13;1 6;
1 2 0 360 5.5 10.5
merge
bm n1 42 n2 6 n3 180
mate 2 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 289 n2 253 n3 235
mate 2 nbms 2 ;
jd 1 uj pnlt .33 ;
jt 1 1 n 470 ;
jt 1 2 n 469 ;
jt 1 3 n 253 ;
jt 1 4 n 42 ;
Figure 206 Nodes forming a joint

labels specify type of label to be displayed

labels option
or
la option
where option can be any of:
off to turn off labels display
size scale to scale the size of the tokens displaying labels
angle è to change the cone angle for the tokens displaying labels
nodes to label nodes by node number
1d to label 1D beam elements by element number
2d to label 2D shell elements by element number
2q to label 2D quadratic shell elements by element number
3d to label 3D brick element faces by element number
3q to label 3D quad’c brick element faces by element number
ijk1 for labeled and color coded reduced indices
ijk2 for labeled and color coded parts and reduced indices
ijk4 for color coded indices
locnd node_number to locate a node by its number
loc1d element_number to locate a 1D beam element by its number
loc2d element_number to locate a 2D shell element by its number

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 251

 loc3d element_number to locate a 3D brick element by its number
loc2dq element_number to locate a 2D quadratic shell element by its number
loc3dq element_number to locate a 3D quadratic brick element by its number
sd to display numbers of defined surfaces
crv to display numbers of defined 3D curves
sdedge to display surface edge identification numbers
sdpt to display labels of points on defined surfaces
crvpt to display labels of points on defined 3D curves
bb to display the master block boundary interfaces
nodeset set_name to display a node set
onset set_name first last to display an ordered node set
faceset set_name to display a face set
facesel set_name to display and label a face set
elemset set_name to display an element set
parts to display parts
tol part1 part2 to display nodes merged between parts
where
part1 part sequence number (0 means all)
part2 part sequence number (0 means all)
fraces free faces (only actively displayed parts and materials)
fredges free edges (only actively displayed parts and materials)
cracks è cracks below a specified subtended angle

Remarks

Labels do not overlap. If an object is not labeled, zoom in on it so there is more room for the label. Also
try rotating the picture. The tokens used for a feature in the model may be different in the wire, hide,
and fill graphics mode. These differences can used to your advantage. For example. when nodes are
labeled in the wire mode, then nodes in the back of the mesh may also be labeled. Or, if the mesh is
drawn in hide, only visible nodes are labeled. In another example, when using the fraces (free faces)
option in wire mode, all free faces will be drawn in red and will stand out even in a large mesh. In hide
mode, the hidden edges of free faces will appear as dotted lines. In fill graphics, they appear as red faces.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

252 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels nodes label nodes by node number

Example

Part 1 is composed of linear shells and Part 2 is

composed of quadratic shells. The nodes are labeled
in Figure 207. There are coincident nodes between
parts, which are not merged.

linear
block 1 5;1 5;-1;1 5;1 5;0;
endpart
quadratic
block 1 5;1 5;-1;5 10;1 5;0;
merge
labels nodes

Figure 207 labeled nodes

labels 1d label linear 1D beam elements by element number

Example

20 beam elements are created along a curve. The

elements are labeled. The simplified command file
follows:

curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt -1 0 0 rt 0 1

0 rt 1 0 0 ;
curd 2 lp3 -1 -1 0 -1 0 0; ;
curd 3 lp3 1 -1 0 1 0 0; ;
curd 4 cpcds 2 1 3; ;
bm rt1 -1 -1 0 ; rt2 1 -1 0 ;
orient 0 0 0 mate 1 cs .1 nbms 20
cur 4 ;
labels 1d center

Figure 208 labeled beams

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 253

labels 1q label quadratic 1D beam elements by element number

labels 2d label 2D shell elements by element number

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels nodes command. The numbering of elements
always starts with 1 for each type of element.

Figure 209 labeled linear shells

labels 2q label 2D quadratic shell elements by element number

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels nodes command. The numbering of elements
always starts with 1 for each type of element.

Figure 210 labeled quadratic shells

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

254 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels 3d label 3D brick faces by element number

Example

Part 1 is composed of linear bricks and Part 2 is

composed of quadratic bricks. The numbering of
elements always starts with 1 for each type of
element. The linear bricks are labeled by the element
numbers. The simplified command file follows:

linear
block 1 5;1 5;1 5;1 5;1 5;1 5;
endpart
quadratic
block 1 5;1 5;1 5;5 12;1 5;1 5;
merge
labels 3d

Figure 211 labeled bricks

labels 3q label 3D quadratic brick faces by element number

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels 3d command. The numbering of elements
always starts with 1 for each type of element. The
quadratic bricks are labeled by the element numbers.

Figure 212 labeled quadratic bricks

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 255

labels ijk1 display color coded reduced indices

Remarks

labels ijk1 can be used after issuing the Hide

option in the Merge Phase. (I.e., this works when
looking at a hidden line drawing.)

You can view the part information in the Merge

Phase in a similar manner as in the Part Phase.

Figure 213 color coded reduced indices

labels ijk2 display color coded and numbered reduced indices

Remarks

Labels ijk2 can be used after issuing the Hide

option in the Merge Phase.

You can view the part information in the Merge

Phase in a similar manner as in the Part Phase.

Figure 214 numbered reduced indices

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

256 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels ijk4 display color coded/numbered reduced indices/parts

Remarks

labels ijk4 can be used after issuing the Hide

option in the Merge Phase.

You can view the part information in the Merge

Phase in a similar manner as in the Part Phase.

Figure 215 reduced indices and parts

labels locnd locate a node by its number

locnd node_number

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for

the labels nodes command. T he node 20 is
located. The located node is in the center of the
picture by default.

Figure 216 located node

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 257

labels loc1d locate a linear 1D beam element by its number

loc1d element_number

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels 1d command. The beam 5 is located. The
located beam is in the center of the picture by default.

Figure 217 located beam

labels loc1dq locate a quadratic 1D beam element by its number

labels loc2d locate a 2D shell element by its number

loc2d element_number

Remarks

The diagonals of a shell are displayed to help check

distorted elements.

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels 2d command. The shell number 10 is located.
The located shell is in the center of the picture by
default.

Figure 218 located linear shell

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

258 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels loc2dq locate a 2D quadratic shell element by its number

loc2dq element_number

Remarks

The diagonals of a shell are displayed to help check

distorted elements.

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels 2d command. The quadratic shell number 10
is located. The located shell is in the center of the
picture by default.

Figure 219 located quadratic shell

labels loc3d locate a 3D brick element by its number

loc3d element_number

Remarks

The diagonals of brick faces are displayed to help

check distorted elements.

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels 3d command. The brick number 10 is
located. T he located brick is in the center of the
picture by default.

Figure 220 located brick

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 259

labels loc3dq locate a 3D quadratic brick element by its number

loc3dq element_number

Remarks

The diagonals of brick faces are displayed to help

check distorted elements.

Example

This example uses the mesh from the example for the
labels 3d command. The quadratic brick number
10 is located. The located brick is in the center of the
picture by default.

Figure 221 located quadratic brick

labels sd label surfaces

Example

curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt -1 0 0 rt 0 1 0

rt 1 0 0 mz -2;
curd 2 arc3 seqnc rt -1 0 0 rt 0 1 0
rt 1 0 0 mz 2;
curd 3 lp3 -1 0 -2 -1 0 2;;
curd 4 lp3 1 0 -2 1 0 2;;
curd 5 lp3 2 0 -2 2 0 2;;
curd 6 lp3 -3 0 -2 -3 0 2;;
curd 7 lp3 -3 -2 -2 -3 -2 2;;
curd 8 lp3 1 0 -2 2 0 -2;;
curd 9 lp3 1 0 2 2 0 2;;
curd 10 lp3 -1 0 2 -3 0 2;;
curd 11 lp3 -1 0 -2 -3 0 -2;;
curd 12 lp3 -3 0 -2 -3 -2 -2;;
curd 13 lp3 -3 0 2 -3 -2 2;; Figure 222 labeled surfaces
sd 1 blend4 1 3 2 4;
sd 2 blend4 9 5 8 4;
sd 3 blend4 10 3 11 6; sd 4 blend4 13 7 12 6;dasd labels sd

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

260 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels crv label curves

Remarks

The labels crv command labels curves. It displays

labels of curves in a non-overlapping way. To
display more details use the zf or zb commands
(zoom forward, zoom back).

Example

Curves and surfaces are defined. The curves are

labeled in .

Figure 223 labeled curves

labels sdedge label surface edges

Remarks

This command’s functionality can be reproduced by

using the Labels button in the Environment Window.
The labels sdedge command labels edges of
surfaces. It displays labels of surface edges in a non-
overlapping way. To display more details use zf or
zb command (zoom).

The label has the notation: surface-#.edge-#.

Example

Curves and surfaces are defined. The surface edges

are labeled in 224.

Figure 224 surface edges are labeled

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 261

labels sdpt label surface points

Remarks

The labels sdpt command labels surface definition

points. It displays labels of surface definition points
in a non-overlapping way. To display more details
use zf or zb command (zoom).

T h e l a b e l h a s n o t a t i o n
surface_#.i_contour_#.j_contour_# for most
surfaces except for triangles from the IGES,
VPOINT and STL files. For triangles the notation is
surface_#.triangle_#.point_#, where point_# can be
1, 2 or 3.

See pg.? for a discussion on tessellation.

Figure 225 labeled surface definition points

labels crvpt label curve points

Remarks

The labels crvpt command labels curve definition

points. It displays labels of curve definition points in
a non-overlapping way. To display more details use
the zf or zb commands (zoom).

The label has notation curve.i.j .

Example

Curves and surfaces are defined. The curve

definition points are labeled in Figure 226.

Figure 226 labeled curve definition points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

262 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels faceset display face set

Remarks

labels faceset command works similarly as the labels facesel command, but without labeling.

labels facesel display and label face set

The faces in the face sets are labeled in a consistent fashion:

b-number_of_element.number_of_face brick element

qb-number_of_element.number_of_face quadratic brick element
s-number_of_element.number_of_face shell element
qs-number_of_element.number_of_face quadratic shell element
where
number_of_element is the number of the element
number_of_face is the number of the face (1-6)

Remarks

See also pg. ? for the face sets definition in the Part Phase.

Example

The face set s1 is initialized by region, then it is enhanced 3 times by regions from various parts. The
elements in the parts are linear bricks, quadratic bricks, linear shells and quadratic shells. The face set
s1 is displayed and labeled in Figure 227. The simplified command file follows:

linear c set the type of element to linear

c mesh definition - linear bricks

block 1 3 5 7;1 3 5 7;1 3;1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 -1 1

fset 1 1 2 4 4 2 = s1 c face set initialization

... mesh manipulations ...

c mesh definition - linear shells

block 1 3 5 7;1 3 5 7;-1;1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 263

fset 1 1 1 4 4 1 u s1 c face set union

... mesh manipulations ...

endpart

quadratic c set the type of element to quadratic

c mesh definition - quadratic bricks

block 1 3 5 7;1 3 5 7;1 3;1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 -1 1

fset 1 1 2 4 4 2 u s1 c face set union

... mesh manipulations ...

c mesh definition for quadratic shells

block 1 3 5 7;1 3 5 7;-1;1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1

fset 1 1 1 4 4 1 u s1 c face set union

... mesh manipulations ...

merge
labels facesel s1

Figure 227 results of the facesel command

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

264 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels parts label parts

Remarks

Clicking the left mouse button on the part label

displays a skeleton of the part.

Example

Two parts are created and labeled.

Figure 228 labeled parts

labels tol display nodes merged between parts

tol part1 part2

where
part1 part number (0 means all)
part2 part number (0 means all)

See pg. 205, 444 for the rules which govern the
merging of the nodes.

Example

Two parts are created. T he common nodes are

merged and displayed. The simplified command file
follows:

stp .001 c merge nodes

labels tol 1 2
Figure 229 merged nodes

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 265

labels fraces display free faces

By definition, at least one node is not merged on the

free face. Free faces are constructed from the faces of
the brick elements. Free faces are displayed only for
active parts and materials in the picture. It is
advantageous to label free faces only for a small
number of parts. See pg.205, 444 for merging of the
nodes. After invoking this option, you can remove or
add parts and materials and the red faces will remain
in the picture.

Example

The mesh from the labels parts example is used.

The common nodes are merged. Free faces on the
Part 2 are displayed.

Figure 230 displayed free faces on Part 2

labels fredges display free edges

Remarks

By definition, at least one node is not merged on a

free edge. Free edges are constructed from the edges
of the shell elements. Free edges are displayed only
for active parts in the picture. It is advantageous to
label free edges only for a small number of parts.
See pg. 205, 444 for the rules which govern the
merging of the nodes. Only parts in the picture are
considered.

Example

The mesh is created. The common nodes are

merged. Parts 7 8 9 10 11 26 are displayed. Free
edges are displayed.
Figure 231 displayed free edges on shells

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

266 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

labels cracks è display cracks in the mesh

Remarks

T he angle is used to measure between the exterior

polygons. If the angle is below the specified angle, it
is labeled as a crack. This is many times the
minimum data needed to detect a problem in the node
merging.

If a shell element is sandwiched between two bricks

and the bricks do not form a crack, then no crack will
be found, event if some of the nodes in the shell have
not merged with the bricks. Use the "labels fraces"
when trying to detect unmerged nodes between
embedded shells and bricks.

Example
Figure 232 Crack in the mesh
The butterfly mesh has not been merged, so this
algorithm finds the critical spot where the merging first failed.

5. Animation Commands
You define a set of images and then generate additional images between these keyframe images in order
to provide a smooth animation. This can give the appearance of flying around and even through a
model.

To create an animation, you first establish up a few keyframe pictures. You to establish up to 30
keyframes. There is no limit to the number of interpolated images that may be generated.

The sv command will save a keyframe or view. You can go back to look at a single picture with shv.
These two commands alone are useful for demonstrations and debugging. But with avc or av you can
get an animated view of your model. The interpolated pictures allow you to produce a smooth
animation while having to save a minimal number of images by hand.

With the postscript command you can save all these pictures as PostScript files for more processing.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 267

av animate views - linear interpolation

av graphics #views view1 #frames 12 view2 #frames 23 ...

where
graphics can be
poor for a wireframe image,
disp for a hidden line image, or
tvv for a fill mode image
view1, view2,... are the view numbers of views saved with sv, and
#frames ij is the number of frames to interpolate between views numbered viewi
and viewj.
Remarks

Linear interpolation is used to form the specified number of intermediate pictures. This means that all
of the parameters controlling the orientation of the picture are interpolated equally to produce a constant
change in the orientation from one frame to another.

You can sequence up to 30 saved views. There is no limit on the number of frames interpolated
between them.

avc animate views - cosine interpolation

avc graphics #views view1 #frames view2 #frames ...

where
graphics can be
poor for a wireframe image,
disp for a hidden line image, or
tvv for a fill mode image
view1, view2,... are the view numbers of views saved with sv, and
#frames ij is the number of frames to interpolate between views numbered view i
and viewj.

Remarks

Cosine interpolation is used to form the specified number of intermediate pictures. This means that all
of the parameters controlling the orientation of the picture are interpolated in a manner that gives more
frames near the saved views than midway between saved views.

You can sequence up to 30 saved keyframess. There is no limit on the number of frames interpolated
between them.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

268 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

shv show a saved view

shv view_number
where view_number is the number of a view saved with the sv command.
Remarks

This feature restores the picture orientation to a previously saved orientation. This can be useful for
demonstrations, debugging, or designing an animation.

sv save view

sv view_number
where view_number is a unique number to identify the view
Remarks

You can save up to 30 keyframes, or views. You can then use these views in the other commands in
this section.

6. Exploded Views
These commands give you exploded views of your model. They affect only the graphics, not the actual
model.

To make an exploded view of your model, you issue the pexp command to move some or all of the
parts, with options of moving some parts farther than others, or in different directions. You can also
issue the mexp command to move some or all of the materials, with options of moving some materials
farther than others, or in different directions. The affect of these two commands issued multiple times
is cumulative.

The following two explosion commands made the exploded view of the spaceship in the Introduction.

pexp 0 0 2 3 ;;
pexp 0 2 0 2 6; 1 5 ;;

The first command moved part 3 (front of secondary hull) to the right. The second command moved
parts 2 and 6 up two units. Part 2 is the truss connected to the primary hull, and part 6 is the power unit
supports - there are two supports modeled with one part. The second command also moved parts 1 and
5 up four units. Part 1 is the primary hull and part 5 is the power units - there are two power units
modeled with one part. Part 4, the secondary hull, was not moved.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 269

exp reactivate exploded views

Display an exploded view that you had previously turned off with an expoff command.

exp (no arguments)

Remarks

The exploded view will be based on the translations you specified in the pexp and mexp commands.

expoff turn off exploded views

expoff (no arguments)

iniexp initialize explode offset to zero

Restore every part and material to an offset of zero.

iniexp (no argument)

mexp offset each subset of materials past the previous subset

mexp x y z list_of_material_# ; list_of_material_# ; ... ;

where (x,y,z) is the first vector offset.

Remarks

Elements with material numbers are in the N-th list will be offset in the picture by N times the specified
vector.

There may be up to 50 different lists of material numbers.

If you issue both a mexp and a pexp command, the offsets you specify will be added to each other.

For a 3-D exploded view, use more than one mexp or pexp command to translate different sets of parts
in different directions.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

270 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

pexp offset each subset of parts past the previous subset

pexp x y z list_of_part_# ; list_of_part_# ; ... ;

Remarks

Parts in the N-th list will be offset in the picture by N times the specified vector.

There may be up to 50 different lists of part numbers.

If you issue both a mexp and a pexp command, the offsets you specify will be simply added to each
other.

For a 3-D exploded view, use more than one mexp or pexp command to translate different sets of parts
in different directions.

sclexp explode scale factor

Multiply all the offsets for exploded views by a single scale factor.

sclexp scale_factor

7. Material Commands
Every material is identified with a number. Use the automatic parameter %nextmat for the next
available material number. Material properties are defined by various commands associated with an
output option. Refer to the various output manuals for further information.

tmm specify the total mass of a material

tmm material_# total_mass

Remarks

When the Merge Phase begins or when this command is issued in the Merge Phase, then the volumes
of the specified materials are calculated. The density of the material is determined in order to satisfy
the total mass requirement. This feature is only available for the DYNA3D, NIKE3D, NASTRAN,
TOPAZ3D, ES3D, ALE3D, ABAQUS, ANSYS, and NEUTRAL output options. One of these options
must be selected before density can be determined. This feature applies to linear shells, bricks, and
beams. The shell thickness and beam thickness must be set for shells and beams respectively.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 271

buoy specify a buoyancy condition for a list of materials

buoy material_list ; options ;

where
options can be
bform type
where type can be
1 displaced volume method
2 distributed pressure (head) method (brick, shell only)
styp type parameters
where type and parameters can be
1 xpt ypt zpt xvec yvec zvec point on surface, downward vector
2 node1 node2 node1 on su rfa ce, node2 directly
beneath
lcid load_id
where
load_id = 0 specifies a stationary surface
load_id > 0 specifies the load curve for surface motion vs. time
rhofg density
where
density > 0 means a constant density
density < 0 is the negative of a load curve for density vs. time
mgth thickness
rhomg density
where
density > 0 means a constant density
density < 0 is the negative of a load curve for density vs. time
snid type parameters
where type and parameters can be
1 RH rule applied to local node numbering
2 xpt ypt zpt toward a point P
3 xyt ypt zpt away from a point P
4 node toward node N
5 node away from node N
broach flag
where
flag can be
1 neglect beam thickness as beam broaches surface
2 include beam thickness as beam broaches surface

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

272 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

am add material to the picture

am material_number

Remarks

The specified material is added to the list of materials to be displayed.

ams add a list of materials to the picture

ams material_list ;

Remarks

The specified list of materials are added to the list of materials to be displayed.

dam display all materials in the picture

dam (no arguments)

Remarks

All materials are added to the materials display list.

dms display a set of materials in the picture

dms material_list ;

Remarks

The specified list of materials becomes the list of materials to be displayed.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 273

dm display one material in the picture

dm material_number

Remarks

The material display list is set to the specified material.

ram remove all materials from the picture

ram

Remarks

No materials displayed.

rm remove one material from the picture

rm material_number

Remarks

The specified material is removed from the list of materials to be displayed.

rms remove a list of materials from the picture

rms material_list ;

Remarks

The specified materials are removed from the list of materials to be displayed.

8. Interface Commands

chz cohesive shell elements

chz face_set mat

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

274 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 where
face_set name of a face set
mat material number for the cohesive

Remarks

All shells found in the region are included in the cohesion calculation. Every edge shared by two shells
will be separated by a zero thick cohesion element and assigned material number mat. This applies to
transitional regions and to edges with more than two shells.

This has not yet been generalized to triangular shells.

If an edge is selected, it will cause the material for the cohesive element to be changed along that edge.
If the cohesive elements in a region or an edge have the material specified more than once, the last
material number assigned will be used.

iss save interface segments

iss fset face_set

Interface element commands (sliding lines and surfaces, etc.) that are available during the Merge Phase.

si select nodes or faces for a sliding interface

si type interface_# boundary options ;

where
type can be one of:
n node_number to select a single node
rt x y z to select a node close to a Cartesian point
cy rho theta z to select a node close to a cylindrical point
sp rho theta phi to select a node close to a spherical point
nset name_of_set to select an entire node set
fset face_set to select a face set
boundary can be one of
m master side of the interface
s slave side of the interface
options can be
fail norm_failure_force shear_failure_force
exp norm_failure_exp shear_failure_exp

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 275

 fsf coulomb_friction_scale viscous_friction_scale

Remarks

The global properties of a sliding interface are defined using the sid command. Some interface types
allow for nodes on the slave side. Most require face sets for both the master and slave sides. The
dummy sliding interface type, which is used to control the merging without the side effect of causing
a sliding interface definition in the output, allows for nodes on both the master and slave side.

9. Springs, Dampers, and Point Masses

npm creates a new node and assigns a point mass to it

npm mp_node_# x y z mass options ;

where
an option can be:
dx no nodal displacement in the x-direction
dy no nodal displacement in the y-direction
dz no nodal displacement in the z-direction
rx no nodal rotations about the x-axis
ry no nodal rotations about the y-axis
rz no nodal rotations about the z-axis
mdx no mass displacement in the x-direction
mdy no mass displacement in the y-direction
mdz no mass displacement in the z-direction
mrx no mass rotations about the x-axis
mry no mass rotations about the y-axis
mrz no mass rotations about the z-axis
ixx mom specify the moment of inertia about the x-axis
iyy mom specify the moment of inertia about the y-axis
izz mom specify the moment of inertia about the z-axis
pdamp alpha proportional damping factor (ABAQUS)
cdamp fraction fraction of critical damping (ABAQUS)

Remarks

This newly created node is separate from the existing mesh and can be attached by generating a beam
or spring using this new node (see bm or spring). It can also be attached to the rest of the mesh by
merging it to a neighboring node (see t, tp, stp, bptol, and ptol). This is distinguished from assigning
a mass to an existing node of the mesh. The latter can be done using the pm command. To create a new
node and assign it a point mass such that it is replicated or transformed along with the part, then use the

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

276 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

npm command in the Part Phase (see lrep, grep, and pslv). To assign a point mass to a vertex of a part
such that it is replicated or transformed along with the part, use the pm command in the Part Phase. All
of the options are not needed by all output options.

pm assigns a point mass to a node of the mesh

pm node_# mass otions ;

where
an option can be:
mdx no mass displacement in the x-direction
mdy no mass displacement in the y-direction
mdz no mass displacement in the z-direction
mrx no mass rotations about the x-axis
mry no mass rotations about the y-axis
mrz no mass rotations about the z-axis
ixx mom specify the moment of inertia about the x-axis
iyy mom specify the moment of inertia about the y-axis
izz mom specify the moment of inertia about the z-axis
pdamp alpha proportional damping factor (ABAQUS)
cdamp fraction fraction of critical damping (ABAQUS)

Remarks

This is distinguished from creating a new node separate from the mesh and assigning a mass to it. The
latter can be done using the npm command. To assign a point mass to a vertex within a part such that
it is replicated or transformed along with the part, use the pm command in the Part Phase (see lrep,
grep, and pslv). In order to create a new node and assign it a point mass such that it is replicated or
transformed along with a part, then use the npm command in the Part Phase. All of the options are not
needed by all output options.

pminfo table of point masses information

pminfo (no arguments)

Example

The following example of the pminfo command was preceded by two point mass commands, the first
(npm command) found in a part which was duplicated once, and the second (pm command) found in
the Merge Phase.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 277

npm 2 0 0 0 1.2 inc 2 dx rx mdx mrx iyy .1 izz .2 pdamp 2.3
cdamp 1.2;
pm 377 2.1 mdx ixx .2 iyy .4 mrz pdamp .3 cdamp 2.3 ;

STRUCTURED POINT MASSES TABLE

node= 377, mass= 2.100E+00
xxi= 2.000E-01, yyi= 4.000E-01, zzi= 0.000E+00
proportional damping= 3.000E-01, critical damping= 2.300E+00
dx=1, dy=0, dz=0, rx=0, ry=0, rz=1
UNSTRUCTURED POINT MASSES TABLE
number= 2 node= 126, mass= 1.200E+00
xxi= 0.000E+00, yyi= 1.000E-01, zzi= 2.000E-01
proportional damping= 2.300E+00, critical damping= 1.200E+00
dx=1, dy=0, dz=0, rx=1, ry=0, rz=0
number= 4 node= 252, mass= 1.200E+00
xxi= 0.000E+00, yyi= 1.000E-01, zzi= 2.000E-01
proportional damping= 2.300E+00, critical damping= 1.200E+00
dx=1, dy=0, dz=0, rx=1, ry=0, rz=0

spring create/modify a numbered spring

spring spring_# options ;

where
an option can be
n1 node_# assign a structure node as the first node
pm1 pointmass_# assign a point mass as the first node
dx1 constrain spring in the x-direction at the first nod
dy1 constrain spring in the y-direction at the first node
dz1 constrain spring in the z-direction at the first node
rx1 constrain spring about the x-axis at the first node
ry1 constrain spring about the y-axis at the first node
rz1 constrain spring about the z-axis at the first node
n2 node_# assign a structure node as the second node
pm2 assign a point mass as the second node
dx2 constrain spring in the x-direction at the second node
dy2 constrain spring in the y-direction at the second node
dz2 constrain spring in the z-direction at the second node
rx2 constrain spring about the x-axis at the second node
ry2 constrain spring about the y-axis at the second node
rz2 constrain spring about the z-axis at the second node
sddn spd_# specify the material properties

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

278 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 orop flag assign an orientation option
where
flag can be:
0 spring/damper acts along the axis
1 deflection/rotations are measured and force/moments applied
along the following vector
2 deflection/rotations are measured and force/moments applied
along the projection of the spring/damper onto the plane with
the following normal
3 deflection/rotations are measured and force/moments applied
along the vector between the following two nodes
prflg flag assign a print flag
where
flag can be:
0 forces are printed in DEFORC file
1 forces are not printed in DEFORC file
ofsi offset assign an initial offset
xco x-component assign a x-component of the orientation vector
yco y-component assign a y-component of the orientation vector
zco z-component assign a z-component of the orientation vector
n3 node_# assign a third node for orientation
n4 node_# assign a fourth node for orientation

Remarks

This command specifies the direction of the spring and the material. The nodes defining the ends of the
spring can be from a node in the mesh or a point mass (see npm and pm). The spring command is
usually invoked two times to generate a single spring, once for each node of the spring. This can be
done across several parts or in the Merge Phase. All of the options are not needed by all output options.

delspd Delete a numbered spring/damper

delspd spring/damper-#

Remarks

The spring/damper may have been defined using the spring command or it may have been read into the
TrueGrid ® internal data base using the readmesh command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 279

delspds Delete a list of numbered springs/dampers

delspds spring/damper_list ;

10. Element Commands

The recommended method of beam element generation in the merge phase uses the bm command. This
method of beam generation has the advantage that one can connect any existing noe with any other
existing node using a curve or a line. This method has the disadvantage that if a part is changed in a
subsequent running of the session file, any reference in the bm command to an existing node may be
incorrect and will have to be changed. This is the usual, non-parametric, nature of the merge phase. This
command is fully interactive. Beams are strung along a 3D curve, interpolated along a line to connect
existing nodes.

The second method of beam element generation extracts the needed nodes from an existing shell or brick
part. This is only available within the Part Phase and has the usual advantage of the part phase of being
parametric. If any parts are changed and the session file rerun, these beam commands will automatically
adjust to the changes. The ibm and ibmi commands create beams along i-lines of the mesh, the jbm and
jbmi along j-lines, and the kbm and kbmi along k-lines. This is a way to embed beam elements within
a shell of a brick structure. Alternatively, the material of the parent shell of brick part can be set to 0
so that the part can be generated as usual, but so that the shell or brick elements will not be saved. The
nodes that are used in any of these beam commands will be saved along with the beam elements.

The denigrated beam and cbeam commands create beams by connecting a pair of nodes with a string
of beam elements. Intermediate nodes along the string are linearly interpolated. This is the INGRID
method. It is not interactive. It is easy to change an INGRID beam part into this part.

Beam properties are defined using bsd and bind.

Cross sectional properties, and in particular thicknesses, are not scaled by the xsca, ysca, zsca, and csca
commands.

bm create a string of beam elements

bm options ;
where
option can be:
(Selection of the first node)
n1 node_# to make an existing node the first node of the beams.
pm1 point_mass_# to make a point mass node the first node of the beams.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

280 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 rt1 x y z const ; to create the first node of the bea m s in C a rtesia n
coordinates.
cy1 ñ è z const ; to create the first node of the beams in cylindrical
coordinates.
sp1 ñ è ö const ; to create the first node of the beams in spherical
coordinates.
(Selection of the second node)
n2 node_# to make an existing node the last node of the beams.
pm2 point_mass_# to make a point mass the last node of the beams.
rt2 x y z const ; to create the last node of the beams in Cartesia n
coordinates.
cy2 ñ è z const ; to create the last node of the beams in cylindrical
coordinates.
sp2 ñ è ö const ; to crea te the last node of the beams in spherical
coordinates.
(Selection of the orientation)
n3 node_# to make an existing node the last node of the beams.
pm3 point_mass_# to make a point mass the last node of the beams.
rt3 x y z const ; to crea te the la st node of the bea m s in Cartesia n
coordinates.
cy3 ñ è z const ; to create the last node of the beams in cylindrical
coordinates.
sp3 ñ è ö const ; to crea te the la st node of the beams in spherical
coordinates.
n4 node_# to make an existing node the intermediate quadratic
node of a single beam.
pm4 point_mass_# to make a point mass the intermediate quadratic node
of a single beam.
rt4 x y z const ; to create the intermediate quadratic node of a single
beam in Cartesian coordinates.
cy4 ñ è z const ; to create the intermediate quadratic node of a single
beam in cylindrical coordinates.
sp4 ñ è ö const ; to create the intermediate quadratic node of a single
beam in spherical coordinates.
orient x y z to specify a coordinate triple to orient the beams.
sd surface_# to orient beam axes in the orientation of the normal of
the surface
vxyz to orient beam axes in the direction of the vector
(Misc. options)
mate material_# to specify the material number.
cs cross_section_# to specify the cross section number (see bsd).

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 281

 nbms number_of_beams to specify the number of beams in the string (default is
1).
indc const ; to specify the constraints on the intermediate nodes.
bb n to specify a 1D block boundary as the path
nd1c const ; to specify the constraints on the first end node along a
block boundary.
nd2c const ; to specify the constraints on the last end node along a
block boundary.
cur 3d_curve_# to interpolate the string of beams along a 3D curve.
(Selection of the nodal spacing)
res geometricratio for relative spacing of nodes (default is equal spacing).
drs first_geometricratio second_geometricratio
for double relative spacing of nodes.
nds nodal_distribution_function_#
for nodal distribution by a function.
as 0 first_thickness first element length
as 1 last_thickness last element length
das first_element_thickness last_element_thickness
first and last element length
sthi sthi for thickness in the y-direction.
sthi1 sthi1 for thickness in the y-direction at the first end point.
sthi2 sthi2 for thickness in the y-direction at the last end point.
tthi tthi for thickness in the z-direction.
tthi1 tthi1 for thickness in the z-direction at the first end point.
tthi2 tthi2 for thickness in the z-direction at the last end point.
csarea csarea for the cross section area
sharea sharea shear area
inertia Iss Itt Irr inertia moments
vold volume volume of Discrete Beam
lump inertia lumped inertia
cablcid system_# local coordinate system id number defined by the lsys
cabarea area cable area
caboff offset cable offset

(Selection of the nodal offsets)

noint for no interior node offset interpolation
roff1 roff1 for x-component of offset vector for first node
soff1 soff1 for y-component of offset vector for first node
toff1 toff1 for z-component of offset vector for first node
roff2 roff2 for x-component of offset vector for last node
soff2 soff2 for y-component of offset vector for last node

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

282 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 toff2 toff2 for z-component of offset vector for last node

(Selection of the pin flags)

ldr1 release the x-translation constraint at first node
lds1 release the y-translation constraint at first node
ldt1 release the z-translation constraint at first node
lrr1 release the x-rotation constraint at first node
lrs1 release the y-rotation constraint at first node
lrt1 release the z-rotation constraint at first node
ldr2 release the x-translation constraint at last node
lds2 release the y-translation constraint at last node
ldt2 release the z-translation constraint at last node
lrr2 release the x-rotation constraint at last node
lrs2 release the y-rotation constraint at last node
lrt2 release the z-rotation constraint at last node
ldr3 release the x-translation constraint at intermediate nodes
lds3 release the y-translation constraint at intermediate nodes
ldt3 release the z-translation constraint at intermediate nodes
lrr3 release the x-rotation constraint at intermediate nodes
lrs3 release the y-rotation constraint at intermediate nodes
lrt3 release the z-rotation constraint at intermediate nodes
ldp displacement for the initial longitudinal displacement.
theta angle for the orientation angle for the cross section.
warpage first_warpage_node second_warpage_node
for two nodes used to determine warpage in the beam.
geom option for the method of determining curvature for the
NASTRAN CBEND element.
where option can be
1 Center of curvature
2 Tangent of Centroid Arc
3 Bend Radius
4 Arc Angle
where const can be any of
dx to constrain the x-displacement
dy to constrain the y-displacement
dz to constrain the z-displacement
rx to constrain the x-axis rotation
ry to constrain the y-axis rotation
rz to constrain the z-axis rotation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 283

Remarks

Use the linear (default) or quadratic command prior to this command to determine the geometric type
of beam element to be generated.

There are many options to this command. However, many of the options are specific to a single
simulation code. There is some overlap, but there is little consistency among the simulation codes on
beam element properties. Care must be taken in selecting the options by knowing the options needed for
the target simulation code. The dialogue box makes these selections easier.

This command is functional in the Merge Phase, and it is designed to create a general collection of
beams or a single beam. We recommend that you use the dialogue box for bm.

You can use an existing node of the mesh for a beam, specify coordinates to create a new node for a
beam, or you can use a point mass as a node for a beam. Coordinates can be specified in Cartesian,
cylindrical, or spherical coordinates.

The cur option should not be used with bb, nd1c, nd2c, n4, pm4, rt4, cy4, and sp4.

Beam orientation can be defined using a third node, using a point mass, or by creating another node in
Cartesian, cylindrical, or spherical coordinates. Use the output-code specific options in the MATERIAL
Menu of the Control Phase to define materials for the beams.

Use the bsd to define a beam cross-section type.

Nodes are automatically created if the number of beams specified is greater than 1.

You can define beam elements that follow a 3D curve, and specify the number of such elements, along
with a spacing rule for the intermediate nodes.

Optional thickness parameters may be specified for the first and last beams when creating multiple
beams. Intermediate beams will have thicknesses that are interpolated from the end beams. You may
specify offsets for the first and last nodes, and optionally interpolate these offsets to intermediate nodes.

Constraints which couple the beams to the existing mesh can be eliminated. This may be done
separately for the first, last, and intermediate nodes. An initial longitudinal displacement can be
specified. An optional orientation angle can be specified. Warpage nodes can be defined for codes
which support such options. Bend geometry options can be specified for codes which support such
options.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

284 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

A simple frame structure composed of MARC beam elements is created. At first, the basic framework
of beam elements is defined in the Part Phase with use of the ibmi, jbmi and kbmi commands. Then
all 4 linear bricks are deleted by the delem command (or alternatively you can set the material of bricks
to 0). The beams 1 7 8 2 27 26 25 are also deleted to get the desired model. Four new beams
27 28 29 30 are created by the bm command using existing nodes. Nodes are labeled in Figure
233. Beams are labeled in Figure 234. The simplified command file follows:

block 1 2 3;1 2 3;1 2;0 5 10;0 5 10;0 5;

c strucured block mesh definition

ibmi 1 3; ; ;3 2 1 j 1 ;
c creation of beams in the i-direction 3 columns in the
c j-direction and 2 columns in the k-direction

jbmi 1 3; ; ;3 2 1 i 1 ;
c creation of beams in the j-direction 3 columns in the
c i-direction and 2 columns in the k-direction

kbmi 1 3; ; ;3 3 1 i 1 ;
c creation of beams in the k-direction 3 columns in the
c i-direction and 3 columns in the j-direction

merge

delem lb 1 2 3 4; c linear bricks 1 2 3 4 are deleted

delem lbm 1 7 8 2 27 26 25 ;
c linear beams 1 7 8 2 27 26 25 are deleted

bsd 1 marc52 area .1 iyy .053 izz .039 ixx .0444

etsay 100 etsaz 100 ; ;
c cross section 1 definition
c for marc52 beam - elastic beam
c ... cross sectional properties

bm n1 4 n2 12 mate 1 cs 1 ;
c beam definition by first node (n1) 4 and second node (n2) 12
c with material 1 and cross section 1

bm n1 12 n2 16 mate 1 cs 1 ;
c beam definition by first node (n1) 12 and second node (n2) 16

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 285

 c with material 1 and cross section 1

bm n1 3 n2 11 mate 1 cs 1 ;
c beam definition by first node (n1) 3 and second node (n2) 11
c with material 1 and cross section 1

bm n1 11 n2 15 mate 1 cs 1 ;
c beam definition by first node (n1) 11 and second node (n2) 15
c with material 1 and cross section 1

labels nodes c nodes are labeled

labels 1d c beams are labeled

Figure 233 Beam Structure Figure 234 Beam Structure

Example

The circular arc 3d curve is created by the curd command. Ten beam elements are generated along
the curve by the bm command (Figure 235). The first and last node coordinates do not have to be
coincident with the first and last point of the 3d curve.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

286 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

merge

curd 1 arc3
seqnc rt -10 0 0
rt 0 4 0
rt 10 0 0 ;
c 3d curve definition
c circular arc by sequence
c of 3 points

bm rt1 -10 0 0 ; rt2 10 0 0 ;

mate 1 cs 1 nbms 10 cur 1 ;
c beam definition
c -10 0 0 and 10 0 0
c are coordinates of the
c first and last point
c on arc
c material 1 and cross
c section 1 are assigned Figure 235 beams by bm
c to all 10 beams
c 3d curve number 1 is used

labels 1d beams are labeled

Example

The circular arc 3d curve is created by the curd

command. Ten beam elements are generated
along the curve by the bm command (Figure
236) by geometrical spacing with a factor of 0.9

merge
curd 1 arc3
seqnc rt -10 0 0
rt 0 4 0
rt 10 0 0 ;
c 3d curve definition
c circular arc by sequence
c of 3 points
bm rt1 -10 0 0 ; rt2 10 0 0 ;
mate 1 cs 1 nbms 10 cur 1
res .9;
c Beam definition
c -10 0 0 and 10 0 0 Figure 236 beams by bm

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 287

 c are coordinates of the
c first and last node.
c Material 1 and cross
c section 1 are assigned
c to all 10 beams
c 3d curve number 1 uses
c the spacing factor .9

labels 1d beams are labeled

Example

Twenty beams are created by 2 bm commands from coordinates of the start and end nodes. The start
and end nodes have assigned boundary conditions in x, y and z- directions. The local axes of all beams
are pointing towards the same orientation node with coordinates (.5,.5,0.). The intermediate
nodes (marked by red circles in Figure 237) have constrained displacements in the z-direction. The
simplified command file follows:

merge
bm rt1 0 0 0 dx dy dz ;
rt2 1 0 0 ; rt3 .5 .5 0. ;
mate 1 cs 2 nbms 10
indc dz ;;
c beam definition
c 0 0 0 and 1 0 0
c are coordinates of the
c first and last node
c .5 .5 0 are coordinates
c of the orientation node
c material 1 and cross
c section 2 are assigned
c to all 10 beams
c the intermediate nodes have
c constrained displacements
c dz
bm rt1 1 0 0 ;
rt2 1 1 0 dx dy dz ; Figure 237 orientation of beams
rt3 .5 .5 0. ;
mate 1 cs 2 nbms 10
indc dz ; ;
c beam definition
c 1 0 0 and 1 1 0
c are coordinates of the
c first and last node

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

288 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 c .5 .5 0 are coordinates
c of the orientation node
c material 1 and cross
c section 2 are assigned
c to all 10 beams
c the intermediate nodes have
c constrained displacements
c dz

Example

A beam structure is created by the bm command. A parametric 3d curve representing a parabola is

created by the curd command. Twenty beams are generated along the 3d curve. The vertical beams
(numbers 21 through 53) are generated from the start nodes numbered 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
14, 16, 18, and 20 respectively. The coordinates of the last node in each vertical string of
beams are formed from the coordinates of the first node, respectively, by zeroing the y-coordinate. It
is useful to use Pick by Label in the Environment Window and F7 to fill the coordinates of a node into
a dialogue box. Beams of the base (numbers 54 through 73) are generated from the pairs of existing
nodes consecutively (Figure 238 and Figure 239). The command file follows:

merge

curd 1 3dfunc -10 10 u ; -u*u/25+4 ;0; ;

c 2D curve parametric definition - parabola

bm rt1 -10 0 0 ; rt2 10 0 0 ; mate 3 cs 2 nbms 20 cur 1 ;

c 20 beams are generated on the curve 1 - parabola

bm n1 4 rt2 -8.2257433e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 2 ;

bm n1 6 rt2 -6.3288207e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 3 ;
bm n1 8 rt2 -4.3093190e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 4 ;
bm n1 10 rt2 -2.1856163e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 5 ;
bm n1 12 rt2 -2.3855813e-07 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 5 ;
bm n1 14 rt2 2.1856163e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 5 ;
bm n1 16 rt2 4.3093190e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 4 ;
bm n1 18 rt2 6.3288207e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 3 ;
bm n1 20 rt2 8.2257433e+00 0.0 0.0 ; mate 2 cs 1 nbms 2 ;
c The vertical beams (numbers 21 through 53) are generated
c from the start node numbers
c 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 and
c last node coordinates,
c which are derived from the start ones by zeroing
c the y-coordinate. Number of beams is from 2 to 5

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 289

bm n1 1 n2 22 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 22 n2 24 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 24 n2 27 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 27 n2 31 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 31 n2 36 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 36 n2 41 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 41 n2 46 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 46 n2 50 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 50 n2 53 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
bm n1 53 n2 2 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 ;
c Beams of the base (numbers 54 through 73) are generated
c from the pairs of existing nodes, consecutively

labels 1d c beams are labeled

labels nodes c nodes are labeled

Figure 238 beams by bm Figure 239 beams by bm

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

290 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

bms change the section properties of a set of beams

bms selection options ;

where
selection can be
set element_set select an element set containing beam elements
lbm element_list ; select a list of beam elements by number
option can be:
orient x y z specify a coordinate triple to orient the beams.
vxyz orient beam axes in the direction of the vector
cs cross_section_# specify the cross section number (see bsd).
sthi sthi thickness in the y-direction.
sthi1 sthi1 thickness in the y-direction at the first node
sthi2 sthi2 thickness in the y-direction at the last node
tthi tthi thickness in the z-direction.
tthi1 tthi1 thickness in the z-direction at the first node
tthi2 tthi2 thickness in the z-direction at the last node
csarea csarea the cross section area
sharea sharea shear area
inertia Iss Itt Irr inertia moments
vold volume volume of Discrete Beam
lump inertia lumped inertia
cablcid system_# local coordinate system id number defined by lsys
cabarea area cable area
caboff offset cable offset
noint for no interior node offset interpolation
roff1 roff1 for x-component of offset vector for first node
soff1 soff1 for y-component of offset vector for first node
toff1 toff1 for z-component of offset vector for first node
roff2 roff2 for x-component of offset vector for last node
soff2 soff2 for y-component of offset vector for last node
toff2 toff2 for z-component of offset vector for last node
ldr1 release the x-translation constraint at 1st node
lds1 release the y-translation constraint at 1st node
ldt1 release the z-translation constraint at 1st node
lrr1 release the x-rotation constraint at 1st node
lrs1 release the y-rotation constraint at 1st node
lrt1 release the z-rotation constraint at 1st node
ldr2 release the x-translation constraint at 2nd node
lds2 release the y-translation constraint at 2nd node
ldt2 release the z-translation constraint at 2nd node

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 291

 lrr2 release the x-rotation constraint at 2nd node
lrs2 release the y-rotation constraint at 2nd node
lrt2 release the z-rotation constraint at 2nd node
ldr1o no release of the x-translation constraint at 1st node
lds1o no release of the y-translation constraint at 1st node
ldt1o no release of the z-translation constraint at 1st node
lrr1o no release of the x-rotation constraint at 1st node
lrs1o no release of the y-rotation constraint at 1st node
lrt1o no release of the z-rotation constraint at 1st node
ldr2o no release of the x-translation constraint at 2nd node
lds2o no release of the y-translation constraint at 2nd node
ldt2o no release of the z-translation constraint at 2nd node
lrr2o no release of the x-rotation constraint at 2nd node
lrs2o no release of the y-rotation constraint at 2nd node
lrt2o no release of the z-rotation constraint at 2ns node
ldp displacement for the initial longitudinal displacement.
theta angle for the orientation angle for the cross section.
warpage first_warpage_node second_warpage_node
two nodes used to determine warpage in the beam.
geom option for the method of determining curvature for the
NASTRAN CBEND element.
where option can be
1 Center of curvature
2 Tangent of Centroid Arc
3 Bend Radius
4 Arc Angle
where const can be any of
dx to constrain the x-displacement
dy to constrain the y-displacement
dz to constrain the z-displacement
rx to constrain the x-axis rotation
ry to constrain the y-axis rotation
rz to constrain the z-axis rotation

Remarks

Refer to the bm command for more details on the meaning of these cross sectional properties.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

292 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

delem delete a set of elements

delem option list_of_elements ;

where an
option must be one of the following:
lb for 3D linear 8-node brick elements
ls for 2D linear 4-node shell elements
lbm for 1D linear 2-node beam elements
qb for 3D quadratic 8-node brick elements
qs for 2D quadratic 4-node shell elements
qbm for 1D quadratic 3-node beam elements
eset set_name to delete all elements in an element set
Remarks

All boundary constraints and conditions associated with these deleted elements are removed from the
TrueGrid ® internal database. Any nodes used to define these elements, which are not used in the
definition of other elements, are removed. The sorting and data rearrangement due to element deletion
can be extensive and time consuming. For this reason, it is recommended that a group of elements be
deleted instead of one at a time. This command cannot be undone. When elements are deleted, they
cannot be retrieved.

etd specify the element types to be displayed in the graphics

etd options ;
where
an option can be any of the following:
1dl switch for linear 1D beam elements
2dl switch for linear 2D shell elements
3dl switch for linear 3D brick elements
1dq switch for quadratic 1D beam elements
2dq switch for quadratic 2D shell elements
3dq switch for quadratic 3D brick elements
where
switch can be
on
off

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 293

rbe rigid body elements

rbe element_# type parameters

where the parameters vary depending on the type from the following
rrod node const ; node const ;
where only one of the following constraints can be selected for const
mdx dependent translation in x
mdy dependent translation in y
mdz dependent translation in z
where a node can be selected by it's number or by coordinates
node node_# any exist node
rt x y z new node in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z new node in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi new node in spherical coordinates
rbar node const ; node const ;
where a constraint const can be formed using
ndx independent translation in x
ndy independent translation in y
ndz independent translation in z
nrx independent rotation in x
nry independent rotation in y
nrz independent rotation in z
mdx dependent translation in x
mdy dependent translation in y
mdz dependent translation in z
mrx dependent rotation in x
mry dependent rotation in y
mrz dependent rotation in z
where a node can be selected by it's number or by coordinates
node node_# any exist node
rt x y z new node in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z new node in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi new node in spherical coordinates
rtrplt node const ; node const ; node3 const ;
where a constraint const can be formed using
ndx independent translation in x
ndy independent translation in y
ndz independent translation in z
nrx independent rotation in x
nry independent rotation in y
nrz independent rotation in z

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

294 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 mdx dependent translation in x
mdy dependent translation in y
mdz dependent translation in z
mrx dependent rotation in x
mry dependent rotation in y
mrz dependent rotation in z
where a node can be selected by it's number or by coordinates
node node_# any exist node
rt x y z new node in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z new node in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi new node in spherical coordinates
rbe2 node const ; list_nodes ;
where a constraint const can be formed using
mdx dependent translation in x
mdy dependent translation in y
mdz dependent translation in z
mrx dependent rotation in x
mry dependent rotation in y
mrz dependent rotation in z
where a node can be selected by it's number or by coordinates
node node_# any exist node
rt x y z new node in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z new node in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi new node in spherical coordinates
rbe3 node const ; [node const ; weight list_nodes ;];
where a constraint const can be formed using
mdx dependent translation in x
mdy dependent translation in y
mdz dependent translation in z
mrx dependent rotation in x
mry dependent rotation in y
mrz dependent rotation in z
where a node can be selected by it's number or by coordinates
node node_# any exist node
rt x y z new node in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z new node in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi new node in spherical coordinates
Remarks

This command generates rigid body elements for NASTRAN and NE/NASTRAN. The nodes used to
form the rigid body are identified by node number or by coordinates in the neighborhood. This

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 295

command supports 5 types of rigid bodies. They are:

1. rrod is for a rob rigid element formed with two nodes with one end pinned.
2. rbar is for a bar rigid element formed with two nodes and 6 DOF.
3. rtrplt is for a plate rigid element formed with three nodes.
4. rbe2 is for a rigid body.
5. rbe3 is for an interpolation constraint element.

The dependencies are best described in the NASTRAN or NE/NASTRAN manuals.

11. Commands Related to Parts

linear specify following parts to use linear elements

linear (no arguments)

Remarks

For all subsequent parts, all brick elements with have 8 nodes, one at every corner of the brick. Shell
elements will have 4 nodes, one at every corner. Beam elements will have 2 nodes, one at each end.
This is the default.

After entering the merge phase and merging nodes, if an edge or face becomes degenerate, forming a
different element type, such as a wedge or tetrahedron, the number of nodes are changed for that
element.

This command has no affect on the models imported using the readmesh command.

quadratic specify following parts to use quadratic elements

quadratic (no arguments)

Remarks

For all subsequent parts, all brick elements with have 20 nodes, one at every corner of the brick and an
additional mid-edge node for each of the 12 edges of the element. Shell elements will have 4 nodes, one
at every corner and an additional mid-edge node for each of the 4 edges of the shell element. Beam
elements will have 2 nodes, one at each end.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

296 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

After entering the merge phase and merging nodes, if an edge or face becomes degenerate, forming a
different element type, such as a wedge or tetrahedron, the number of nodes are changed for that
element.

This command has no affect on the models imported using the readmesh command.

sparticle smooth particle hydrodynamic elements (SPH) for LSDYNA

sparticle (no arguments)

Remarks

For subsequent parts, all brick elements will be converted to smooth particle hydrodynamic elements.
This is for LSDYNA output only. When building a part, the usual hex mesh graphics will be shown.
Only after ending the part and entering the merge phase, will the representation of the SPH elements be
shown. To continue using linear or quadratic bricks, issue the linear or quadratic command before
initiating a new part.

Use the lsdymats commands to assign properties for SPH elements. Be sure to specify the material
density when defining this material. It is needed to complete the SPH elements.

Use the plane command to define the SPH symmetry plane.

Use the vd command to define a SPH box.

SPH control parameters can be set using the lsdyopts command.

Example

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 3
sparticle
block 1 4 7 10;1 4 7 10;1 4 7 10;
-1 -1 1 1 -1 -1 1 1 -1 -1 1 1
dei 1 2 0 3 4; 1 2 0 3 4;;
dei 1 2 0 3 4;; 1 2 0 3 4;
dei ; 1 2 0 3 4; 1 2 0 3 4;
sfi -1 -4; -1 -4; -1 -4;sd 1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 297

Figure 240 hex mesh in the part phase Figure 241 SPH centers in merge phase

partmode part command indices format

partmode mode
where
mode can be
s for standard (default)
i for interval

Remarks

The standard method is described in the block, cylinder, and blude command remarks. The interval
mode uses 3 lists of numbers, one for each index direction. The difference is that they are the number
of elements for each region. This implies that there will be one less number in each list if the interval
mode is specified. An analogy is a fence. The standard method indicates the position of each fence post
from the start of the fence while the interval mode specifies gaps between the fence posts.

This command only applies to the block, cylinder, and blude commands.

The default is s.

The standard mode is more complex but has the advantage of creating both solids and shells. It also has
the same format as the index progressions in the part phase commands. The interval mode is preferred

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

298 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

because if the number of elements in one region is to be modified, only one number in the part command
needs to be modified.

Examples

In these two examples, the result is the same.

parameters
i1 1
i2 [%i1+2]
i3 [%i2+4]
j1 1
j2 [%j1+4]
k1 1
k2 [%k1+1]
k3 [%k2+2] ;
partmode s c default
block %i1 %i2 %i3;%j1 %j2;%k1 %k2 %k3;0 .1 .2;1 1.2;2 2.3 2.5;

partmode i
block 2 4;4;1 2;0 .1 .2;1 1.2;2 2.3 2.5;

trprt transform a part

trprt part_# trans ;

where trans is a product from left to right of the following operators
mx x_offset to translate in the x direction
my y_offset to translate in the y direction
mz z_offset to translate in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset to translate by a vector
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx theta to rotate about the x axis
ry theta to rotate about the y axis
rz theta to rotate about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy to reflect about the x-y plane
ryz to reflect about the y-z plane
rzx to reflect about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 299

 where each argument consists of a coordinate type followed by coordinates:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each argument consists of a coordinate type followed by coordinates:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate

Remarks

This command is a way to transform parts in the merge phase instead of transforming in the part phase.

12. Displacements, Velocities, and Accelerations

These commands specify displacements, velocities, and accelerations, usually for initial or boundary
conditions. In most of them, the arguments take the form

load_curve amplitude x y z

The displacement, velocity, etc. is applied in the direction given by the vector (x, y, z), which might be
in Cartesian, cylindrical, or spherical coordinates. For some simulation codes like DYNA3D, the
magnitude of the condition is the product of the amplitude and the current value of the load curve.
In this case, the load curve is a time-dependent function given by the load curve number, load_curve.
In some other simulation codes, such as ABAQUS, the load curve number is associated with a step, and
in other simulation codes like NASTRAN, the load curve number is associated with a load case.

Also see the Displacement, Velocities, and Acceleration section in the Part Phase (Generation chapter).

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

300 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

acc Cartesian prescribed nodal boundary acceleration

acc nodes load_curve ampl options x y z

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
load_curve for a load curve or zero
ampl for the amplitude
where options can be any of
exclude exclude normal directions (for Lsdyna)
birth time specify starting time (for Lsdyna)
death time specify ending time (for Lsdyna)
where
xyz for the x, y, and z components of the acceleration

bv prescribed boundary surface velocities for NEKTON

bv fset face_set fx fy fz

deform assigns deformations to beam elements

deform type object sid deformation

where type and object are related
beam beam_# beam number (rods or bars)
eset element_set element set name, assumed to contain rods or bars
where sid set identification number
where deformation magnitude of deformation

Remarks

This command defines rod and bar element deformations for NASTRAN and NE/NASTRAN. It does
not check to see if the beam element cross section type (bsd) is a rod or bar.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 301

dis initial nodal displacement
dis nodes option x y z
where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
option can be
sid id for a set identification number
r to flag this command for rotational conditions
xyz for the x, y, and z-components of the displacement

Remarks

When a node is assigned several displacements, the last one specified is the one that is used. The r flag
converts this command to mean nodal rotational velocities. The sid is used by several output options
to indicate a load case or step.

fd displacement boundary condition

fd nodes load_curve ampl options x y z

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
load_curve for a load curve or zero
ampl for the amplitude
where options can be any of
exclude exclude normal directions (for Lsdyna)
birth time specify starting time (for Lsdyna)
death time specify ending time (for Lsdyna)
where
xyz are the x, y, and z-components of the displacement.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

302 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

fv prescribed velocities

fv nodes load_curve ampl options x y z

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
load_curve for a load curve number or zero
ampl for the amplitude
where options can be any of
exclude exclude normal directions (for Lsdyna)
birth time specify starting time (for Lsdyna)
death time specify ending time (for Lsdyna)
where
xyz for the x, y, and z-components of the velocity

frb prescribed rotational boundary

frb nodes load_# amplitude options condition direction

where nodes can be
n node_number
rt x y z
cy ñ è z
sp ñ è ö
nset set_name
where options can be any of the following
birth time
death time
offset offset1 offset2
where condition must be one of the following
v velocities
a accelerations
d displacements
dofv nodal dof velocities
dofa nodal dof accelerations
dofd nodal dof displacements
where direction must be one of the following

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 303

 x about the x-axis
y about the y-axis
z about the z-axis
v x 0 y0 z0 about an arbitrary axis
ex not about the x-axis
ey not about the y-axis
ez not about the z-axis
ev x 0 y 0 z 0 not about an arbitrary axis

Remarks

A condition can be a velocity, acceleration, displacement, or a nodal rotation. This is suited for Dyna3D
(velocities, accelerations, and nodal rotations) and Lsdyna. In these codes, the selected nodes are
prescribed this condition relative to an axis of rotation.

Use the frb option in the co merge phase command in the merge phase to display these conditions.

fvv prescribed variable velocities

fvv nodes load_curve amp_expr ; x_expr ; y_expr ; z_expr ;

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
load_curve for a load curve number or zero
amp_expr for the FORTRAN amplitude
x_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the velocity x-component
y_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the velocity y-component
z_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the velocity z-component

Remarks

This command assigns velocities, allowing for the amplitude factor and the Cartesian vector
components to be calculated using a FORTRAN expression. Each expression can reference the nodal
coordinates x, y, and z.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

304 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

vacc Cartesian prescribed variable nodal boundary acceleration

vacc nodes load_curve amp_expr ; x_expr ; y_expr ; z_expr ;

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
load_curve for a load curve number or zero
amp_expr for the FORTRAN amplitude
x_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the x-component of the acceleration
y_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the y-component of the acceleration
z_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the z-component of the acceleration
Remarks

This command assigns accelerations, allowing for the amplitude factor and the Cartesian vector
components to be calculated using a FORTRAN expression. Each expression can reference the nodal
coordinates X, Y, and Z.

ve initial nodal velocity

ve nodes option x y z
where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
option can be
sid id for a set identification number
r to flag this command for rotational conditions
xyz for the x, y, and z-components of the velocity
Remarks

T his overrides the velocities specified by the velocity and rotation commands. When a node is
assigned several velocities, the last one specified is the one that is used. The r flag converts this
command to mean nodal rotational velocities. The sid is used by several output options to indicate a
load case or step.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 305

13. Force, Pressure, and Loads
These commands specify loads, displacements, or similar conditions. In most of them, the arguments
include

load_curve amplitude x y z

The load, displacement, etc. is applied in the direction given by the vector (x, y, z), which might be in
Cartesian, cylindrical, or spherical coordinates. For some simulation codes like DYNA3D, the
magnitude of the load, displacement, etc. is the product of the amplitude and the current value of the
load curve. In this case, the load curve is a time-dependent function given by the load curve number,
load_curve. In some other simulation codes, such as ABAQUS, the load curve number is associated
with a step, and in other simulation codes like NASTRAN, the load curve number is associated with
a load case.

fa fixed nodal rotations

fa nodes angle_x angle_y angle_z

where
nodes can be
n node_number
rt x y z
cy rho theta z
sp rho theta phi
nset name_of_set
angle_x is the rotation about the x axis,
angle_y is the rotation about the y axis,
angle_z is the rotation about the z axis

fc concentrated nodal loads

fc nodes load_# amplitude fx fy fz

where
nodes can be
n node_number
rt x y z
cy rho theta z
sp rho theta phi
nset name_of_set

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

306 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 load_# is a load curve number, specifying the force’s change in time,
amplitude is a load curve multiplier,
fx is the initial force in the x-direction
fy is the initial force in the y-direction
fz is the initial force in the z-direction

ffc concentrated nodal load with a follower force

ffc nodes load_# amplitude node 1 node 2 node 3

where nodes can be
n node_number
rt x y z
cy ñ è z
sp ñ è ö
nset set_name

Remarks

A follower plane is defined using the three nodes. The normal of the plane defines the direction of the
force. This is used for Dyna3D and Lsdyna.

Use the co merge phase command with the fcc option to view this condition.

fmom follower nodal moment

fmom nodes load_# amplitude node 1 node 2 node 3

where nodes can be
n node_number
rt x y z
cy ñ è z
sp ñ è ö
nset set_name

Remarks

A follower plane is defined using three nodes. The moment is about the normal of the follower plane.
This is used for Lsdyna.

Use the co merge phase command with the fmom option to view this condition.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 307

mom nodal moment about one global coordinate axis

mom nodes load_# moment direction

where
nodes can be
n node_number
rt x y z
cy rho theta z
sp rho theta phi
nset name_of_set
direction can be
x,
y, or
z axis

pr pressure load

pr fset face_set load_curve amplitude

where
face_set face set name
load_curve is a load curve number or zero
amplitude is an amplitude factor

Remarks

Pressure is a scalar quantity applied to a face of an element. A positive pressure acts on a face in the
direction opposite the positive normal of the face.

All faces within the set are assigned the same pressure condition. When a load curve accompanies the
condition, the pressure becomes time dependent. If the load curve number is zero, no load curve is
specified and the pressure load is considered a constant.

The positive normal direction can be specified using the orpt command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

308 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

14. Boundary and Constraint conditions

b nodal displacement and rotation constraints

b nodes option_list ;
where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a pont in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
an option is
sid n set identification number
dx for x-displacement
dy for y-displacement
dz for z-displacement
rx for rotation about the x-axis
ry for rotation about the y-axis
rz for rotation about the z-axis
followed by a value of
0 in order to initialize to no constraint
1 to constrain

Remarks

This command adds nodal constraints in the global coordinate system. Initially there are no constraints.
Each b command modifies the constraints for the nodes of the region. Thus several commands may set
different constraints for the same node. This has a cumulative effect. For example, you can remove
degrees of freedom in the x-direction for nodes of an edge of the mesh. Then the constraint lists of all
nodes along this edge are modified to reflect this constraint. Then you could place a displacement
constraint in the y-direction on an adjoining edge of the mesh. The corner node where these two edges
meet would then be supported in both the x and y-directions.

Several other commands can affect the constraints. For example, the plan command with the symm
option for symmetry can add constraints if the symmetry plane is parallel to one of the coordinate
planes.

Different nodes may be merged into one. The merged node inherits ALL of the constraints of the nodes
which were merged into it. To view the different constraints in the model, use the condition command
with the dx, dy, dz, rx, ry, or rz options.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 309

Sid specifies a set identification number so that the nodal constraints are written to the NASTRAN and
NE/NASTRAN output using the SPC1 and SPCADD keywords. For ABAQUS output, the set
identification number becomes the load set number used in abcload option of the abaqstep to associate
the boundary condition with a step in the analysis.

cfc boundary conditions for the CF3D output option

cfc id type parameters faces

where
the type and parameters can be:
fv vx vy vz
ft temperature
fsp species_# amplitude
ol pressure
il vx vy vz
wall
ufl amplitude
vfl amplitude
wfl amplitude
tfl temperature
spf species_# amplitude
cb
faces can be a sequence of the following terminated with a “;”
lb1 list ; for linear brick face 1
lb2 list ; for linear brick face 2
lb3 list ; for linear brick face 3
lb4 list ; for linear brick face 4
lb5 list ; for linear brick face 5
lb6 list ; for linear brick face 6
list is a sequence of element numbers
or
faces can be one of the following
surface surface_# tolerance #_nodes
where
tolerance is the accepted distance from the surface
#_nodes is the required number of corner nodes within tolerance
set face_set_name

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

310 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

A set of faces can be generated using options in the Part Phase with the fset command. Face sets can be
modified or generated in the Merge Phase with either the fset command or the set window in the pick
panel of the environment window. Only the linear brick element faces will be used by this command.
It is usually better to define face sets in the Part Phase so that it is parametric. However, the cfc
command is also available in the Part Phase so if you are going to define the set in the Part Phase to be
used for the cfc command, it is simpler to use the cfc command in the Part Phase. In those cases when
the regions in the part do not create the desired effect, use the set feature in the Merge Phase.

The surface option applies only to the nodes in the picture. This is all of the nodes in the active list of
parts and materials.

Examples

cfc first fv 1.2 2.3 3.4 surface 33 .001 4

This example creates a fixed velocity boundary condition called first. All faces of the mesh with all 4
nodes within .001 distance of surface 33 will be assigned this condition.

cfc house ob set hs1

This example assigns the obstruction boundary condition called house to all of the faces in the hs1 face
set.

cfc 3142 ol -2.34e+08 lb1 4 219 410:435; lb3 3:8 29:34;;

This command assigns the outlet pressure condition numbered 3142 to face number 1 of the linear brick
elements 4, 219, and 410 thru 435. It assigns the same condition to face number 3 of the linear brick
elements 3 thru 8 and 29 thru 34.

fbc FLUENT boundary conditions

fbc fset face_set type zone

where type can be
interior
wall
pr_inlet pressure-inlet
inlet_ve inlet-vent
intake_f intake-fan
pr_outle pressure-outlet

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 311

 exhaust_ exhaust-fan
outlet_v outlet-vent
symmetry
per_shad periodic-shadow
pr_far_f pressure-far-field
velocity velocity-inlet
periodic
fan
porous_j porous-jump
radiator
mass_flo mass-flow-inlet
interfac interface
outflow
axis

il identifies an inlet for fluid flow.

il fset face_set

infol print nodal information with a specific load/condition

infol nodes type

where
nodes can be
n node_number a node number
rt x y z a Cartesian coordinate
cy rho theta z a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi a point in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set a node set
type can be
all load_curve_# for all nodal conditions
fc load_# for force
fd load_curve_# for fixed displacement
fv load_curve_# for fixed velocity
ft load_curve_# for forced temperature
tm for initial temperature
sw stone_wall_# for stone wall
v for electrostatic potential
acc load_curve_# for acceleration

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

312 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 fa for fixed angular displacement
mp for magnetic potential
mom load_# for moment
lb local_system_# for constraint in local coordinate system
ve for velocity
te for temperature
si interface_# S for nodal sliding interface
tepro load_curve_# scale base_temp for Temperature
where load_curve_#, stone_wall_#, interface_#, or local_system_#
can be 0 for all cases.
Remarks

This command will print a table of nodes with specific loads and conditions to the Text Window. The
set of nodes can be selected by node number, location, or by containment in a set. The b command is
not included since the conditions command can graphically display the nodes of a specific constraint.

Some of the types of loads include a load case or load curve number. If 0 is used, then all cases will be
used in the command.

jt assign nodes to a joint

jt joint_# local_node_# options ;

where local_node depends on the type of joint (see jd)
where an option can be
n node_number use an existing node
p x y z rigid_body_material_# new node in Cartesian coordinates
c rho theta z rigid_body_material_# new node in cylindrical coordinates
s rho theta phi rigid_body_material_# new node in spherical coordinates
v x_offset y_offset z_offset offset the new node
dx x-displacement constraint on new node
dy y-displacement constraint on new node
dz z-displacement constraint on new node
rx x-rotation constraint on new node
ry y-rotation constraint on new node
rz z-rotation constraint on new node

Remarks

This command assigns a node to a numbered joint defined by jd. Each node in a joint is assigned a node
sequence number which is referred to as its local node number. Each type of joint requires a different

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 313

number of nodes and the role a node plays in the joint depends on the joint type and the node local node
number. The simplest example of a joint is when a set of nodes share constraints. In this case the
ordering of the nodes are not important. Up to 16 nodes can be included in a shared constraint joint. The
nodal constraints available in this command apply to new nodes defined using the p, c, or s options.

kivabc boundary conditions for kiva4 output format

kivabc face_set type

where type can be
moving for moving piston
movingb1 for moving bottom face of 1st valve
movingt1 for moving top face of 1st valve
movingb2 for moving bottom face of 2nd valve
movingt2 for moving top face of 2nd valve
movingb3 for moving bottom face of 3rd valve
movingt3 for moving top face of 3rd valve
movingb4 for moving bottom face of 4th valve
movingt4 for moving top face of 4th valve
solid for a face of a solid
solidh for a solid face of a cylinder head
axis for a face on the axis
fluid for a fluid face (default)
inflow for an inlet
outflow for an outlet
presin for pressure inflow
presout for pressure outflow
userdef value for user defined condition

lb local nodal displacement and rotation constraints

lb nodes system_# option_list ;

where a system is defined using the command lsys
where an option is
dx flag for x-displacement
dy flag for y-displacement
dz flag for z-displacement
rx flag for rotation about the x-axis
ry flag for rotation about the y-axis
rz flag for rotation about the z-axis

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

314 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 where the flag can be
0 for initialize to no constraint
1 for constrain
where nodes must be one of
n node for an existing node
rt x y z for a new node in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a new node in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a new node in spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
Remarks

Use this command to set constraints on nodes that cannot be set using the b or bi commands because
they are restricted to the global coordinate system. Care is needed not to over specify the constraints on
a node. No warnings are given if a node is over constrained. Use the lsys command to define the local
coordinate system.

mpc shared nodal (multiple point) constraints for a nodal set

mpc node_set_name constraints ;

where
a constraint can be:
dx for constrained displacement in the x-direction
dy for constrained displacement in the y-direction
dz for constrained displacement in the z-direction
rx for constrained rotations about the x-axis
ry for constrained rotations about the y-axis
rz for constrained rotations about the z-axis

Remarks

The mpc command assigns constraints to be shared by a set of nodes. This set of nodes is defined by
the nset command. The nodes in the set share a specified degree of freedom. The first node is the
master node for those codes requiring a master node. When a merge command such as t, tp, or stp is
issued, those nodes in a mpc are not merged together.

nr non-reflecting boundary

nr fset face_set

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 315

ol identifies a face of the mesh as an outlet for fluid flow

ol fset face_set

rigid create a rigid body from a nodal set

rigid node_set_name options ;

where
options can be
cid local_sys_id
rgm rigid_body_material_number for NIKE3D
com x_center y_center z_center
trm translational_mass
lcid local_coordinate_system_for_inertia for inertia tensor
ixx xx-component_of_inertia_tensor
ixy xy-component_of_inertia_tensor
ixz xz-component_of_inertia_tensor
iyy yy-component_of_inertia_tensor
iyz yz-component_of_inertia_tensor
izz zz-component_of_inertia_tensor
trv x_velocity y_velocity z_velocity
rtv x_rot_velocity y_rot_velocity z_rot_velocity

Remarks

This command allows you to append nodes to an existing rigid body for NIKE3D, or to create a nodal
rigid body for LS-DYNA. The nodes appended to a NIKE3D rigid body inherit constraints, and so no
constraints can be specified; the material number of the existing rigid body is required. For LS-DYNA,
the nodal rigid body is created and all properties of the rigid body can be specified.

rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes

rml nodes type

where
nodes can be
n node_number a node number
rt x y z a Cartesian coordinate
cy rho theta z a cylindrical coordinate
sp rho theta phi a spherical coordinate

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

316 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 nset name_of_set a node set
type can be
all load_curve_# for all conditions for a load case (curve)
fc load_# for Nodal force by load curve
fd load_curve_# for Nodal displacement
fv load_curve_# for Nodal velocity
ft load_curve_# for Nodal velocity
tm for Initial temperature
sw stone_wall_# for Nodes impacting a stone wall
v for Electrostatic temperature
acc load_curve_# for Nodal acceleration
fa for Fixed nodal angular acceleration
mp for Magnetic potential
mom load_# for Nodal moment about an axis
lb local_system_# for Local coordinate nodal constraints
ve for Velocity
te for Temperature
si interface_# S for Nodal sliding interface
tepro load_curve_# scale base_temp for Temperature
where load_curve_#, stone_wall_#, interface_#, or local_system_#
can be 0 for all cases
Remarks

There is no undo command for the Merge Phase. However, you can remove a condition placed on a
node set using the rml command. The rml command is more general than an undo because it can be
used to remove conditions from any node set, whether or not the condition was applied directly to the
node set in the first place.

rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes

rsl nodes type

where
nodes can be
n node_number a node number
rt x y z a Cartesian coordinate
cy rho theta z a cylindrical coordinate
sp rho theta phi a spherical coordinate
nset name_of_set a node set
type can be
all load_curve_# for all conditions for a load case (curve)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 317

 fc load_# for Nodal force by load
fd load_curve_# for Nodal displacement
fv load_curve_# for Nodal velocity
ft load_curve_# for Nodal velocity
tm for Initial temperature
sw stone_wall_# for Nodes impacting a stone wall
v for Electrostatic temperature
acc load_curve_# for Nodal acceleration
fa for Fixed nodal angular acceleration
mp for Magnetic potential
mom load_# for Nodal moment about an axis
lb local_system_# for Local coordinate nodal constraints
ve for Velocity
te for Temperature
si interface_# S for Nodal sliding interface
tepro load_curve_# scale base_temp for Temperature
where load_curve_#, stone_wall_#, interface_#, or local_system_# can be 0
Remarks

This command is the inverse of rml.

spotweld interactive selection of spot welds

spotweld (no arguments)

Figure 242 Spotweld dialogue box Figure 243 Selecting nodes

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

318 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

This feature is an easy and interactive way to create multiple spot welds using the mouse to click on the
nodes. It is only available in the merge phase. It creates spw commands and writes them to the tsave
(session) file.

The Spotweld # window should be set to the first spot weld number to be generated (see the spw
command). Also select the appropriate spot weld property definition number (see the spwd command).
Then click on nodes to be tied as a spotweld. Typically only two are needed, but NASTRAN allows for
many nodes to be tied as a rigid body, so you can click on more than 2 nodes for NASTRAN. Then
click on the Save & Next button. Repeat this for every spot weld.

An existing spot weld can be changed. Select the spot weld number by typing it into the Spotweld #
window and entry. The node numbers can be changed. Deselect the Insert Mode check mark. Click on
the node number in the Node List that you wish to change and then select a new node in the picture of
the mesh in the physical window. Nodes can be deleted (use the Delete button) or a node can be inserted
(use the Insert button) after a node already in the Node List. Be sure to Save this new spot weld.

You can scroll through the existing spot welds by clicking on the Next or Previous button. The nodes
in the physical window will be marked.

Use the co spw feature to view each spot weld.

spw create a single spot weld

spw id option nodes ;

where
id positive integer identifying the spot weld
where an option can be
spwd spwd_id see spwd for the property number
where a node can be
ann node_# which can be any literal node number
node node_# which must be an existing node number
loc x0 y0 z0 material_# to locate closest node
locc x0 y0 z0 material_# to locate closest node and change its location

Remarks

A literal node number will be output exactly as it is specified in this command. It does not have to refer
to an existing node. This option makes it possible to spot weld between two separately generated

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 319

meshes. Typically one or both meshes have node offsets (see offset).

This will generate the

*CONSTRAINED_SPOTWELD

and

*CONSTRAINED_SPOTWELD_FILTERED_FORCE

cards in LSDYNA. Use the spwd command to define the properties of the spot welds. When doing so,
be sure to specify both the number of force vectors and the time window to activate the filtered force
card.

For NASTRAN, the RBE2 card is generated.

Use the co spw feature to view each spot weld.

spwd spot weld property definitions

spwd id options ;
where
id positive integer identifying the spot weld properties definition
where an option can be
dx displacement in the x-direction for all nodes
dy displacement in the y-direction for all nodes
dz displacement in the z-direction for all nodes
rx rotation about the local x-axis for all nodes
ry rotation about the local y-axis for all nodes
rz rotation about the local z-axis for all nodes
sn nornal_force
ss shear_force
n normal_force_exponent
m shear_force_exponent
tf failure_time
ep effective_plastic_strain
nf #_force_vectors
tw time_window

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

320 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

This command defines the properties of a spotweld. These definitions are needed by the spw command
and the associated interactive command spotweld. The shared degrees of freedom flags are used for
NASTRAN. The other options are for LSDYNA.

spwf spot welds for LSDYNA material 100

spwf points sw_material 1st_contact 2nd_contact

where points can be
eqsp 3D_curve_# flag #_spotwelds
where flag can be
0 to include the last point
1 to not include the last point
pnts 3D_curve_# flag
where flag can be
0 to include the last point
1 to not include the last point
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
where 1st_contact and 2nd_contact can be
mat material_number

Remarks

Use the co spwf feature to view each spot weld.

sw select nodes that may impact a stone wall

sw nodes stone_wall_#
where
nodes can be:
n node_number node number
rt x y z a Cartesian coordinate
cy rho theta z a cylindrical coordinate
sp rho theta phi a spherical coordinate
nset name_of_set a node set

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 321

Remarks

First use the plane command to define the stone wall.

syf assign faces to a numbered symmetry plane with failure

syf fset face_set symmetry_plane_# failure

trp create tracer particles

trp tracking list_options ;

where
tracking can be fixed or free, and
an option is followed by some parameters
time start_time
point x0 y0 z0
lnpy x1 y1 z1 x2 y2 z2 #_tracers

Remarks

This defines the location and properties of Tracer Particles in Ls-dyna.

15. Radiation and Temperature Commands

These commands let you set various boundary conditions related to radiation and temperature. See also
the radiation and temperature commands in the Part Phase.

bf bulk fluid

bf fset face_set id_# load amplitude a b

where
face_set name of the face set
id_# bfd bulk fluid identification number
load load curve number
amplitude multiplier of the load curve
a exponent a
b exponent b

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

322 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

Use this command to identify those faces (surfaces) which are to be part of the bulk fluid (node)
calculation.

Use the orpt command to orient the faces as desired.

Use the co command with the bf option to display the bulk fluid faces.

cv boundary convection

cv fset face_set load_curve 1 amplitude 1 load_curve 2 amplitude 2 exponent

where
face_set name of the face set
load_curve 1 first load curve number or zero,
amplitude 1 amplitude factor for the first load curve,
load_curve 2 second load curve number or zero,
amplitude 2 amplitude factor for the second load curve, and
exponent exponent.

Remarks

First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation; that is, how to orient the normal vector.

A zero load curve number means that the condition is constant in time. If a curve is specified which has
not been defined, a warning message will be issued.

cvt convection thermal loads

cvt fset face_set coefficient temperature

where
face_set name of the face set
coefficient film coefficient
temperature temperature near convection

Remarks

First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation; that is, how to orient the outward normal

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 323

vector.

This command is used to create convection thermal loads for ANSYS. The first parameter is the film
coefficient. This is followed by the temperature near convection. This command will create the EP
cards for the ANSYS input file.

fl prescribed boundary flux

fl fset face_set load_curve_# amplitude

where
face_set name of the face set
load_curve_# a load curve number
amplitude amplitude constant

Remarks

First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation; that is, how to orient the outward normal
vector.

ft prescribed temperature

ft nodes load_# temperature

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set

Remarks

This specifies a time-dependent temperature boundary condition on the nodes. It is assumed that the
temperature used by the appropriate simulation code will be the product of the temperature and the
amplitude of the load curve at the appropriate time in the simulation.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

324 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

rb prescribed radiation boundary condition

rb fset face_set load_curve 1 amplitude 1 load_curve 2 amplitude 2

where
face_set name of the face set
load_curve 1 a load curve number
amplitude 1 amplitude constant
load_curve 2 a load curve number
amplitude 2 amplitude constant

Remarks

First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation; that is, how to orient the outward normal
vector.

If a load curve number is specified as zero, then the condition is constant in time.

re radiation enclosure

re fset face_set 0 temperature obstruction_flag

where
face_set name of the face set
temperature constant
obstruction flag is:
yes to include surface obstruction calculations
no to not include surface obstruction calculations

Remarks

First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation; that is, how to orient the outward normal
vector.

This command generates enclosure radiation data for TOPAZ3D. Use the emissivity and rband
commands to specify the emissivity and wavelength breakpoint tables associated with the enclosure
radiation data. For more details, see the TOPAZ3D manual.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 325

te constant temperature for all nodes

te nodes load_# temperature

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set

Remarks

These temperatures will override the temperatures specified by temp. When this command is invoked,
all nodal temperatures are assumed to be specified. See the temp commands.

tepro nodal temperature profile

tepro nodes load_# amp_expr ; temp_expr ;

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number or zero
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
amp_expr for a FORTRAN expression forming the scale factor
temp_expr for a FORTRAN expression forming the base temperature
Remarks

Both the base temperature and load curve scaling factor can be functions of the x, y, and z-coordinates
of the node. This command is used for input to DYNA3D, LS-DYNA, and NIKE3D.

tm initial temperature

tm nodes load_# temperature

where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

326 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a node set
Remarks

This command does not invoke temperatures for all nodes like the temp commands and the te and tei
commands.

vvhg volumetric heat generation w/ functional amplitude

vvhg set_name load_# expression ;

where
set_name element set name
load_# load curve number
expression amplitude expression
Remarks

The expression can be any valid FORTRAN like expression with x, y, and z. The coordinates used in
this expression will be the centroid of the element.

16. Electric Conditions

efl electric flux boundary condition

efl fset face_set value_of_flux

Remarks

This command produces four-node polygons with an assigned constant flux, one polygon for each face
within the region.

mp constant magnetic potential

mp nodes potential
where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 327

 cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
nset name_of_set for a point spherical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a node set

v constant nodal electrostatic potential boundary condition

v nodes potential
where
nodes can be
n node_number for a node number
rt x y z for a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates
nset name_of_set

17. Sets
These commands are unique to the Merge phase. Named sets are a useful tool in the definition of
boundary conditions and properties in the mesh and form an alternative to selecting regions in the Part
phase. An arbitrary selection can be made and this is the advantage to using set functions in the Merge
phase. The disadvantage is that the selection may no longer be parametric. If you go back and make a
change to the mesh, you may have to redefine the set since the element and node numbers have changed.

The name of the set can be up to 8 alphanumeric characters long. Each name of the set must be unique.

In some of the set commands, the logical or Boolean set operators AND and OR are used to create new
sets from existing sets. The AND operator between two sets means to take their intersection. This should
not be confused with the common usage of and which might be interpreted to mean the addition of two
sets. The OR operator does this function.

adnset add nodes to an ordered node set

adnset set_name insertion_node before/after list_of_nodes

where
set_name is the name of the node set
insertion_node is the sequence number of the node for the insertion point
before/after is either
0 for the insertion before the insertion node, or
1 for the insertion after the insertion node

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

328 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 list_of_nodes is the list of nodes, which will be inserted to the ordered node set.

Remarks

Figure 244 before adnset Figure 245 after adnset

This command adds or inserts a list of nodes into an ordered node set.

Example

Part 1 is created and a region is deleted. The node set named RGU is created using the index progression
1 2;-1;-3;. The index progression -2;1 2 ;-3; is used to enhance the RGU node set by union.
Part 2 is defined. Ordered node set RGU is labeled (Figure 244).

Then the nodes 633 642 651 are added to the ordered node set RGU, after sequence node number
5. The result is displayed on Figure 245. The command file follows:

block 1 3 7 9; 1 3 5 7 9;1 3 5 7 9;1 3 7 9; 1 3 5 7 9;1 3 5 7 9;

dei 2 3;1 3;1 5;
nseti 1 2;-1;-3;= RGU
nseti -2;1 2 ;-3;OR RGU
block 1 5;1 3;1 3 5;3 7;3 5;3 5 7;
merge

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 329

dap
nset RGU OR L 456 454 452 458 464 ;
labels onset RGU 1 0
adnset RGU 5 1 633 642 651 ;
labels onset RGU 1 0

crvnset order a segment of an ordered node set (3D curve)

crvnset set_name first_node last_node 3D_curve-#

where
set_name is the name of the node set
first_node is the sequence number of the node
last_node is the sequence number of the node
3D_curve-# is the number of the 3D curve used for reordering of the nodes in the set.

Remarks

The nodal sequence number, referred to above, can be

from 0 to the total number of nodes in the set. The
sequence number 1 is always the first node in the set and
sequence number 0 is the last node number in the set.
Each node is projected to a 3D curve and it is assigned the
arc length of the projected point on the 3D curve. Then
the nodes are ordered according to the arc length. The
effect is that the ordered set of nodes will approximate the
shape and order of the 3D curve. This can be useful if the
mesh is to be parameterized. Direction of the 3D curve
plays an important role. If it is reversed, the ordering of
the nodes in the set will be reversed. Use a negative curve
number to accomplish this. Figure 246 before crvnset

Example

T he node set slide is at first defined by node numbers without any order (Figure 246). T hen it is
ordered according to curve 1 (Figure 247).

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

330 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

block -1;1 10;1 10;1;1 10;1 10;
block 1 10;1 10;-1;1 10;1.8 11.1;3.2;
merge
nset slide = L 73 23 53 43 63 13;
labels onset slide 1 0
curd 1 lp3 1.3 2 2 1.5 10 2;;
crvnset slide 1 0 1

Figure 247 after crvnset

eset add/remove elements to/from a set of elements

eset set_name operator option;

where
set_name is the name of the element set
operator can be
= for initial assignment,
AND for intersection with element set,
OR for union with the element set,
- for removal from the element set
RPL to replace one element type (only with LS, LB, LBM , QS, and
QB)
option can be
LBM element_list ; linear beam element list
QBM element_list ; quadratic beam element list
LS element_list ; linear shell element list
QS element_list ; quadratic shell element list
LB element_list ; linear brick element list
QB element_list ; quadratic brick element list
S set_name a set of elements
M T material elements of a material
SRF surface tolerance #_nodes elements within a tolerance of a surface
CRV curve tolerance #_nodes elements within a tolerance of a curve

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 331

Remarks

The initial assignment creates an element set. If the element set with the same name already existed, then
it is deleted and recreated. The intersect operator redefines an element set to be only those elements
which are found to be both in the original set and among the selected elements. Selected elements can
be added by using the union operator. This causes any selected elements to be included in a set, if it is
not already in that set. The minus operator removes all elements in a set which are among the selected
elements.

The SRF, CRV, and M T options only consider those elements that are in the display set. If a part or
material is removed from the picture, those elements will not be searched. SRF and CRV options have
a number of nodes as a parameter which varies depending on the type of element. An element will be
selected if the specified number of corner nodes of the element are within tolerance. 0 nodes means to
use the element centroid.

fset add/remove faces to/from a set of faces

fset set_name operator faces

where set_name is the name of the face set
where operator can be
= for initial assignment
AND for intersection with face set
OR for union with the face set
- for removal from the face set
where faces can be
srf surface_id tolerance #_nodes specified number of nodes fall within the
specified distance from the surface
set set_name set operation with this previously defined face
set
enumerations ; each type of face must be in a separate list
where an enumeration can be
ls list_elements ; list linear shell elements
lb1 list_elements ; list linear bricks
lb2 list_elements ; list linear bricks
lb3 list_elements ; list linear bricks
lb4 list_elements ; list linear bricks
lb5 list_elements ; list linear bricks
lb6 list_elements ; list linear bricks
qs list_elements ; quadratic shell elements
qb1 list_elements ; list quadratic bricks

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

332 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 qb2 list_elements ; list quadratic bricks
qb3 list_elements ; list quadratic bricks
qb4 list_elements ; list quadratic bricks
qb5 list_elements ; list quadratic bricks
qb6 list_elements ; list quadratic bricks

Remarks

The initial assignment creates a face set. If the face set with the same name already existed, then it is
deleted and recreated. The intersect operator redefines a face set to be only those faces which are found
to be both in the original set and among the selected faces. Selected faces can be added by using the
union operator. This causes any selected faces to be included in a set, if it is not already in that set. The
minus operator removes all faces in a set which are among the selected faces. See also pg.263 for
labeling of the face sets.

Figure 248 face order in brick element Figure 249 orientation of nodes in face

Faces in face sets are identified by an element number and an order number of a face in the element.
Face order in the element is shown in 248. Nodes in the face are ordered by the right hand rule The
vector in 249 is always oriented outward from the element.

The SRF option only considers those elements that are in the display set. If a part or material is removed
from the picture, those elements will not be searched. The SRF option has a number of nodes as a

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 333

parameter which varies depending on the type of element. An element will be selected if the specified
number of corner nodes of the element are within tolerance. 0 nodes means to use the element centroid.

infol information on nodal loads

infol nodes type

where
nodes can be
N node_number node number
RT x y z node closest to Cartesian point
CY rho theta z node closest to cylindrical point
SP rho theta phi node closest to spherical point
NSET name_of_set node set by name

type can be
ALL load_curve_# any type
FC load_curve_# forces
FD load_curve_# fixed displacements
FV load_curve_# fixed velocity
FT load_curve_# forced temperature
TM initial temperature
SW stone_wall_# stone wall
V electrostatic potential
ACC load_curve_# acceleration
FA fixed angular displacement
MP magnetic potential
M OM load_curve_# moment
LB local_coordinate_system_# constraint in local coordinate system
VE velocity
TE temperature
SI sliding_interface_# nodal sliding interface
NPB nodal print blocks
TEPRO load_curve_# temperature profile
where
load_curve_#, stone_wall_#, local_coordinate_system_# can be 0 for all cases.

Remarks

Command infol prints information about nodes with a specific load or condition. The results on the
infol are printed to the dialog window and to the session file. See the rml command for example of use.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

334 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

mvnset move a subset of nodes in an ordered node set

mvnset set_name first_node last_node insertion_node before/after

where
set_name is the name of the node set
first_node is the first node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved
last_node is the last node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved
insertion_node is the sequence number of the node for the insertion point
before/after is either
0 for before the insertion node
1 for after the insertion node

Figure 250 before mvnset

Remarks

Command mvnset moves a subset of nodes in an ordered

nodal set. T his can be used with onset to get the proper
ordering of nodes. If the first sequence number is greater
than the second sequence number, then the interval of nodes
will have their order reversed before they are inserted back
into the ordered set.

Example

The node set SLID is initialized by the list of nodes (Figure

250). The node set is reordered by mvnset command
(Figure 251). Figure 251 after mvnset

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 335

block 1 10;1 10;-1;1 10;1 10;0;
merge
nset SLID = L 22 53 23 66 26 28 69 68 ;
labels onset SLID 1 0
mvnset SLID 2 2 3 1
mvnset SLID 7 7 8 1
labels onset SLID 1 0

nset add/remove nodes to/from a set of nodes

nset set_name operator node_selection

where set_name is the name of the node set
where operator can be
= for initial assignment
AND for intersection with node set
OR for union with the node set
+ to append the selected nodes to the node set
- for removal from the node set
where node_selection can be
L list; list of node numbers
S set_name named set of nodes
SRF surface_number tolerance nodes near a surface
CRV curve_number tolerance nodes near a curve
M T material_number
LOAD load nodes with a specific load
where load can be
ALL load_curve_# any type
FC load_curve_# forces
FD load_curve_# fixed displacements
FV load_curve_# fixed velocity
FT load_curve_# forced temperature
TM initial temperature
SW stone_wall_# stone wall
V electrostatic potential
ACC load_curve_# acceleration
FA fixed angular displacement
MP magnetic potential
M OM load_curve_# moment
LB local_coordinate_system_# constraint in local coordinate system
VE velocity

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

336 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 TE temperature
SI sliding_interface_# nodal sliding Interface
NPB nodal Print blocks
TEPRO load_curve_# temperature Profile
B constraint flag
where constraint can be
dx constrain the x translation
dy constrain the y translation
dz constrain the z translation
rx constrain the rotation about the x axis
ry constrain the rotation about the y axis
rz constrain the rotation about the z axis
where flag can be
1 constrained
0 unconstrained

Remarks

This command is probably the easiest and most versatile method for constructing a node set. The initial
assignment creates a node set. If the node set with the same name already existed, then it is deleted and
recreated. The intersect operator redefines a node set to be only those nodes which are found to be both
in the original set and among the selected nodes. Selected nodes can be added by using the union
operator. This causes any selected nodes to be included in a set, if it is not already in that set. The add
operator will always append selected nodes to a set. This is used to create ordered node sets where
duplicate nodes are allowed. The minus operator
removes all nodes in a set which are among the
selected nodes.

Example

The node set is defined by the list of node numbers in

an arbitrary order (Figure 252).

cylinder 1 -3;1 -5 -7 -9 -13;1 -5

-9 -13 17;
2.5 3;-45 -15 0 15 45;1
3 5 7 9;
dei -2; 2 4; 2 3;
dei 1 2; -3; 2 3;
merge
nset xx = L
44 45 81 96 97 104 105 132 147
Figure 252 Node Set by nset

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 337

148 219 220 316 329
330 339:341 351 352 385 386;
labels nodeset xx

Example

This example demonstrates the parametric

capabilities of node sets. The mesh and the curve
(circle) are shown (Figure 253). Node set Press_1
is defined by a distance .3 from curve number 1
(Figure 254). Node set Press_2 is defined by a
distance of 1 from curve number 1 (Figure 255).

block 1 50;1 50;-1;0 10;0 10; 0;

curd 1 arc3 whole rt 7 7 0
rt 6 6 0 rt 4 6 0; merge
nset Press_1 = crv 1 .3
labels nodeset Press_1
nset Press_2 = crv 1 1

Figure 253 Mesh and Curve

labels nodeset Press_2

Figure 254 Node Set Press_1 Figure 255 Node Set Press_2

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

338 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

Another useful application of the nset command is the definition of a sliding interface (Figure 256).
The node set RAD1 is composed of all nodes within a distance of 2 units from the cylinder (Figure
256). The result of the nset command is on the Figure 257.

nset RAD1 = srf 6 2

labels nodeset RAD1

Figure 256 Cylinder and mesh Figure 257 Node Set Rad1

onset order a segment of a nodal set

onset set_name first_node last_node

where
set_name name of the node set
first_node first node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved
last_node last node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved.

Remarks

This command is useful when building a 1D slide line, for example, where the nodes must be in a
certain order. The nodes can be included in the node set as each part in generated using the nset

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 339

command. Additional nodes can be included in a set using the nset command in the Merge Phase. Use
the labels command under graphics to view the order of the nodes in the set. Use this command to
reorder a segment of the nodes. Select the beginning and ending nodes of the sequence to be reordered.
Use the sequence numbers which are in white. See also mvnset command.

pset create or modify a polygon set

pset set_name operator selection

where set_name is the name of the polygon set
where operator can be
= for initial assignment
AND for intersection with node set
OR for union with the node set
+ to append the selected nodes to the node set
- for removal from the node set
where the selection can be
l s1 p1 s2 p2 ... ; for a list of polygons
where
si surface number
pi polygon number of that surface
s polygon_set_name for another polygon set

Remarks

Associated with this command is an interactive feature to select or modify the polygons in a set with the
Sets window from the Environment Window.

Polygon sets can then be turned into surfaces using (see the sd command):

sd surface# poly polygon_set trans ;

These features along with the wrsd can be used to sort out complex polygon surfaces and split them into
multiple surfaces or remove features. This can also be used to create an normal offset by using the
normal option as one of the transformation primitives.

rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes

rml nodes type

where

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

340 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 nodes can be
N node_number node number
RT x y z node closest to Cartesian point
CY rho theta z node closest to cylindrical point
SP rho theta phi node closest to spherical point
NSET name_of_set node set by name
type can be
ALL load_curve_# any type
FC load_curve_# forces
FD load_curve_# fixed displacements
FV load_curve_# fixed velocity
FT load_curve_# forced temperature
TM initial temperature
SW stone_wall_# stone wall
V electrostatic potential
ACC load_curve_# acceleration
FA fixed angular displacement
MP magnetic potential
M OM load_curve_# moment
LB local_coordinate_system_# constraint in local coordinate system
VE velocity
TE temperature
SI sliding_interface_# nodal sliding interface
NPB nodal print blocks
TEPRO load_curve_# temperature profile

and where
load_curve_#, stone_wall_#, local_coordinate_system_# can be 0 for all cases

Remarks

The rml command is very useful in conjunction with the readmesh command to alter boundary
conditions. The rml can be used also to edit the forces. To change of boundary condition, first remove
it and them issue a new boundary condition.

Example

block 1 20;1 20; -1;0 20;0 20;0; c mesh definition

merge
nset force = l 155 154 153 173 174 175 ;
c node set force initialization

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 341

lcd 1 0 1 1 1; c load curve definition
fc nset force 1 1 1 0 0 c concentrated force definition
c for the node set force
infol nset force all 1
c information print for the node set force
c for all conditions (stat is either on or off):
LOAD TABLE
NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE
155 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
154 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
153 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
173 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
174 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
175 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
mom nset force 1 2 x c moment around x definition
c for the node set force
infol nset force all 1
c information print for the node set force
c for all conditions (stat is either on or off):
LOAD TABLE
NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE
155 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
154 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
153 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
173 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
174 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
175 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
155 on mom 1 1 2.0
154 on mom 1 1 2.0
153 on mom 1 1 2.0
173 on mom 1 1 2.0
174 on mom 1 1 2.0
175 on mom 1 1 2.0
rml nset force fc 1 c removal of the concentrated
c forces of the node set force from the model
infol nset force all 1
c information print for the node set force
c for all conditions (stat is either on or off):
LOAD TABLE
NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE
155 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
154 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
153 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
173 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

342 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

174 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
175 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
155 on mom 1 1 2.0
154 on mom 1 1 2.0
153 on mom 1 1 2.0
173 on mom 1 1 2.0
174 on mom 1 1 2.0
175 on mom 1 1 2.0

rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes

rsl nodes type

where
nodes can be
N node_number node number
RT x y z node closest to Cartesian point
CY rho theta z node closest to cylindrical point
SP rho theta phi node closest to spherical point
NSET name_of_set node set by name
type can be
ALL load_curve_# any type
FC load_curve_# forces
FD load_curve_# fixed displacements
FV load_curve_# fixed velocity
FT load_curve_# forced temperature
TM Initial temperature
SW stone_wall_# stone wall
V electrostatic potential
ACC load_curve_# acceleration
FA fixed angular displacement
MP magnetic potential
M OM load_curve_# moment
LB local_coordinate_system_# constrain in local coordinate system
VE velocity
TE temperature
SI sliding_interface_# nodal sliding interface
NPB nodal print blocks
TEPRO load_curve_# temperature profile
and where
load_curve_#, stone_wall_#, local_coordinate_system_# can be 0 for all cases

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 343

Remarks

The rsl command is the complement to the rml command. It can be used only after rml is issued. You
can use the infol command to make sure which loads are turned off.

Example

infol nset force all 1

c information print for the node set force
c for all conditions (stat is either on or off):
LOAD TABLE
NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE
155 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
154 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
153 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
173 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
174 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
175 off fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
155 on mom 1 1 2.0
154 on mom 1 1 2.0
153 on mom 1 1 2.0
173 on mom 1 1 2.0
174 on mom 1 1 2.0
175 on mom 1 1 2.0
rsl nset force fc 1 c restore load case 1for the node set force
infol nset force all 1
c information print for the node set force
c for all conditions (stat is either on or off):
LOAD TABLE
NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE
155 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
154 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
153 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
173 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
174 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
175 on fc 1 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0
155 on mom 1 1 2.0
154 on mom 1 1 2.0
153 on mom 1 1 2.0
173 on mom 1 1 2.0
174 on mom 1 1 2.0
175 on mom 1 1 2.0

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

344 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

rvnset remove a node subset

rvnset set_name first_node last_node

where
set_name name of the node set
first_node first node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved
last_node last node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved.

Example

The node set SLID is defined, reordered and displayed

(Figure 258). The nodes with sequence numbers
2,3,4,5 are removed from the node set SLID. The
node set SLID is displayed in Figure 259.

labels onset SLID 1 0

c display labeled ordered set SLID
rvnset SLID 2 5
c remove node sequence position
c from 2 to 5 from the set SLID
labels onset SLID 1 0
c display labeled ordered set SLID
Figure 258 before rvnset

Figure 259 after rvnset

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 345

 III. Global Commands

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

346 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

1. Materials
Every material is identified with a number. Use the automatic parameter %nextmat for the next
available material number. Material properties are defined by various commands associated with an
output option. Refer to the various output manuals for further information.

delmats delete a material definition

delmats list ;
where
list a list of material numbers of material models to be removed from the data base

Remarks

This command is useful when reading a model using the readmesh command. There may be material
models for one FEM code which will not be used when the model is translated to a new format.
Deleting the material models is the safest way to avoid complications.

2. Parts

There are several ways to create a part. The block command is recommended for most problems. Only
rarely is a cylinder part justify because of its unusual behavior near the local z-axis. The readmesh
creates several parts by reading a mesh file with a specific format. Each material within the mesh file
becomes a part. The blude command is even more rarely used and was designed to build a fluid mesh
around an existing shell mesh. The beam and cbeam commands are included to stay compatible with
old versions of Ingrid, TrueGrid ® ’s predecessor. The bm command in the merge phase is the preferred
method for generating a string of beams.

If the partmode command precedes the block, cylinder, or blude commands, it affects the meaning
of those commands. If the linear or quadratic command precedes the block, cylinder, blude, or bm
commands, it affects the meaning of those commands. These three commands cannot be issued within
the scope of a part command. For that reason, they are no discussed in this section. They can be found
under assembly commands.

There are commands to display selected parts of your model. When you enter the merge phase, all parts
for graphics are automatically activated. When you enter into the part phase, only that part will be active
in the graphics. When a sequence of parts is needed, you only need to give the first and last numbers
separated by a colon.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 347

block create a brick-shaped part

block i_indices ; j_indices ; k_indices ; x_coordinates y_coordinates z_coordinates

where
i_indices, j_indices, and k_indices are lists of indices (not reduced indices). Each list of
indices takes the form i1 i2 ... in, where i1=1 and |i1| <
|i2| < ... < |in|. Normally each of these indices is a
positive integer. But a negative integer can be used to
create a shell surface, and a zero is used to separate
regions of the mesh.
x_coordinates, y_coordinates, and z_coordinates
are lists of values of physical coordinates, one for
each index value: an x coordinate for each i index, a
y coordinate for each j index, and a z coordinate for
each k index. These define the physical locations of
every region interface.

Example

The block part is defined by a list of i-indices and x-coordinates, a list of j-indices and y-coordinates,
and a list of k-indices and z-coordinates. An example command file follows:

c Block part definition.

c Indices in the x-direction (i-dir.) are:1 5 7 8 11.
c x-coordinates are:-1.3 5.2 8 8.7 11.3 units
c Indices in the y-direction (j-dir.) are: 1 3 5.
c y-coordinates are:1.2 3.4 5.2 units.
c Indices in the z direction (k-dir.) are:1 10.
c Z-coordinates are:-5 5 units.

block 1 5 7 8 11; 1 3 5; 1 10;

-1.3 5.2 8 8.7 11.3;
1.2 3.4 5.2;
-5 5;

This block is illustrated in the following 6 pictures. The faces that can be selected using the index bars
correspond to the indices in the index lists. These faces partition the part into blocks and are sometimes
referred to as i-, j-, and k-partitions for descriptive purposes.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

348 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Figure 260 i-partitions and x-coordinates Figure 261 i-partitions

Figure 262 j-partitions and y-coordinates Figure 263 j-partitions

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 349

Figure 264 k-partitions and z-coordinates Figure 265 k-partitions

Remarks

This command is also discussed in the Introduction.

This command transitions the code to the Part Phase. This is the standard way to generate parts. In
order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Control Phase, use the endpart or control command.
In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Merge Phase, use the merge command. In order
to abort the part and return to the Control Phase, use the abort command.

When this command is issued, the previous part (if any) is ended as if the endpart command had been
issued.

Six lists of numbers follow the block command. The first three lists consist of integers, each list
terminated with a semi-colon. The second three lists consist of real numbers, each list optionally
terminated by a semi-colon. The first list of integers must start with a 1 or -1. The integers that follow
must be zero or have absolute value greater than the absolute values of the integers that preceded it in
that list. These are the number of nodes to create in the first dimension of the computational mesh. A
positive integer indicates that there will be a partition at that nodal index in the first dimension of the
computational mesh, which can be referenced by most commands in the Part Phase. These partitions
are used to break the part into multiple structured blocks. Since most part commands reference only
the partition sequence numbers and not the nodal indices, it is a trivial matter to change the density of
the mesh by only changing this list of integers. Moreover, one may use parameter values here in order
to be able to later alter the mesh density. The partition sequence numbers corresponding to the integers

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

350 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

in this list are symbolic references to the structure of the mesh. When positive integers are used, solid
elements are created. If you are generating solid elements exclusively, you may prefer the alternative
method of specifying the number of elements in each list by first issuing the partmode command. A
negative integer in the list also produces a partition in the mesh with a nodal index corresponding to the
absolute value of the integer, with shell elements created along that partition in the computational mesh.
A zero in the list means there is a gap in the mesh, i.e. the part is not connected. The second and third
lists have the same meaning applied to the second and third dimensions in the computational mesh,
respectively. The fourth list is a list of x-coordinates, one coordinate for each integer in the first list.
This initializes each partition in the first dimension of the computational mesh. The fifth list consists
of y-coordinates corresponding in like manner to the second list of partitions in the second dimension
of the computational mesh. The sixth list consists of z-coordinates, corresponding in like manner to the
third list of partitions in the third dimension of the computational mesh.

cylinder create a cylindrical part

cylinder i_indices ; j_indices ; k_indices ; r_coordinates è_coordinates z_coordinates

where
i_indices, j_indices, and k_indices
are lists of indices (not reduced indices). Each list of indices takes the form
i1 i2 ... in, where i1=1 and |i1| < |i2| < ... < |in|. Normally each of these indices is
a positive integer. But a negative integer can be used to create a shell surface,
and a zero can be used to separate parts of the mesh.
r_coordinates, è_coordinates, and z_coordinates
are lists of values of physical coordinates, one for each index value:
an r coordinate for each i index, a è coordinate for each j index, and
a z coordinate for each k index.
These define the physical locations of every region interface.

Example

The cylinder part is defined by a list of i-indices and radii, a list of j-indices and angles, and a list of k-
indices and z-coordinates. A sample command file follows:

c Cylinder part definition.

c Indices in the radial direction (i-dir.) are:1 3 5 7 11.
c Radii are:6 9 12 15 18 units
c Indices in the angular direction (j-dir.) are:
c 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37.
c Angles are:0 50 80 120 160 200 240 280 310 360 degrees.
c Indices in the z direction (k-dir.) are:1 3 5 7 9.
c Z-coordinates are:-10 0 10 20 30 units.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 351

cylinder 1 3 5 7 11; 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37; 1 3 5 7 9;
6 9 12 15 18;
0 50 80 120 160 200 240 280 310 360;
-10 0 10 20 30;

Figure 266 i-partitions and radiuses Figure 267 i-partitions

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

352 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Figure 268 j-partitions and angles Figure 269 j-partitions

Figure 270 k-partitions and z-coordinates Figure 271 k-partitions

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 353

Remarks

When this command is issued, the present part is ended as if the endpart command was issued. Then
this new part is immediately initialized.

Like block, this command transitions the code to the Part Phase. This is the standard way to generate
a part. In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Control Phase, use the endpart or control
command. In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Merge Phase, use the merge command.
In order to abort the part and return to the Control Phase, use the abort command.

Six lists of numbers follow the cylinder command. The first three lists consist of integers, each list
terminated with a semi-colon. The second three lists consist of real numbers, each list optionally
terminated by a semi-colon. The first list of integers must start with a 1 or -1. The integers that follow
must be zero or have absolute value greater than the absolute values of the integers that preceded it in
that list. These are the number of nodes to create in the first dimension of the computational mesh. A
positive integer indicates that there will be a partition at that nodal index in the first dimension of the
computational mesh, which can be referenced by most commands in the Part Phase. These partitions
are used to break the part into multiple structured blocks. Since most part commands reference only
the reduced indices and not the nodal indices, it is a trivial matter to change the density of the mesh by
only changing lists of nodal indices in the part definition. When positive nodal indices are used, solid
elements are created. If you are generating solid elements exclusively, you may prefer the alternative
method of specifying the number of elements in each list by first issuing the partmode command. A
negative nodal index in the list also produces a partition in the mesh with a nodal index corresponding
to the absolute value of the integer, but with shell elements created along that partition in the
computational mesh. A zero in the list means there is a gap in the mesh, i.e. the part is not connected.
The second and third lists have the same meaning applied to the second and third dimensions in the
computational mesh, respectively.

The fourth list is a list of radial coordinates, one coordinate for each integer in the first list. This
initializes each partition in the first dimension of the computation mesh. The fifth list consists of angular
coordinates, corresponding in like manner to the second list of partitions in the second dimension of the
computational mesh. The sixth list consists of z-coordinates, corresponding in like manner to the third
list of partitions in the third dimension of the computational mesh.

The cylindrical coordinates relate to Cartesian coordinates by

x = r cos(è) y = r sin(è) z=z.

When the part is completed, TrueGrid ® will apply this transformation to put the part in the global
Cartesian coordinate system. By default, this means that the axis of the part's cylindrical coordinate
system will be the same as the z-axis of the global coordinate system. You can select a local frame of
reference by choosing the z-axis of this coordinate system to be any vector in the global coordinate

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

354 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

system by issuing the cycorsy command. Of course, after you finish making the part you can replicate
or transform it into another part with whatever axis you like.

But for some uses of the sf and sfi commands, it is more convenient to define your part at its final
location in the global coordinate system. If you define a part with projections and then transform it to
its final location, the projection surfaces will have to be transformed from the final location to the place
where the part is defined. If the cylinder command does not let you define your part at a convenient
location, then you should use the block command. You can project a block part to make the same
shape that a cylinder part would make.

Many computations that apply to the part will use cylindrical coordinates. An example of this is
interpolations: an interpolation that will put points along a line for a block part will put points along
an arc for a cylinder part if the angular coordinates at the end nodes are different.

Some part commands, such as fd, use physical coordinates in their arguments. For simplicity this
manual names such command arguments in terms of Cartesian coordinates. For example, x y z would
be arguments defining the physical coordinates of a point. However, the coordinate system of such
arguments is always the same as the coordinate system of the relevant part. Thus if the part is set up
by a cylinder command, you would give the physical coordinates of a point as its r-, è-, and z-
coordinates.

readmesh read a file containing a mesh

readmesh format filename cmds endpart

where
format can be:
nastran is partially supported at this time
neutral is partially supported at this time
dyna3d is nearly fully supported
lsdyna reads only nodes and elements
dynain this is a file written by LS-DYNA
iges reads a FEM model from an IGES file
filename is the path and file name of the formatted data
cmds can be
cvtab to write the conversion tables from NASTRAN to TrueGrid ®
exclude exclude the NASTRAN model when writing the LS-DYNA
mate mat used only for IGES
where mat is the material number for all elements in the file.
mt type mat used only for IGES. Type mat can be repeated any number of times.
where type can be any or all of

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 355

 beams
lshells for linear shells
qshells for quadratic shells
lbricks for linear bricks
qbricks for quadratic bricks
springs
dampers
where mat is the material number for all elements of type in the file. Use 0 to
ignore that type of element from the IGES file.
ptmass mass used only for IGES
where mass is the mass at all point masses. Use 0 to ignore the point masses in
the IGES file.
rigid switch used only for IGES
where switch can be
on to include rigid beams (default)
off to ignore rigid beams
cond switch used only for IGES
where switch can be
on to include nodal conditions (default)
off to ignore nodal conditions
ndcons load_case_list ; used only for IGES
where load_case_list is a list of the load cases to be combined
maplabel list_maps ; used only for IGES to ANSYS translations
where a single map is formed by a label, file name, and material Id

Remarks

This is a part, and it must be ended with the endpart command. This command will read in a formatted
NASTRAN, PATRAN, DYNA3D, LS-DYNA, and IGES file. The data in any of these files will be
added to the TrueGrid ® internal data base. It can be written out in another format. Only some of the
data is understood at this time. The list of features for each format is found below.

Material models, cross sectional properties for beams and shells, spring properties, and other specialized
elements do not convert directly from one format to another. For this reason, you should redefine these
features within TrueGrid ® .

The loads, boundary conditions, etc. can be viewed using the condition command in the graphics menu
while in the Merge Phase. They can be modified as well - see the command in the Merge Phase for that
specific condition. Use the node, face, and element set features to select objects from these parts and
assign boundary conditions and properties while in the merge phase.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

356 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

When a NASTRAN file is imported, TrueGrid ® will report the number of features it translates into the
TrueGrid ® data base. That report may look like:

NASTRAN objects included in the TRUEGRID data base:

4153 node points
32 beam elements
333 linear shell elements
21 quadratic shell elements
11 linear brick elements - including tets and wedges
357 quadratic brick elements - including tets and wedges
2 beam element cross section definitions
6 material models
2 local coordinate systems defined
4 load sets
45 324 3 655
spring material properties
22 springs
There were 12 warning conditions from the NASTRAN deck

Load sets are similar to load curves in many of the dynamics codes and it will be necessary to define the
appropriate load curves when porting to these codes. In the above example, if the output format is
DYNA3D, then the load curves 45, 324, 3, and 655 should be defined.

The NASTRAN features which are supported in the READMESH command are:

CBAR saved as a 2D element - cross sectional properties can be changed

CBEAM saved as a 2D element - cross sectional properties can be changed
CBEND saved as a 2D element - cross sectional properties can be changed
CELAS1 scalar and ground points are not supported, a PELAS must be referenced
CELAS2 scalar and ground points are not supported, this also produces a spring material
definition
CHEXA
CORD
CPENTA
CQUAD4
CQUAD8
CQUADR
CROD saved as a 2D element - cross sectional properties can be changed
CSHEAR
CTETRA
CTRIA3
CTRIA6
CTRIAR

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 357

CTUBE saved as a 2D element - cross sectional properties can be changed
FORCE
FORCE1
FORCE2
GRDSET
GRID
MAT1 must be redefined if using another output format
MAT2 must be redefined if using another output format
MAT4 must be redefined if using another output format
MAT5 must be redefined if using another output format
MAT8 must be redefined if using another output format
MAT9 must be redefined if using another output format
MAT10 must be redefined if using another output format
MOMENT
MOMENT1
MOMENT2
PBAR must be redefined if using another output format
PBCOMP must be redefined if using another output format
PBEAM must be redefined if using another output format
PBEND must be redefined if using another output format
PCOMP must be redefined if using another output format
PELAS must be redefined if using another output format
PLOAD
PROD must be redefined if using another output format
PSHEAR must be redefined if using another output format
PSHELL must be redefined if using another output format
PSOLID must be redefined if using another output format
PTUBE must be redefined if using another output format
RBE2

A experimental feature with the readmesh command for NASTRAN files can be used in a limited way
to import an existing NASTRAN model and add parts which can be merged to the nodes of the
NASTRAN model (preserving the original node numbers) such that when the model is written out to
an LS-DYNA keyword format, only the new nodes and elements are written out. This is the exclude
option when reading a NASTRAN file. The exclude option means exclude objects from the readmesh
when writing the output file. The is useful when building an add on to a model that already exists as a
NASTRAN model that has been converted to LS-DYNA. If the readmesh command were able to read
an LS-DYNA input and write it out to produce the exact model that was raed in, then this exclude
feature would not be useful.

No new nodes or elements will be given numbers that are already in use in the original NASTRAN
model. This feature is to meet a specific need in a timely fashion. However, this feature may have a

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

358 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

more general use if it is extended to all keyword input and output. This would make it possible to
modify a model incrementally by creating add-on files which can be concatenated. It is not clear that
such an improvement will be made. Comments on this feature will be appreciated.

There are two limitations to keep in mind. The readmesh command should be issued before any parts
with nodes that should be merged to nodes from the NASTRAN input file. This will probably remain
a limitation or feature. Secondly, only the new nodes and elements are protected from colliding with the
objects in the NASTRAN input file. Materials, springs and dampers, sets, etc. must still be managed by
the user.

The IGES option reads in FEM elements, properties, and loads from an IGES file. Currently, entity 134
(NODE), most element types for entity 136 (element type 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 27, 29,
31, 32, 33, and 35), 406 (tabular data, form 11, property type 12 nodal loads/constraint, and 418 (nodal
load/constraint) are supported. The material number may be set for all elements in the IGES file or
individually for beams, linear shells, quadratic shells, linear bricks, quadratic bricks, springs and
dampers. (Setting the material for an element type to zero causes TrueGrid to skip all elements of that
type in the file.) Also, the mass for the point mass (entity 136 element type 31) may be set (a point mass
of zero means skip). Rigid beams (entity 136 element type 32) and nodal loads/constraints (entity 418)
may be skipped using the rigid off and cond off options, respectively. Nodal load cases may be selected
using the ndcons option followed by the list of nodal load cases to be combined. Note that cond off will
cause all nodal conditions to be ignored even if ndcons is set.

The maplabel option is used in conjunction with an ANSYS output to reference beam cross sections
data from a file that the ANSYS code references. If the entity 406, form 11, ptype 5008 is found in the
IGES file, then the referenced beam elements will be given a beam type of 188 and the appropriate file
for the cross section data will be referenced. The maplabel option can be repeated any number of times.

Related to the dynain option in the readmesh command is the dynain output format. One will usually
read a dynain file using the readmesh command, modify the data using the smags and delem
commands, and write the results back to a file using the dynain and write commands. Node and
element numbers are preserved.

blude extrude a set of polygons

blude direction face_set_name

i_indices ; j_indices ; k_indices ; x_coordinates y_coordinates z_coordinates
where
direction is the face of the block, where the extrusion begins and can be one of:
1 for the minimum i-face
2 for the maximum i-face

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 359

 3 for the minimum j-face
4 for the maximum j-face
5 for the minimum k-face
6 for the maximum k-face
face_set_name is the name of the face set to be extruded
i_indices, j_indices, and k_indices are lists of indices (not reduced indices). Each list of
indices takes the form i1 i2 ... in, where i1=1 and |i1| <
|i2| < ... < |in|. Normally each of these indices is a
positive integer. But a negative integer can be used to
create a shell surface, and a zero to separate parts of the
mesh.
x,y,z_coordinates are lists of values of physical coordinates, one for each
index value: an x coordinate for each i index, a y
coordinate for each j index, and a z coordinate for each
k index. T hese define the physical locations of every
region interface.

Remarks

This command extrudes a set of polygons. It is based upon the block command and an understanding
of that command is essential to understanding this one. This extrusion is done by the construction of
a block part with no deleted regions. The polygons in the face set are extruded, one polygon at a time,
by following the mesh lines formed by the block part. See also the block command. The set of
polygons is defined using a face set. See also the fset command. The block part is discarded. Its only
purpose is to define the flow lines for the extrusion of the polygons. Be sure, when you are building the
block part, that one of its 6 outer faces completely covers the face set of polygons.

This command transitions the code to the Part Phase. In order to complete the Part Phase and return to
the Control Phase, use the endpart or control command. In order to complete the Part Phase and return
to the Merge Phase, use the merge command. In order to abort the part and return to the Control Phase,
use the abort command.

This part is difficult to use. Its application is to a small class of problems and many conditions must be
near perfect for it to work properly. There is no guarantee that it will work for a problem. This part is
not recommended for the casual user.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

360 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

In this example, a simple NASTRAN ship model is read using the readmesh command. This mesh is
unstructured because there is a small region of the hull with triangles. A face set is constructed using
the mouse to select the faces on the starboard side. This face set is then used to construct a face surface
for projection and for the blude command. An intra-part bb command with a normal offset is used in
the construction of the liner to form an orthogonal part. This liner is needed because a wedge part just
below the keel is needed to round off the keel. Only then can a good fluid mesh be extruded to the outer
cylinder wall of the region of interest. It would be possible to use the intra-part bb command with an
offset to form the boundary layer, however in this example, for graphical purposes, the boundary region
was made too large for the normal offset feature in the bb command to work effectively. The normal
offset feature is only good for short distances relative to the changes in curvature on the master surface.
This entire model is too complicated to have the input files included in this text. The input files are
available.

Figure 272 Shell structure extruded forming a solid

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 361

meshscal scale up the mesh density for all parts

meshscal scale

where scale is a positive integer

Remarks

This will increase the mesh density uniformly in all 3 directions by an integer scale factor. Typically
a factor of 2 (8 times as many bricks, 4 times as many shells, 2 times as many embedded beams are the
result) or 3 is sufficient. This should come first before any parts are made. This cannot be used if the
update command is used. The default is 1.

beam initialize a beam part in Cartesian coordinates

beam options endpart

where
options are any of the following (this may be continued across many lines)
abort
bm node 1 node 2 number_of_elements material cross-section node 3 ;
to create a sequence of beam elements, where:
node 1 and node 2 form the end nodes of the sequence of beams,
number_of_elements is the number of beam elements,
material is the material number,
cross-section is a cross-section number, and
node 3 is the local coordinate system orientation node.
cy radius angle z-coordinate constraints ; for cylindrical coordinates
where:
dx for x-displacement,
dy for y-displacement,
dz for z-displacement,
rx for rotation about the x-axis,
ry for rotation about the y-axis,
rz for rotation about the z-axis,
followed by a value of
0 for initialization to no constraint
1 for constraint
jt joint_# joint_node_# beam_node_# joint_increment ; for joint nodes
joint_# for the TrueGrid joint definition number,
®

joint_node_# each joint type consists of a certain number of nodes, which are

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

362 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 numbered in a specified way for TrueGrid ® (consult the user's
manual). You must specify which node of the joint this beam
node must become,
beam_node_# this is the TrueGrid ® beam node number for the current beam
part,
joint_increment this is used when there are replications and indicates how the
joint_no should be adjusted for replications
lct #_transforms ; first_transforms ; ... ; last_transforms ; transformations
lrep list_local_transformation_# ; for replication of the beams
rt x-coordinate y-coordinate z-coordinate constraints ; for Cartesian coord’s
where the constraint list is composed of
dx for x-displacement
dy for y-displacement
dz for z-displacement
rx for rotation about the x-axis
ry for rotation about the y-axis
rz for rotation about the z-axis
followed by a value of
0 for initialize to no constraint
1 for constrain
si interface_# option_list ; for sliding interface nodes
where an option can be
ffn normal_force
ffs shear_force
enf e_normal_force
esf e_shear_force
sp radius angle_1 angle_2 constraints ; for spherical coordinates
where the constraint list is composed of:
dx for x-displacement
dy for y-displacement
dz for z-displacement
rx for rotation about the x-axis
ry for rotation about the y-axis
rz for rotation about the z-axis
followed by a value of
0 for initialize to no constraint
1 for constrain

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 363

Remarks

This command may be issued in any phase. If it is issued in the block or cylinder Part Phase, this
command will end that part and create this new part. The implementation of the beam part is not
interactive, although it is fully functional. It is provided to be nearly compatible with the INGRID beam
part. Please note the differences in the two parts.

The intent here is to first create a set of nodes, one node at a time using either rt, cy, or sp. Each node
is assigned a set of nodal constraints as part of the definition of the node. No constraints are needed.
Usually beam nodes are merged to other nodes in the model, so that they will then inherit the constraints
of the other nodes that they are merged to. These nodes are then tied together to form beam elements
using the bm command. The nodes are referenced by their sequence number within the beam command.
Some simulation codes, such as DYNA3D, require a third node in a beam element definition to define
the orientation of the beam. Use the bsd command to define the cross sectional properties of the beam.
Use the appropriate material definition command to assign properties to the numbered material
referenced in the bm command.

Coordinates are referenced in their respective systems but all interpolation is done in Cartesian
coordinates.

See the jd and jt command within the block part to understand the beam jt command. Joints require
at least two nodes. The jd command is used to define joint properties. T he nodes of a joint are
numbered in a set way. You can flag nodes created in a beam part for use in a joint using the jt
command

cbeam initialize a beam part in cylindrical coordinates

cbeam options endpart

where
options are the same as in beam except that the interpolation of node points in the bm
option is done in a cylindrical coordinate system.

Remarks

See the beam command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

364 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

ap add a part to the picture

ap part_number

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. A part in the display list is referred to as
being active. Part number 0 refers to the present part. If the selection is the present part, then it can be
viewed in full. If it is any other part, it can only be viewed as a wire frame.

aps add a list of parts to the picture

aps part_list ;

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. A part in the display list is referred to as
being active. Part number 0 refers to the present part. If one of the active parts is the present part, then
it can be viewed in full. All other parts are only viewed as a wire frame. A list of part numbers can
include a sequence of part numbers with only the first and last numbers separated by a colon (e.g. aps
2:5;).

dap display all parts

dap (no arguments)

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. A part in the display list is referred to as
being active. The present part will entirely be shown. The previously generated parts will be wire frame
only.

dp display one part in the picture

dp part_number

This command will display one, and only one, part.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 365

dps display a set of parts in the picture

dps part_list ;
where
part_list is a blank-delimited list of part numbers

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. Part number 0 refers to the present part. A
part in the display list is referred to as being active. If a selection is the present part, then it can be
viewed in full. If it is any other part, it can only be viewed as a wire frame. A list of part numbers can
include a sequence of part numbers with only the first and last numbers separated by a colon.

pinfo part information

pinfo (no arguments)

rap remove all parts from the picture

rap (no arguments)

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. A part in the display list is referred to as
being active.

rp remove one part from the picture

rp part_number
where
part_number is a part number.

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. A part in the display list is referred to as
being active. Part number 0 means the present part.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

366 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

rps remove a set of parts from the picture

rps part_list ;

Remarks

The display list determines what objects are in the picture. A part in the display list is referred to as
being active. Part number 0 refers to the present part. A list of part numbers can include a sequence of
part numbers with only the first and last numbers separated by a colon.

3. Motion

These commands apply initial velocities to all parts. The rotation or velocity commands in the Part
Phase can override these commands for just one part. The ve or vei commands in the Part Phase can
override these commands for selected regions of the part.

rotation global initial velocities as a rigid body rotation

rotation x 0 y 0 z 0 x_rotation y_rotation z_rotation

where
(x 0,y 0,z 0) is any point on the axis of rotation, and
(x_rotation,y_rotation,z_rotation) is the rotation vector in radians per unit time.

Remarks

By default, an initial body rotation is assigned to all parts defined after this command. Use the units
expected by the simulation code, as TrueGrid ® does no conversions. (TrueGrid ® is dimension less.)

Examples

The following example assigns initial velocities which rotate the shell cylinder mesh about its axis of
symmetry. The velocity magnitude is 0.2 because the radius of the cylinder is 2.

sd 1 cy 0 2 2 1 0 0 2
rotation 0 2 2 .1 0 0
block 1 11;-1 -11;-1 -11;-1 1 1 3 1 3
sfi ; -1 -2; -1 -2;sd 1
endpart

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 367

velocity global initial velocities as a rigid body translation

velocity x_velocity y_velocity z_velocity

where
(x_velocity,y_velocity,z_velocity) is a velocity vector.

Remarks

An initial rigid body velocity is assigned to all parts defined after this command. Use the units expected
by the target simulation code as TrueGrid ® does no conversions.

4. Boundary Conditions and Constraints

detp detonation points or lines

detp material options ;

where
material is the material number and
options is a list of any of the following:
time detonation_time
point x y z
lnpt x 1 y 1 z1 x 2 y 2 z2 #_detonators

Remarks

This creates detonation points and lighting times for high explosives. Use the point option if there is
only one detonation point. Otherwise, use the lnpt option for a line of detonation points equally spaced.

jd joint definition

jd joint_# type options ;

where joint_# must be between 1 and 300
where type can be (default is shared constraints)
sj for spherical joint
rj for revolute joint
cj for cylindrical joint
pj for planar joint
uj for universal joint

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

368 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 tj for translational joint
sw to constrain nodes as a spotweld
where option can be
pnlt joint_penalty for joint penalty
repe #_joint_replications for joint replications
dx to specify shared x-displacement between the nodes
dy to specify shared y-displacement between the nodes
dz to specify shared z-displacement between the nodes
rx to specify shared x-axis rotation between the nodes
ry to specify shared y-axis rotation between the nodes
rz to specify shared z-axis rotation between the nodes

Remarks

Use this command first to define the properties of a numbered joint. Then use the jt command to
identify the nodes used in the joint.

There are two types of joints. Sj , rj, cj, pj, uj, and tj form the first type and "nodes constrained
together" form the second type. See the diagrams below for the relationship between the numbered
nodes of the first type.

The pnlt option is used for the DYNA3D, LSDYNA and NIKE3D output only in the first type of joint
definition. The repe option makes it possible to create a sequence of duplicate joint definitions starting
with the one specified by the jd command.

Up to 16 nodes may be assigned to a joint. If the joint is of a type that requires fewer nodes, TrueGrid ®
will ignore any superfluous nodes assigned to that joint. If there are more than 16 nodes to share
constraints, use the mpc command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 369

Figure 273 Spherical Joint Figure 274 Revolute Joint

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

370 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Figure 275 Cylindrical Joint Figure 276 Planar Joint

Figure 277 Universal Joint Figure 278 Translational Joint

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 371

jtinfo write information about joints

jtinfo <no arguments>

Remarks

This command lists all of the joint definitions in the model.

lsys define a local coordinate system for the lb command

lsys system transformations ;

where
system is the "system number" which lb will use to identify this local
coordinate system, and
transformations is a list of transformations that define the local coordinate system,
chosen from the following:
mx x_offset for translation in x
my y_offset for translation in y
mz z_offset for translation in z
v x_offset y_offset z_offset for translation in an arbitrary direction
rx è for rotation about the x axis
ry è for rotation about the y axis
rz è for rotation about the z axis
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z for Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for spherical coordinates
pt c.i for a label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j for a label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate
information:
rt x y z for Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z for cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi for spherical coordinates
pt c.i for a label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j for a label of a labeled point from a surface
inv to invert the present transformation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

372 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

This command is used before using the lb command. This command defines the local coordinate system
to constrain a set of nodes in a coordinate system different from the global coordinate system.

lsysinfo list all of the local coordinate systems

lsysinfo <no arguments>

Remarks

This command lists all of the local coordinate systems defined using the lsys command.

plane define a boundary plane

plane plane_# x 0 y 0 z0 x n y n zn tolerance type

where type can be
symm for symmetry plane
syf for symmetry plane with failure
ston features for stonewall with optional features
where a feature can be
stick stick_condition
limit x c y c zc x 1 y 1
move mass initial_velocity
penalty penalty_stiffness
dlcv velocity_ld_curve_#
sph for SPH element symmetry plane

Remarks

The point (x 0, y 0, z 0) is on the plane with a normal vector (x n, y n, z n).

This command is used to define nodal constraints for nodes on a symmetry plane. Some simulation
codes also have a symmetry with failure and a stone wall feature which is supported by this command.

Nodes are automatically selected for the symmetry plane constraint if they are within the specified
tolerance of the plane. The tolerance is not used for the symmetry plane with failure and the stone wall.
Use the syf and syfi commands to select nodes on the symmetry plane with failure. Use the sw and swi
commands to select nodes on the stone wall. These planes are numbered so that there can be multiple

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 373

stone wall and symmetry plane with failure conditions.

The symmetry feature is complicated, depending on the type of plane and the simulation code. If the
symmetry plane is parallel to one of the planes where x=0, y=0, or z=0, then the nodes on the symmetry
plane are assigned constraints in the global coordinate system. These types of symmetry planes are
referred to as canonical symmetry planes and are equivalent to the following constraints:

plane parallel to x=0: x-displacement, y-rotation, z-rotation

plane parallel to y=0: y-displacement, x-rotation, z-rotation
plane parallel to z=0: z-displacement, x-rotation, y-rotation

Some simulation codes support symmetry planes other than these canonical forms, such as a symmetry
plane where x=y (45 degrees). In this case, a different option is used when the model is output. A
complication occurs when a set on nodes fall on more than one of these types of symmetry planes.

For DYNA3D, when a node is found on 2 non-canonical distinct symmetry planes, then a sliding
boundary plane of vector type is automatically created for this node. If a node is found on 3 or more
distinct symmetry planes, it has all of its DOFs constrained. If a node was assigned nodal boundary
constraints orthogonal to the sliding boundary plane to which it is assigned, those nodal boundary
constraints will be ignored and a warning message will be written.

For LS-DYNA, the canonical (x,y or z) planes are handled as global constrains in the *NODES section.
The non-canonical symmetry planes are handled with the *BOUNDARY_SPC_SETS and
*BOUNDARY_SPC_NODE keywords along with the *DEFINE_COORDINATE_SYSTEM.

For ABAQUS, ANSYS, NASTRAN and NE/NASTRAN, nodes on non-canonical symmetry planes
are constrainted in local coordinate systems.

plinfo write information about defined boundary planes

plinfo <no arguments>

Remarks

This command lists all of the planes defined in the plane command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

374 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

5. Radiation and Temperatures

temp global default constant temperature

temp temperature

Remarks

A temperature is assigned to all parts defined after this command. Use the units expected by the target
simulation code as TrueGrid ® does no conversion.

For the NASTRAN and NE/NASTRAN output, the last value is used for the TEMPD command.

For DYNA3D output, this produces the temperatures for the temperature option 2.

For LS-DYNA output, this produces the *LOAD_THERMAL_CONSTANT_NODE.

Use the te or tei command to change the default constant temperature for a specific region of the mesh.

bfd bulk fluid definition

bfd id_# material_# volume

where
id_# identification number of this definition to be used by the bf command
material_# material number associated with the bulk fluid
volume total volume of the material

Remarks

Use bfd to define the material number and total volume of a bulk node.

6. Springs, Dampers, and Point Masses

There are two ways to generate springs or dampers. The spdp command is used to create an array of
springs or dampers between two disconnected faces of the mesh, one spring between each pair of
corresponding nodes. The spring command is used to create a single spring between two nodes. The
spdp command is only found in the part phase. The spring command is found in both the part and
merge phase, but the syntax differs. Both of these commands refer to a spring definition number. The
spd command is used to define the properties of a spring and assign a definition number to these
properties.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 375

There are two ways to generate a point mass. The npm command creates a new node with a point mass.
Since this node is not connected to the rest of the model, you must take additional steps to make sure
it is connected through merging or building a beam or spring using this node. The pm command can
also be used to assign a mass to an existing node. Although the npm command may appear to be a
global command, it causes point mass replications when found in the part phase when the part is
replicated, distinguishing it from the npm command found in the merge phase. The pm command is
found in both the part and merge phase, but their syntax differs.

Springs, dampers, and point masses are replicated when they are specified within a part and the part is
replicated. When the spring definition number is incremented in the spring command, make sure that
you use the spd command to define each spring property.

spd define the properties of a set of springs or dampers

spd spring/damper_# option type parameters

where
option can be
dro flag
where flag can be:
0 for a linear spring/damper
1 for a torsional spring/damper
dmf dynamic_factor
tv test_velocity
cl clearance
fd failure_deflection
dlc limit_compression
dlt limit_tension
where
type is the spring or damper's material model and
parameters is a list of corresponding parameters, as in the following:
le stiffness for linear elastic
lv damping for linear viscous
iep elastic tangent yield for isotropic elastic
ne ld_curve_# for nonlinear elastic
nv ld_curve_# for nonlinear viscous
gn loading_# unloading_# hardening tension compression
for general nonlinear
dhpt for a dashpot
mv for a three parameter maxwell viscoelastic
itc for a inelastic tension or compression only

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

376 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 se elastic_value damping stress for scalar elastic
mus l0 vmax sv a fmax tl tv fpe lmax ksh for muscle
where
l0 for initial muscle length
vmax for maximum CE shortening velocity
sv for scale factor for Vmax vs. activs state
a for activation level vs. time function
fmax for peak isometric force
tl for active tension vs. length function
tv for active tension vs. velocity function
fpe for force vs. length function
lmax for relative length
ksh for exponential rise constant

Remarks

A spring or damper is defined using either the spdp command forming a set of springs/dampers between
two surfaces, or using the spring command to create a single spring at a time. In each case, the
definition of a spring includes a reference to a material definition spd number.

ANSYS, use linear elastic, linear viscous (damper), isotropic elastoplastic, or the dashpot.

DYNA3D, use linear elastic, linear viscous (damper), isotropic elastoplastic, nonlinear elastic, nonlinear
viscous, general tabulated nonlinear, and dashpot.

LS-DYNA, use linear elastic, linear viscous (damper), isotropic elastoplastic, nonlinear elastic,
nonlinear viscous, general tabulated nonlinear, dashpot, three parameter Maxwell viscoelastic, inelastic
tension or compression only, and muscle. LS-DYNA3D options also include dro, dmf, tv, cl, fd, dlc,
and dlt.

LS-NIKE3D, use linear elastic, linear viscous (damper), isotropic elastoplastic, nonlinear elastic, and
nonlinear viscous.

MARC, use linear elastic, linear viscous (damper), isotropic elastoplastic, or the dashpot.

NASTRAN, use scalar elastic.

NE/NASTRAN, use scalar elastic.

NIKE3D, use linear elastic, linear viscous (damper), isotropic elastoplastic, nonlinear elastic, nonlinear
viscous, general tabulated nonlinear, and dashpot.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 377

If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection, only the
options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box.

Example

nastran
spd 1 se 1 .1 2.1
block 1 6;1 6;1 6;-1 1 -1 1 -1 1
spdp 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 m 1 ;
block 1 6; 1 6; 1 6;-1 1 -1 1 1.1 3.1
spdp 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 s ; ;
merge
write

spinfo write information about springs and dampers

spinfo (no arguments)

7. Interfaces

bbinfo block boundary interface information

bbinfo

Remarks

Only the master side of the interface appears in this table. Additional information is printed when first
entering the merge phase and performing nodal merging. Master interfaces defined within a part are not
included in the table while in that part generation phase. Only after that part is completed will its master
block boundary interfaces appear in the table.

Example

The following commands form 7 parts. The first part is a simple cylinder formed with a single block.
Each of the faces of this part forms master side of another block boundary. Each of the subsequent parts
are glued to this center part using the block boundary interface command.

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 1 c sphere surface
block 1 11; 1 11; 1 11;-1 1 -1 1 -1 1 c part 1
sfi -1 -2; -1 -2; -1 -2;sd 1 c project to sphere
bb 1 1 1 1 2 2 1; c master BB 1
bb 2 1 1 2 2 2 2; c master BB 2

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

378 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

bb 1 1 1 2 1 2 3; c master BB 3
bb 1 2 1 2 2 2 4; c master BB 4
bb 1 1 1 2 2 1 5; c master BB 5
bb 1 1 2 2 2 2 6; c master BB 6
block 1 11;1 11;1 11;-3 -1 -3 3 -3 3 c part 2
bb 2 1 1 2 2 2 1; c slave BB 1
block 1 11;1 11;1 11;1 3 -3 3 -3 3 c part 3
bb 1 1 1 1 2 2 2; c slave BB 2
block 1 11;1 11;1 11;-3 3 -3 -1 -3 3 c part 4
bb 1 2 1 2 2 2 3; c slave BB 3
block 1 11;1 11;1 11;-3 3 1 3 -3 3 c part 5
bb 1 1 1 2 1 2 4; c slave BB 4
block 1 11;1 11;1 11;-3 3 -3 3 -3 -1 c part 6
bb 1 1 2 2 2 2 5; c slave BB 5
block 1 11;1 11;1 11;-3 3 -3 3 1 3 c part 7
bb 1 1 1 2 2 1 6; c slave BB 6
merge

The bbinfo command then produced this table of master block boundaries.

Master Block Boundary Interface Table

BB number 1 is 11 by 11 nodes
BB number 2 is 11 by 11 nodes
BB number 3 is 11 by 11 nodes
BB number 4 is 11 by 11 nodes
BB number 5 is 11 by 11 nodes
BB number 6 is 11 by 11 nodes

getbb retrieve a block boundary from a part file

getbb filename source_BB_# TG_alias_BB_#

where
filename name of the part file
source_BB_# block boundary identification number in the part file
TG_alias_BB_# new identification number for this block boundary

Remarks

Use the savepart command to save the part data including the master block boundary information to
a file. The getbb command makes it possible to retrieve the block boundary information from this file

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 379

without having to re-generate the entire part used to create the master side of the block boundary
interface.

This feature can be used to define the connections between portions of a model so that a large model can
be built by more than one individual. A shell part can be used to form such an interface by forming a
cross section of the model. This splits the model. Then each individual must match this cross section as
they build their portion of the mesh. Care must be taken to assure that the interface can be matched by
both sides of the model.

inttr block boundary transition element interpolation factor

inttr á

Remarks

The interior elements of a transition block

are interpolated using a parameter
between 0 and 1. The default for this
parameter is 0.5. Referring to the diagram,

á=a/b

Example
Transition parameter
inttr .6
block 1 5 0 6 9;1 3;-1;1 5 0 6 9 1 3 0 c part 1
bb 1 1 1 2 1 1 1;bb 4 1 1 5 1 1 2; c master BBs
block 1 3 0 4 5;1 2;-1;1 5 0 6 9 -1 1 0 c part 2
trbb 1 2 1 2 2 1 1;trbb 4 2 1 5 2 1 2; c slave transitions
merge

mbb master block boundary from point data

mbb n #_rows #_columns x1 y1 z1 ... xn yn zn trans ;

where
n is the block boundary interface number
#_rows is the number of rows in the table of coordinates
#_columns is the number of columns in the table of coordinates
xi yi zi are the coordinate triples for each node point

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

380 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 trans is a coordinate transformation

Remarks

This creates a master block boundary from a table of coordinates. This feature is useful when a mesh
is imported with the readmesh command. A master block boundary can be extracted from this part by
picking nodes and using the F7 function key to print out the coordinates. Care must be taken to select
a block region and to pick the nodes in the correct order.

Example

mbb 10 3 3
1 3 0 2 3.1 .25 3 3 0
.9 2 .25 2 2 -.25 3.1 2 .25
1 1 0 2 .9 .25 3 1 0 ;

prtrnd project intermediate transition nodes

prtrnd switch
where switch can be
on
off

Remarks

A transition node is an intermediate node in a transition block. The transition block is the region were
the transition from coarse to fine or fine to coarse mesh is located. This is always on the slave side of
a transition interface. By default, these intermediate nodes are not projected. They are interpolated from
the position of the surrounding nodes..

Care must be taken when using this feature when there are several parts or regions on the slave side of
the transition (such as bricks and embedded shells), so that all slave parts or regions involved in the
transition have the appropriate faces projected. If only some of the faces are projected to surfaces, then
the nodes may not merge properly.

sid sliding interface definition

sid slide_# option_list ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 381

 where option_list consists of
tied for tied sliding surface (DYNA3D,NIKE3D)
sl for sliding only (DYNA3D,NIKE3D)
sv for sliding with voids (DYNA3D,NIKE3D)
single for single sided slide surface (DYNA3D,NIKE3D)
dni for discrete nodes impacting surface (DYNA3D)
dnt for discrete nodes tied to surface (DYNA3D)
sets for shell element edge tied to shell element surface (DYNA3D)
nsw for nodes spot welded (DYNA3D)
break for tie-break interface (DYNA3D)
owsv for one way sliding with voids (DYNA3D)
dummy is only used to insure that nodes in this interface will not be merged
sand options for the Slide Surface with Adaptive New Definitions (DYNA3D)
where options can be
sms slave_material_list ;
mms master_material_list ;
auto for automatic contact (DYNA3D)
inter for Interface elements (ABAQUS)
tcrs thermal_contact_resistance for thermal sliding with thermal contact
resistance (TOPAZ3D)
rebar options to define properties of REBAR 1D sliding interface (DYNA3D)
where options can be any of the following:
rbrad radius
rbstr strength
rbshr modulus
rbumax displacement
rbexp exponent
rbibond non-negative_number
pnlt penalty_factor for sliding penalty (NIKE3D)
fric friction_factor for static coefficient of frictio n
(DYNA3D,NIKE3D,ABAQUS)
kfric kinetic_coefficient_of_friction for kinetic coefficient of friction
(DYNA3D,NIKE3D)
decay exponential_decay_coefficient for exponential decay coefficient
(DYNA3D,NIKE3D)
pen for small penetration flag (DYNA3D)
sfif for slave to be printed in force file (DYNA3D)
mfif for master to be printed in force file (DYNA3D)
pnlts slave_penalty_factor for slave penalty factor (DYNA3D)
pnltm master_penalty_factor for master penalty factor (DYNA3D)
bwmrad #_facets to set the bandwidth minimization radius (NIKE3D)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

382 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 fric2 friction_factor for the anisotropic friction coefficient (ABAQUS)
stif stiffness for stiffness in stick (ABAQUS)
essl stress for the equivalent shear stress limit (ABAQUS)
penmax distance to set the small penetration search distance
iaug flag to set the augmentation flag
where the flag can be
1 to augment until convergence tolerance is satisfied
0 for no augmentations (penalty method)
-n for the number of augmentations per step
altoln tolerance to set the normal direction convergence tolerance
altolt tolerance to set the tangential direction convergence tolerance
tkmult multiplier to set the tangent stiffness multiplier
dtime time to set the interface death time
bury time to set the interface burial time
concon conductance contact conductance
radcon conductance radiation conductance
lsdsi type options ; for LS-DYNA sliding interfaces (LS-DYNA)
where type can be:
1 for Sliding without penalties
p1 for Symmetric sliding with penalties
2 for Tied
3 for Sliding, impact, friction
a3 for Sliding, impact, friction, no segmentation orientation
4 for Single surface contact
5 for Discrete nodes impacting surface
a5 for Discrete nodes impacting surface, no segmentation
orientation
6 for Discrete nodes tied to surface
7 for Shell edge tied to shell surface
8 for Nodes spot welded to surface
9 for Tiebreak interface
10 for One way treatment of sliding, impact, friction
a10 for One way treatment, no segmentation orientation
13 for Automatic single surface with beams and arbitrary
orientations
a13 for Automatic single surface with beams and arbitrary
orientations with extra search for airbag contact
14 for Surface to surface eroding contact
15 for Single surface eroding contact
16 for Node to surface eroding contact
17 for Surface to surface symmetric/asymmetric constraint method

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 383

 18 for Node to surface constraint method (Taylor and Flanagan
1989)
19 for Rigid body to rigid body contact with arbitrary
force/deflection curve
20 for Rigid nodes to rigid body contact with arbitrary
force/deflection curve
21 for Rigid body to rigid body contact with arbitrary
force/deflection curve (one way treatment)
22 for Single edge treatment for shell surface edge to edge
treatment
23 for Simulated draw bead
24 for Automatic surface to surface tiebreak
25 for Automatic one way surface to surface tiebreak
34 for Automatic general
35 for Automatic general interior
36 for Force transducer constraint
37 for Force transducer penalty
38 for Forming node to surface
39 for Forming one way surface to surface
40 for Forming surface to surface
41 for Discrete nodes impacting surface w/ interference
42 for One way treatment of sliding, impact, friction w/
interference
43 for Spotweld
44 for Spotweld with torsion
45 for Sliding, impact, friction w/ interference
46 for Tiebreak nodes only
47 for Tied with failure
rebar for rebar in concrete 1D sliding
and an option can be:
lcrsgo load_curve_# for optional load curve defining the resisting
stress vs. gap opening
isrch flag small penetration in contact search
where flag can be
0 for check is off
1 for check is on
2 for check is on, shortest diagonal used
visdam percent for viscous damping coefficient in percent of
critical
kpf flag kinematic partition factor for constraint
where

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

384 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 flag can be
0 for fully automatic treatment
1 for one way treatment with slave nodes
constrained to master surface
-1 for one wa y trea tm ent with m a ster nodes
constrained to slave surface
lcair load_curve_# load curve defining airbag thickness
penmax penetration maximum penetration
thkopt flag thickness option
where
flag can be
0 for default from the control cards
1 for thickness is not considered
2 for thickness is considered but rigid
bodies are excluded
3 for thickness is considered including
rigid bodies
4 for thickness effects are not included
lcfpb load_curve_# force vs. penetration behavior load curve
fcm flag force calculation method
where
flag can be
1 for total normal force on surface vs. max.
penetration of any node
2 for normal force on each node vs. penetration of
node through the surface
3 for normal pressure vs. penetration of node into
surface
4 for total normal force vs. max. soft penetration
unstf unloading stiffness
lcbcrf load_curve_# load curve giving the bending
component of the retaining force
lcnflen load_curve_# load curve giving the normal force per
unit draw bead length as a function of
displacement
dbd depth draw bead depth
scllc factor scale factor for load curve
nitdb #_iterations number of integration points laong the draw
bead
slvmat material_list ; automatic slave segment materials
sypl slave, do not include faces with normal
boundary constraints

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 385

 serin slave erosion/interior node option
sadjmat slave storage is allocated so that eroding contact
can occur
scoufsf factor oulomb friction scale factor
svfsf factor viscous friction scale factor
snffs stress_or_force slave normal stress at failure
ssffs stress_or_force slave shear stress at failure
senf exponent slave exponent for normal force
sesf exponent slave exponent for shear force
mstmat material_list ; automatic master segment materials
mypl master, do not include faces with normal
boundary constraints
merin master erosion/interior node option
madjmat master storage is allocated so that eroding
contact can occur
mcoufsf factor
mvfsf factor
mnffs stress_or_force master normal stress at failure
msffs stress_or_force master shear stress at failure
menf exponent master exponent for normal force
mesf exponent master exponent for shear force
scoef coefficient static coefficient of friction
dcoef coefficient dynamic coefficient of friction
decay coefficient dynamic decay coefficient
incslv include slave side in printed and binary force
interface file
incmst include master side in printed and binary force
interface file
sfsps factor scale factor on default slave penalty stiffness
sfmps factor scale factor on default master penalty stiffness
vfcoef coefficient coefficient for viscous friction
thss thickness optional thickness for slave surface
thms thickness optional thickness for master surface
sthss factor scale factor for slave surface thickness
sthms factor scale factor for master surface thickness
btime time birth time
dtime time death time
softc flag soft constraint option
where
flag can be:
0 for penalty formulation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

386 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 1 for soft constraint formulation
ssoftc factor scale factor for constraint forces of soft
constraint option
maxpcss coordinate maximum parametric coordinate in segment
search
srchdp depth search depth in automatic contact
ncybs cycles number of cycles between bucket sorts
ncyup cycles number of cycles between contact force updates
for penalty formulations
diskoc disable logic in thickness offset contact to avoid
shooting nodes
concon conductance contact conductance
radcon conductance radiation conductance
gapcs size gap critical size
ctofst
atbo args
where args can be
1 for Slave nodes in contact and which come into
contact will permanently stick. Tangential
motion is inhibited.
2 normal_stress shear_stress
for Tiebreak is active for nodes which are
initially in contact. Until failure, tangential
motion is inhibited.
3 normal_stress shear_stress
for Same as 1st option but with failure after
sticking
4 for T iebreak is active for nodes which are
initially in contact but tangential motion with
frictional sliding is permitted.
5 plastic_stress load_curve
for Tiebreak is active for nodes which are
initially in contact. Damage is defined by a load
curve.
6 distance
for Tiebreak is active for brick and thick shell
nodes which are initially in contact. damage is
a linear function between points.
lcid1 load_curve load curve dynamic interface stiffness
lcid2 load_curve load curve transient interface stiffness
isym option_# symmetric plane option
i2d3d option_# segment searching option

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 387

 sldthk thickness solid element thickness
sldstf thickness solid element stiffness
igap option_# flag implicit convergence behavior
ignore option_# ignore initial penetration in automatic interfaces
edge distance edge to edge penetration check
rbrad radius
rbstr strength
rbshr modulus
rbumax strain
rbexp exponent

Remarks

Sliding interfaces or contact surfaces are constructed in 3 steps. These steps can be done in any order.

1. define the properties

2. select the slave side
3. select the master side, if applicable

The sid command is used to define the properties. The si and sii commands are used in the part phase
or the merge phase to select the nodes or faces that form the master and slave sides of the interface.

The options for LS-DYNA are large and unique so they have been singled out and fall under the lsdsi
option of the sid command. Some of these sliding interfaces require nodes on the slave side while others
require only a set of faces on the slave side. This definition is required so that the proper data can be
written to the output file.

With some simulation code formats, one can construct a node set or a face set. This will be written to
the output file as a set. Then it is a simple matter to add the keyword command to the output file using
a text editor to transform that set into a contact surface or sliding interface. This approach has the
problem that nodes may be merged across the two sides because they are not defined as sliding
interfaces.

When nodes are merged, nodes across a sliding interface will not be merged. When a merge command
is first issued in the merge phase, a table is written listing the number of nodes and faces associated with
each sliding interface.

The dummy type interface is actually used to avoid merging of nodes. A sliding interface of this type
is not written to the output file.

The nodes and faces of a sliding interface or contact surface can be viewed in the merge phase using the
si option of the co command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

388 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection, only the
options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box.

Examples

sid 1 tied pnlt 10;

sid 10 rebar rbrad .01;;
sid 13 lsdsi 9 lcrsgo 1 visdam .34 isrch 1 ; ; ;
sid 54 dummy;

siinfo list sliding interface definitions

siinfo <no arguements>

8. Elements
Beam elements can be created in three ways. The primary method of beam element generation extracts
the needed nodes from an existing shell of brick part. This is only available within the block or cylinder
part phase. The ibm and ibmi commands create beams along i-lines of the mesh, the jbm and jbmi
along j-lines, and the kbm and kbmi along k-lines. This is a way to embed beam elements within a shell
of brick structure. Alternatively, the material of the parent shell of brick part can be set to 0 so that the
part can be generated as usual, but so that the shell or brick elements will not be saved when the part
generation is ended. The nodes that are used in any of these beam commands will be saved along with
the beam elements.

The second method of beam element generation uses the bm command. This is fully interactive. Beams
are strung along a 3D curve.

The beam and cbeam parts create beams by connecting a pair of nodes with a line of beam elements.
This is an old method included to be backwards compatible, but it is not interactive.

Beam cross section properties are defined using bsd and bind. Shell cross section properties are defined
with the sind command.

Elements and nodes can have their numbers offset using the offset command. This makes it easier to
glue several models together by concatenating two files.

Cross sectional properties, and in particular thicknesses, are not scaled by the xsca, ysca, zsca, and csca
commands.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 389

bsd global beam cross section definition

bsd cross_section_# option_list ;

where
option_list consists of some of the following:
sthi thickness for both thicknesses in s-direction
sthi1 thickness for first thickness in s-direction
sthi2 thickness for second thickness in s-direction
tthi thickness for both thicknesses in t-direction
tthi1 thickness for first thickness in t-direction
tthi2 thickness for second thickness in t-direction
ldp distance for NEUTRAL file beams

ABAQUS beams

Figure 280 Beam Local Coordinate System for ABAQUS

cstype type t_options ;

where

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

390 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 type and t_options can be:
7 t_options ; for PIPE (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 radius
ABCS2 thickness
NABIP1 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P Temperature
8 t_options ; for BOX (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 width
ABCS2 height
ABCS3 thickness
ABCS4 thickness
ABCS5 thickness
ABCS6 thickness
NABIP1 #_integrations
NABIP2 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P Temperature
9 t_options ; for CIRCLE (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 radius
NABIP1 #_integrations
NABIP2 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature
10 t_options ; for I-BEAM (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 depth
ABCS2 height
ABCS3 width
ABCS4 width
ABCS5 thickness
ABCS6 thickness
ABCS7 thickness
NABIP1 #_integrations

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 391

 NABIP3 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature
11 t_options ; for RECTANGLE (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 width
ABCS2 height
NABIP1 #_integrations
NABIP2 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature
12 t_options ; for HEXAGON (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 thickness
ABCS2 thickness
NABIP1 #_integrations
NABIP2 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature
13 t_options ; for ELBOW (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 radius
ABCS2 thickness
ABCS3 radius
NABIP1 #_integrations
NABIP2 #_integrations
NABIP3 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature

14 t_options ; for TRAPEZOID (ABAQUS)

where
t_options can be
ABCS1 width
ABCS2 height
ABCS3 width
ABCS4 depth
NABIP1 #_integrations

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

392 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 NABIP2 #_integrations
RSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature
15 t_options ; for I-SECTION (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
ABCS1 width
ABCS2 height
ABCS3 thickness
ABCS4 thickness
NABIP1 #_integrations
NABIP2 #_integrations
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature
16 t_options ; for ARBITRARY (ABAQUS)
where
t_options can be
CSCRV y1 z1 ... yn zn ;
CSSTH thick1 ... thickn ;
TRSS stiffness
ABTEM P temperature

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 393

 ANSYS beams

Figure 281 Beam Local Coordinate System for ANSYS

ban4 t_options ; for ELASTIC BEAMS (ANSYS)

where
t_options can be
AREA area
IXX moment
IYY moment
IZZ moment
HEIGHT height
WIDTH width
THETA angle
INSTR strain
SHEARY constant
SHEARZ constant

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

394 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ban8 t_options ; for SPARS (ANSYS)
where
t_options can be
AREA area
INSTR strain
ban10 t_options ; for TENSION/COMPRESSION SPARS (ANSYS)
where
t_options can be
AREA area
INSTR strain

ban24 t_options ; for THIN WALLED PLASTIC BEAMS (ANSYS)

where
t_options can be
CSCRV y1 z1 ... yn zn ;
CSSTH thick1 ... thickn ;
RXOFF1 x-offset
RXOFF2 x-offset
SHEARY constant
SHEARZ constant
ban33 t_options ; for THERMAL BARS (ANSYS)
where
t_options can be
AREA area
ban44 t_options ; for TAPPERED UNSYMMETRICAL BEAMS (ANSYS)
where
t_options can be
AREA area
AREA1 area
AREA2 area
IXX moment
IXX1 moment
IXX2 moment
IYY moment
IYY1 moment
IYY2 moment
IZZ moment
IZZ1 moment
IZZ2 moment
YB width
YB1 width

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 395

 YB2 width
YA width
YA1 width
YA2 width
ZB height
ZB1 height
ZB2 height
ZA height
ZA1 height
ZA2 height
XOFF1 x-component
YOFF1 y-component
ZOFF1 z-component
XOFF2 x-component
YOFF2 y-component
ZOFF2 z-component
SHEARY constant
SHEARZ constant

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

396 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 DYNA3D beams

Figure 282 Beam Local Coordinate System for

DYNA3D

Parameters
where
parameters can be
(Hughes-Liu beam, constant thickness)
STHI thickness (s-thickness at both ends)
TTHI thickness (t-thickness at both ends)
or
(Hughes-Liu beam, variable thickness)
STHI1 thickness (s-thickness at beginning)
STHI2 thickness (s-thickness at ending)
TTHI1 thickness (t-thickness at beginning)
TTHI2 thickness (t-thickness at ending)
or
(Belytschko-Schwer beam)
carea area cross section area

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 397

 iss iss area moment of inertia about s-axis
itt itt area moment of inertia about t-axis
irr irr area moment of inertia about r-axis
sarea area shear area of cross section
or
(Truss)
carea area cross section area

LS-DYNA beams

Figure 283 Beam Local Coordinate System for

LS-DYNA

Parameters ; for LS-DYNA beams

(Dimensions of Standard Cross Sections are in Global Coordinates)
where
parameters can be either:

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

398 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 (Hughes-Liu Standard Sections)
lsd 1 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (W-section)
lsd 2 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (C-section)
lsd 3 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (angle)
lsd 4 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (T-section)
lsd 5 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (rectangular)
lsd 6 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (Z-section)
lsd 7 flange_width depth web_thickness (trapezoidal)
SREF location
where
location can be:
1 meaning the side where s is 1
0 meaning centered
-1 meaning the side where s is -1
TREF location
where
location can be:
1 meaning the side where t is 1
0 meaning centered
-1 meaning the side where t is -1
or
(Hughes-Liu Constant Thickness or Diameter)
STHI thickness (s-thickness or outer diameter at both ends)
TTHI thickness (t-thickness or inner diameter at both ends)
SREF location
where
location can be:
1 meaning the side where s is 1
0 meaning centered
-1 meaning the side where s is -1
TREF location
where
location can be:
1 meaning the side where t is 1
0 meaning centered
-1 meaning the side where t is -1
or
(Hughes-Liu Variable Thicknesses or Diameters )
STHI1 thickness (s-thickness or outer diameter at beginning)
STHI2 thickness (s-thickness or outer diameter at ending)
TTHI1 thickness (t-thickness or inner diameter at beginning)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 399

 TTHI2 thickness (t-thickness or inner diameter at ending)
SREF location
where
location can be:
1 meaning the side where s is 1
0 meaning centered
-1 meaning the side where s is -1
TREF location
where
location can be:
1 meaning the side where t is 1
0 meaning centered
-1 meaning the side where t is -1
or
(Belytschko-Schwer beam)
carea area cross section area
iss iss area moment of inertia about s-axis
itt itt area moment of inertia about t-axis
irr irr area moment of inertia about r-axis
sarea area shear area of cross section
or
(Truss)
carea area cross section area
or
(Belytschko-Schwer Full Integration Beam Standart Sections)
lsd 1 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (W-section)
lsd 2 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (C-section)
lsd 3 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (angle)
lsd 4 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (T-section)
lsd 5 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (rectangular)
lsd 6 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (Z-section)
lsd 7 flange_width depth web_thickness (trapezoidal)
or
(Belytschko-Schwer Full Integration Beam Constant Thickness or Diameters
)
STHI thickness (s-thickness or outer diameter at both ends)
TTHI thickness (t-thickness or inner diameter at both ends)
or
(Belytschko-Schwer Full Integration Beam Variable Thicknesses or Diameters)
STHI1 thickness (s-thickness or outer diameter at beginning)
STHI2 thickness (s-thickness or outer diameter at ending)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

400 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 TTHI1 thickness (t-thickness or inner diameter at beginning)
TTHI2 thickness (t-thickness or inner diameter at ending)

or
(Belytschko-Schwer Tubular Beam Constant Diameter)
STHI outer_diameter (outer diameter at both ends)
TTH inner_diameter (inner diameter at both ends)
or
(Belytschko-Schwer Tubular Beam Variable Diameter)
STHI1 first_outer_diameter (outer diameter at beginning)
STHI2 last_outer_diameter (outer diameter at ending)
TTHI1 first_inner_diameter (inner diameter at beginning)
TTHI2 last_inner_diameter (innter diameter at ending)
or
(Discrete 3D Beam)
vold volume
cabarea cable_area
lump inertia (lumped geometric inertia)
cablcid local_coordinate_system_# (defined by the lsys command)
caboff cable_offset
or
(Spot Weld Beam Standart Sections)
lsd 1 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (W-section)
lsd 2 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (C-section)
lsd 3 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (angle)
lsd 4 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (T-section)
lsd 5 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (rectangular)
lsd 6 flange_width flange_thickness depth web_thickness (Z-section)
lsd 7 flange_width depth web_thickness (trapezoidal)
or
(Spot Weld Beam Constant Thickness)
STHI thickness (s-thickness at both ends)
TTHI thickness (t-thickness at both ends)
or
(Spot Weld Beam Variable Thicknesses)
STHI1 thickness (s-thickness at beginning)
STHI2 thickness (s-thickness at ending)
TTHI1 thickness (t-thickness at beginning)
TTHI2 thickness (t-thickness at ending)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 401

 MARC beams

Figure 284 Beam Local Coordinate System for MARC

marc13 t_options ; for OPEN SECTION THIN WALLED BEAMS (MARC)

where
t_options can be:
CSCRV y(1) z(1) ... y(n+1) z(n+1) ;
CSSTH thick(1) ... thickn ;
VCSSTH first_thick(1) last_thick(1)... first_thick(n) last_thick(n) ;
CSSLEN length(1) ... length(n) ;
CSSSLP first_dy(1) first_dz(1) last_dy(1) last_dz(1) ... first_dy(n)
first_dz(n) last_dy(n) last_dz(n) ;
CSDIV #_divisions(1) ... #_divisions(n) ;

marc14 t_options ; for T HIN WALLE D B E AM S W /O W ARPING

(MARC)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

402 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 where
t_options can be:
CSCRV y(1) z(1) ... y(n+1) z(n+1) ;
CSSTH thick(1) ... thickn ;
VCSSTH first_thick(1) last_thick(1) ...first_thick(n) last_thick(n) ;
CSSLEN length(1) ... length(n) ;
CSSSLP first_dy(1) first_dz(1) last_dy(1) last_dz(1) ... first_dy(n)
first_dz(n) last_dy(n) last_dz(n) ;
CSDIV #_divisions(1) ... #_divisions(n) ;
THICK thickness
RADIUS radius
marc25 t_options ; for THIN WALLED BEAMS (MARC)
where
t_options can be:
CSCRV y(1) z(1) ... y(n+1) z(n+1) ;
CSSTH thick(1) ... thickn ;
VCSSTH first_thick(1) last_thick(1) ...first_thick(n) last_thick(n) ;
CSSLEN length(1) ... length(n) ;
CSSSLP first_dy(1) first_dz(1) last_dy(1) last_dz(1) ... first_dy(n)
first_dz(n) last_dy(n) last_dz(n) ;
CSDIV #_divisions(1) ... #_divisions(n) ;
THICK thickness
RADIUS radius
marc31 t_options ; for ELASTIC CURVED PIPE (MARC)
where
t_options can be:
AREA area
IYY moment
IZZ moment
IXX moment
ETSAY area
ETSAZ area
THICK thickness
RADIUS radius
BEND radius

marc52 t_options ; for ELASTIC BEAMS (MARC)

where
t_options can be
AREA area
IYY moment

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 403

 IZZ moment
IXX moment
ETSAY area
ETSAZ area
marc76 t_options ; for THIN WALLED BEAMS W/O WARPING (MARC)
where
t_options can be:
CSCRV y(1) z(1) ... y(n+1) z(n+1) ;
CSSTH thick(1) ... thickn ;
VCSSTH first_thick(1) last_thick(1)... first_thick(n) last_thick(n) ;
CSSLEN length(1) ... length(n) ;
CSSSLP first_dy(1) first_dz(1) last_dy(1) last_dz(1) ... first_dy(n)
first_dz(n) last_dy(n) last_dz(n) ;
CSDIV #_divisions(1) ... #_divisions(n) ;
THICK thickness
RADIUS radius
marc79 t_options ; for THIN WALLED BEAMS WITH WARPING (MARC)
where
t_options can be:
CSCRV y(1) z(1) ... y(n+1) z(n+1) ;
CSSTH thick(1) ... thickn ;
VCSSTH first_thick(1) last_thick(1)... first_thick(n) last_thick(n) ;
CSSLEN length(1) ... length(n) ;
CSSSLP first_dy(1) first_dz(1) last_dy(1) last_dz(1) ... first_dy(n)
first_dz(n) last_dy(n) last_dz(n) ;
CSDIV #_divisions(1) ... #_divisions(n) ;
marc98 t_options ; for E L AST IC B E AM S W IT H T RANSVERSE SHEAR
(MARC)
where
t_options can be:
AREA area
IYY moment
IZZ moment
IXX moment
ETSAY area
ETSAZ area

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

404 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 NASTRAN Beams

Figure 285 Beam Local Coordinate System for

NASTRAN Beam

bna1 t_options ;
where
t_options can be:
SHSTF y-shear z-shear
SHRLF y-shear z-shear
NSM M I moment
NSM M I1 moment
NSM M I2 moment
WARP coefficient
WARP1 coefficient
WARP2 coefficient
CENGRAV y1 z1 y2 z2
NEUAXIS y1 z1 y2 z2
SPCSD position c_options ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 405

 where
c_options can be
AREA area
IYY moment
IZZ moment
IYZ moment
IXX moment
M ASS mass
SDR1 y1 z1
SDR2 y2 z2
SDR3 y3 z3
SDR4 y4 z4
DX1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1
DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2
bna2 t_options ; for OFFSET RODS (NASTRAN)
where
t_options can be:
AREA area
IYY moment
IZZ moment
IYZ moment
IXX moment
M ASS mass
CENGRAV y z
NEUAXIS y z
CSTYPE type c_options ;
where
type can be
1 for the default elliptic
2 for symmetry about y and z
3 for symmetry about y
4 for symmetry about z

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

406 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 5 for symmetry about y=z=0
6 for arbitrary
c_options can be
CSCRV y1 z1 ... yn zn ;
CSSAR area1 ... arean ;
CSSM AT material1 ... materialn ;
DX1
DY1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1
DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2
bna3 t_options ; for CURVED BEAMS (NASTRAN)
where
t_options can be:
AREA area
IYY moment
IZZ moment
IXX moment
RB radius
THETAB angle
SHSTF y-shear z-shear
SDR1 y1 z1
SDR2 y2 z2
SDR3 y3 z3
SDR4 y4 z4
RC offset
ZC offset
DELTAN offset
DX1
DY1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 407

 DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2
bna4 t_options ; for ELBOW & CURVED PIPE (NASTRAN)
where
t_options can be:
FSI intensification
M CSR radius
WTH thickness
IP pressure
RB radius
THETAB angle
M ASS mass
RC offset
ZC offset
DX1
DY1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1
DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2

bna5 t_options ; for SIMPLE BEAM (BAR) ( NASTRAN)

where
t_options can be:
AREA area
IYY moment
IZZ moment
IYZ moment
IXX moment
M ASS mass
SHSTF y-shear z-shear

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

408 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 SDR1 y1 z1
SDR2 y2 z2
SDR3 y3 z3
SDR4 y4 z4
DX1
DY1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1
DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2
bna6 t_options ; for ROD (NASTRAN)
where
t_options can be:
AREA area
IXX moment
TSC coefficient
M ASS mass
DX1
DY1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1
DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2
bna7 t_options ; for TUBE (NASTRAN)
where
t_options can be:
OD diameter
WTH thickness
M ASS mass
OD2 diameter

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 409

 DX1
DY1
DZ1
RX1
RY1
RZ1
DX2
DY2
DZ2
RX2
RY2
RZ2

NE/NASTRAN Beams (in addition to all of the beam cross sections for NASTRAN)

bna8 t_options ; for CABLE (NE/NASTRAN)

where
t_options can be:
islack slack
itens tension
area area
iyz moment
ats stress

Remarks

Choose a positive integer for the cross section number. This number is used as reference in the ibm,
ibmi, jbm, jbmi, kbm, kbmi, and bm commands. It is also used in reference in the definition of
materials lsdymats and dyanmats.

For detailed information on definition of the cross-section see the manual of the specific simulation code.

If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection, only the
options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box.

bsinfo write information about defined beam cross sections

bsinfo bsd_#
where
bsd_# is the one assigned to the definition in the bsd command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

410 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

bind Hughes-Liu beam user-defined integration points

bind rule_# s1 t1 w1 s2 t2 w2 s3 t3 w3 ... ;

where
rule_# can be any positive integer used to refer to this rule followed by a list of local
coordinates of integration points s i and ti and corresponding weights wi .

Remarks

This command is used to define the integration points for the Hughes-Liu beam in DYNA3D and LS-
DYNA. The coordinates s i and ti are parametric coordinates of integration points from interval <-
1,1> (Denoted by crosses). The weights wi are determined from the term:
wi = A i / A
where A i is the area corresponding to the i-th integration node. A is the total area of the cross section
determined by:

A = 3A i.

T he t t and s t dimensions are used for

scaling from parametric to real coordinates.
The tt and st dimensions are specified using
the bsd, bm, ibm, ibmi, jbm, jbmi, kbm,
kbmi, dynamats, or lsdymats commands.

Figure 286 Cross Section with Integration Points

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 411

lsbsd list the defined beam cross sections.

lsbsd

Remarks

Beam cross section properties are listed by number and type. Use bsinfo to get full information about
a specific beam cross section definition.

offset add offset to numbered entities in the output

offset type offset

where type can be
nodes node numbers
bricks brick elements (or all elements)
shells shell elements (if numbered independently)
beams beam elements (if numbered independently)
tshells thick shells
nsetoff node sets if they are automatically numbered (not named)
fsetoff face sets if they are automatically numbered (not named)
esetoff element sets if they are automatically numbered (not named)
partoff parts
lcrsyoff local coordinate systems

Remarks

Only keyword outputs can use this number offset feature. For example, Ls-dyna, Abaqus, Ansys,
M arc, Nastran, NE/Nastran, and Neutral.

Abaqus uses nodes, bricks, nsetoff, esetoff, partoff, and nsetoff affects the automatically numbered
node sets as a result of the fc, fd, fv, ft, acc, and mom nodal boundary conditions. Esetoff affects the
automatically numbered element sets as a result of the pr condition. Partoff affects the automatic
numbering of element sets based on the part number.

Ansys uses the bricks and nodes offsets.

Lsdyna uses all of the offsets.

M arc uses the bricks and nodes offsets.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

412 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Nastran and NE/Nastran uses the bricks, nodes, nsetoff, and esetoff offsets.

Neutral uses the bricks and nodes offsets.

If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection, only the
options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box.

sind shell user-defined integration rules

sind rule s1 t1 w1 s2 t2 w2 ... sn tn wn ;

where
rule is the integration rule number, 0 or 1. If 1, then all other arguments are ignored.
ti wi m i are local coordinate, integration weight, and material number

9. Sets
These commands are found in all phases. Named sets are a useful tool in the definition of boundary
conditions and properties in the mesh and form an alternative to selecting regions in the Part phase. An
arbitrary selection can be made and this is the advantage to using set functions in the Merge phase. The
disadvantage is that the selection may no longer be parametric. If you go back and make a change to
the mesh, you may have to redefine the set since the element and node numbers have changed.

The name of the set can be up to 8 alphanumeric characters long. Each name of the set must be unique.

In some of the set commands, the logical or Boolean set operators AND and OR are used to create new
sets from existing sets. The AND operator between two sets means to take their intersection. This should
not be confused with the common usage of and which might be interpreted to mean the addition of two
sets. The OR operator does this function.

delset delete a set

delset type set_name

where type is the type of set which can be one of the following
node node set
face face set
element element set
where set_name is the name of the set.
Remarks

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 413

If a node set was constructed but is no longer needed, then it is best to delete it with this command. This
can be important if an output file is going to be written which automatically writes all sets. When
deleted, the set will not be written to the output file. In addition, it will not be using memory. T his
deletion has no affect on the nodes and elements of the mesh. All that is deleted is the list of nodes, faces,
or elements that formed the set.

esetc element set comment

esetc set_name text

where
set_name is the name of the element set
text a text comment

Remarks

It is necessary to specify a comment using esetc for each node set to be written to ALE3D.

esetinfo report the element set names and number of elements

esetinfo (no arguments)

Remarks

Command esetinfo reports the element set names and number of elements.

fsetc face set comment

fsetc set_name text

where
set_name is the name of the face set
text a text comment

Remarks

It is necessary to specify a comment using fsetc for each node set to be written to ALE3D.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

414 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

fsetinfo report the face set names and number of faces

fsetinfo (no arguments)

Remarks

Command fsetinfo reports the face set names and number of faces.

nsetc attach a comment to a node set

nsetc set_name text

where
set_name is the name of the node set
text a text comment

Remarks

It is necessary to specify a comment using nsetc for each node to be written to ALE3D.

nsetinfo report the node set names and number of nodes

nsetinfo (no arguments)

Remarks

Command nsetinfo reports the node set names and number of nodes.

10. Coordinate Transformations and Part Replication

Coordinate transformations are used to translate, scale, reflect, and rotate an object from a local
coordinate system to the global coordinate system. A local coordinate system is a frame of reference
in which to generate a part. A local coordinate system is almost always a matter of convenience. The
global coordinate system refers to the frame of reference used to create the complete model. In many
cases, a part is generated in the global coordinate system, so there is no need to transform it. When you
take advantage of symmetry by generating a section of the model, you will need some of the commands
in this section to replicate the part.

The lct (local coordinate system) command should not be confused with the notion of a local coordinate
system and the gct (global coordinate transformation) command should not be confused with the notion

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 415

of a global coordinate system. This unfortunate naming cannot be repaired because such a change would
cause many old input files to fail to generate the expected models.

In some cases, a component is duplicated many times. Each duplicate component must be transformed
or placed into its proper location within the global coordinate system. The part duplication commands
depend on the coordinate system transformations. Coordinate transformations can be defined in the lct,
gct, and lev commands. Parts can be replicated with the lrep, grep, and pslv commands which refer
back to the transformations defined in the lct, gct, and lev commands, respectively. The lrep and grep
commands are discussed in the part phase section.

Properties are replicated along with the parts, such as material numbers and sliding interfaces (contact
surface). Some of these properties are numbered and the number can be increased for each replication.
These are replication increment commands found in this section.

In all cases, a coordinate transformation in TrueGrid ® is composed of a sequence of basic operations.

Each basic operation is given by a keyword possibly followed by some parameters. Each basic
operation is performed in order from left to right. This ordering of the basic operations is sometimes
referred to as a product or composition of basic operations. The composition of the basic operations is
referred to as a single coordinate transformation.

It can be difficult to think of a complex transformation in three dimensions. You can simplify this by
thinking of the object already in the global coordinate system. Then build the transformation, one
operation at a time until you have moved, rotated, reflected, and scaled it to the proper position,
orientation, and size.

Some coordinate transformations are applied to all parts, such as csca, xcsa, ycsa, zcsa, xoff, yoff, zoff,
exch, and gexch. These transformations are referred to as final transformations because they are the last
transformations that are applied to the parts. These commands are usually issued at the beginning of a
command file to change dimensions.

There are four types of transformations that can be applied to a part. They are: local (lct), global (gct),
levels (lev), and final transformations and they are applied in the order they are listed. Since the lev and
the associated pslv/pplv commands allow for many nested levels of transformations, the ordering is
based on the ordering of the nested levels. The inner nested level is performed first, with the outer level
performed last. This ordering is like nested loops in a programming language.

Element cross sectional properties, and in particular thicknesses, are not scaled by these transformations.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

416 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lct define local coordinate transformations

lct n trans1 ; ... ; transn ;

where trans i is a left-to-right product of the following basic operations:
mx x_offset to translate in the x direction
my y_offset to translate in the y direction
mz z_offset to translate in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset to translate by a vector
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx theta to rotate about the x axis
ry theta to rotate about the y axis
rz theta to rotate about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy to reflect about the x-y plane
ryz to reflect about the y-z plane
rzx to reflect about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation)
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate
repe #_repetitions to repeat powers of the current transformation
save transform_# to apply a previous transformation
last to use the last transformation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 417

Remarks

This command defines a sequence of n local coordinate transformations; once you issue an lct command
the results of any previous lct commands are no longer available. Each transformation is a product of
primitive operators. The product is formed from the left to the right. One copy of the part is created and
transformed for each transformation defined in the lct command and referenced in the lrep command.
There is a limit of 500 transformations in the lct table of transformations.

You may wish to build a part in a convenient local coordinate system, and then transform the part to the
proper position in the global coordinate system. The lct command, in conjunction with the lrep
command, is used to move, scale, reflect, and rotate the part to put it in its place in the model relative
to the other parts.

Examples

lct 3 rz 45 ; rz 45 mz 10 ; rz 45 mz 10 mx 25 ;

This command defines 3 local coordinate transformations numbered from 1 to 3. Once you have issued
this command, you can no longer reference any previously defined local coordinate transformations.

The first transformation is a rotation about the z-axis. The second transformation is defined in two
operations. First the object is rotated about the z-axis 45 degrees. Then the object is moved 10 units
in the z-direction. The third transformation is defined by three operations. The first and second
operations are the same as the second transformation. In addition, the third operation then moves the
object in the x-direction 25 units. This command is equivalent to

lct 3 rz 45 ; last mz 10 ; last mx 25 ;

which is also equivalent to

lct 3 ; rz 45 ; save 1 mz 10 ; save 2 mx 25 ;

gct define global coordinate transformations

gct n trans 1 ; ... ; trans n ;

where trans i is one or more of:
mx x_offset to translate in the x direction
my y_offset to translate in the y direction
mz z_offset to translate in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset to translate by a vector

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

418 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx theta to rotate about the x axis
ry theta to rotate about the y axis
rz theta to rotate about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy to reflect about the x-y plane
ryz to reflect about the y-z plane
rzx to reflect about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate
repe #_repetitions to repeat powers of the current transformation
save transform_# to apply a previous transformation
last to use the last transformation

Remarks

This command defines the entire sequence of global coordinate transformations; once you issue a gct
command the results of any previous gct commands are no longer available. Each transformation is a
product of primitive operators. The product is formed from the left to the right.. One copy of the part
is created and transformed for each transformation defined in the gct command and referenced in the
grep command. There is a limit of 500 transformations in the gct table of transformations.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 419

You may wish to build a part in a convenient local coordinate system, and then transform the part to the
proper position in the global coordinate system. The gct command, in conjunction with the grep
command, is used to move, scale, reflect, and rotate the part to put it in its place in the model relative
to the other parts.

Examples

gct 7 rxy; ryz; rzx; ryz rzx; rxy ryz; rxy rzx; rxy ryz rzx;

This set of transformations can be used to reflect a part from the first octant into all of the other 7
octants. The next example shows these transformations in use.

gct 7 rxy;ryz;rzx;ryz rzx;

rxy ryz;rxy rzx;rxy ryz rzx;
block 1 2 3;1 2 3 4;1 2 3 4;
.25 .975 1
-.2 -.025 .025 .22
-.2 -.025 .025 .2
dei 1 2;1 2 0 3 4;;
dei 1 2;;1 2 0 3 4;
dei 2 3;1 2 0 3 4;1 2 0 3 4;
mb 2 2 2 3 3 3 x .25
tr 1 1 1 3 4 4 rz 45 ry -45;
grep 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7;
endpart

Figure 287 A Part Reflected Into 7 Octants

lev define a set of transformations to replicate a set of parts

lev level_# options ;

level_# is a small positive number to uniquely identify the level
where an option can be any of:
grep list_global_transform_# ; a list of global coordinate transformations
numbers (see the gct command)
add level_# include all transforms from another numbered lev command

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

420 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 prod first_level_# second_level_#
to include a product of transforms of two numbered lev
commands
levct n trans1 ; trans2 ; ... ; transn ;
where transi is one or more of:
mx x_offset to translate in the x direction
my y_offset to translate in the y direction
mz z_offset to translate in the z direction
v x_offset y_offset z_offset to translate by a vector
scv xn yn zn offset to translate a given distance along a vector
dv x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 to translate by a vector given by two points
rx theta to rotate about the x axis
ry theta to rotate about the z axis
rz theta to rotate about the z axis
raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation
rxy to reflect about the x-y plane
ryz to reflect about the y-z plane
rzx to reflect about the z-x plane
tf origin x-axis y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
ftf 1st_origin 1st_x-axis 1st_y-axis 2nd_origin 2nd_x-axis 2nd_y-axis
where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by
coordinate information:
rt x y z Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates
sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
pt c.i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve
pt s.i.j label of a labeled point from a surface
inv invert the present transformation
csca scale_factor to scale all coordinates
xsca scale_factor to scale the x coordinate
ysca scale_factor to scale the y coordinate
zsca scale_factor to scale the z coordinate
repe #_repetitions to repeat powers of the current transformation
save transform_# to apply a previous transformation

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 421

 last to use the last transformation

Remarks

This command defines a set of coordinate transformations associated with a level number. After defining
a level, you can apply it to several parts at once, with the pslv and pplv commands. These two
commands bracket the set of parts that the level is applied to. TrueGrid ® will apply the level
transformations to every part defined after a pslv and before the matching pplv. The way you first
define and then apply a level is analogous to the way you first define a local or global coordinate
transformation, lct or gct, and then apply them with lrep or grep.

You can define up to 20 levels of transformations. And each level can have an unlimited number of
transformations. Once you define a level, you can reference it with pslv to replicate a set of parts. A
level of transformations can be referenced by pslv commands many times. A level can be redefined.

The levct option defines a list of coordinate transformations in the same fashion as the lct and gct
commands. That is, this option defines a transformation as a composition of a number of basic
operations.

The grep option includes in the level a subset of previously defined global coordinate transformations.
You identify them by their sequence numbers in the last gct command. A warning message is issued
if a referenced global transformation was not previously defined by a gct command. Do not confuse
this option with the part command grep. The grep command directly uses global transformations to
replicate and transform a part. This grep option only uses global transformations to help define the
coordinate transformations that constitute the level.

The add option will include in the present level definition all of the transformations associated with a
previously defined level.

With the prod option, you can form the products of all transformations in two previously defined levels,
and include all those products as transformations of your new level. This means that for every
coordinate transformation in the first level and every coordinate transformation in the second level,
TrueGrid ® forms the product transformation and includes that in the new level's list of coordinate
transformations. A product of two coordinate transformations is defined to be the result of first applying
the coordinate transformation from the first level and then applying the coordinate transformation from
the second level.

Examples

gct 3 mx 10 ; repe 3 ;
lev 1 levct 3 rx 30 ; rx 30 mz 10 ; rx 30 mz 10 my 10 ;;
lev 2 grep 0 2 3 ; ;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

422 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

lev 3 add 2 levct 1 mx -10 ; grep 1 ; ;
lev 4 prod 1 3 ; ;

In the following example, a small part, in the shape of a sphere is created and then replicated using the
lev command. The picture is below. The point to this example is that the second lev is nested in the
first lev command using the pslv and pplv pair of commands, much like the way loop statements can
be nested in a programming language.

title Example Of The LEV Command

gct 1 mx 4 my 4 rz 15;
lev 1 grep 0;
levct 11 rz 30;repe 11;;
lev 2 grep 0 1;;
pslv 1
pslv 2
block 1 4;1 4;1 4;5 7 5 7 5 7
sfi -1 -2;-1 -2;-1 -2;sp 6 6 6 1
endpart
pplv
pplv
merge

Figure 288 Nested LEV Replications

pslv begin replicating multiple parts

pslv level_#
where level_# is the level definition number assigned in a lev command.

Remarks

This command is usually not issued interactively, although there is no compelling reason for this. It
usually requires good planning, since it applies to multiple parts. Typically a set of parts are generated
and the commands saved in a batch command file for regeneration. Then this command is inserted in
the batch command file to produce the desired replications.

Before using the pslv and the related pplv commands, define a numbered set of transformations with
the lev command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 423

The pslv and pplv commands will replicate a set of parts. Each use of the pslv command is paired with
the use of a pplv command. The pslv marks the beginning and pplv marks the ending. All parts in
between these two commands are replicated, one replication for each transformation found in the
corresponding lev command. Neither the pslv nor the pplv command can be issued in the part phase.

For each pslv command there must follow somewhere a pplv command. The pslv and pplv pair of
commands can be nested. When you nest one pslv/pplv pair within another, the effect is that of taking
the product of the transformations in the two corresponding levels of transformations. A stacking
technique is used to handle the products of replications. Each nesting of replications adds another level
to the replication stack. The command pslv stands for "push a level onto the stack" and the command
pplv stands for "pop the top level off of the stack".

If there are nested pslv/pplv commands, care is needed to determine the pairing of the pslv command
with its corresponding pplv commands. This pairing is necessary to determine the scope of each pslv
command (i.e. the parts that are replicated). The best way to determine which pplv is paired to which
pslv command is to use a stacking technique. As you inspect the sequence of parts being generated,
mentally place each pslv command encountered onto a stack. For each pplv that is encountered, pop
the top pslv off of the stack which is then paired with the pplv command.

Pslv/pplvs pairs can be nested up to 20 deep. Local or global replication commands (lrep or grep) are
also pushed onto and later popped off of the replication stack as a part is replicated. So when either of
these commands are used, the total number of possible nested pslv/pplvs that can be used is reduced.

Examples

pslv 1
pslv 2
c part number 1
block ...
...
endpart
pplv c this pplv is paired with the pslv 2 command above
pslv 3
c part number 2
block ...
...
endpart
pplv c this pplv is paired with the pslv 3 command above
pplv c this pplv is paired with the pslv 1 command above
pslv 4
c part number 3
block ...

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

424 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ...
grep 0 1 2 3 4 5 6;
lrep 0 1 2 3 4 5;
endpart
pplv c this pplv is paired with the pslv 1 command above

In this example, the first part has two nested levels of part replications from levels numbered 1 and 2.
The second part has two nested levels of part replications from levels numbered 1 and 3. The third part
has three levels of part replications, one each from level number 4 and global and local coordinate
transformations.

pplv end replicating multiple parts

pplv (no arguments)

Remarks

See the remarks on pslv. Pplv marks the end of the scope of part replications begun by a pslv
command.

csca scale all coordinates of all following parts

csca scale

Remarks

This command scales all parts that follow it.

xsca scale all x-coordinates of all following parts

xsca scale

Remarks

This command scales the x-coordinates of all parts that follow it.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 425

ysca scale all y-coordinates of all following parts

ysca scale

Remarks

This command scales the y-coordinates of all parts that follow it.

zsca scale all z-coordinates of all following parts

zsca scale

Remarks

This command scales the z-coordinates of all parts that follow it.

xoff translate all x-coordinates of all following parts

xoff offset

Remarks

This command translates the x-coordinates of all parts that follow it.

yoff translate all y-coordinates of all following parts

yoff offset

Remarks

This command translates the y-coordinates of all parts that follow it.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

426 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

zoff translate all z-coordinates of all following parts

zoff offset

Remarks

This command translates the z-coordinates of all parts that follow it.

gexch permute the coordinates of all following parts

gexch new_x_# new_y_#

where
new_x_# identifies the old coordinate which will become x: 1 for x, 2 for y, 3 for z
new_y_# identifies the old coordinate which will become y: 1 for x, 2 for y, 3 for z

Remarks

See the remarks on exch below. Gexch is the same as exch. If both the exch and gexch are issued,
exch is performed first.

exch permute the coordinates of all following parts

exch new_x_# new_y_#

where
new_x_# identifies the old coordinate which will become x: 1 for x, 2 for y, 3 for z
new_y_# identifies the old coordinate which will become y: 1 for x, 2 for y, 3 for z

Remarks

This command permutes the x, y, and z coordinates. It applies to all parts defined after this command
is issued.

A permutation of (1,2,3) is normally denoted by three numbers, e.g. (3,2,1). There are only two
arguments to this command with the third number implied.

There is no way to undo this command except by issuing another exch command that applies the inverse
permutation.

This permutation is applied before any permutations from gexch.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 427

Examples

exch 2 1

For every part after this command is issued, the x and y coordinates will be interchanged.

exch 1 3

For every part after this command is issued, the y and z coordinates will be interchanged.

nerl rule used to number the nodes and brick elements

nerl flag
where the flag can be
0 for default numbering method
1 for ordered by increasing i-index first
-1 for ordered by decreasing i-index first
2 for ordered by increasing j-index first
-2 for ordered by decreasing j-index first
3 for ordered by increasing k-index first
-3 for ordered by decreasing k-index first

Remarks

The default numbering is complicated to describe and is good for most problems. Nodes and brick
elements can be numbered by specifying the last index so that the part can be split into layers. This way,
the first sequence of nodes and elements will be found in the first layer, the second sequence of nodes
and elements will be found in the second layer, and so on.

gmi material number increment for global replication

gmi material_#_increment

Remarks

This command sets the increment used to change the material numbers in a part that is being replicated
using the grep command. For each replication of a part, the material numbers are increased from the
previous replication. For example, if materials 1 and 6 are used in the creation of a part and if the global
material increment is 3, then a replication of this part using grep would be assigned materials 4 and 9,

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

428 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

respectively.

The default is 0.

Example

gmi 5 c set the material number increment for grep replications

lmi 1 c set the material number increment for lrep replications
block 1 2;1 2;1 2;1 2;1 2;1 2; c single element part
mate 1 c set the material number for the original part
lct 4 mx 1;repe 4; lrep 0:4; c 5 local replications
gct 4 my 1;repe 4; grep 0:4; c 5 global replications
endpart

In this example, 25 replications of a single element part are created with each element having a different
material number. The material numbers are incremented according to the order of the transformations
in the lrep and grep commands.

lmi material number increment for local replication

lmi material_#_increment

Remarks

This command sets the increment used to change the material numbers in a part that is being replicated
using the lrep command. For each replication of a part, the material numbers are increased from the
previous replication. For example, if materials 1 and 6 are used in the creation of a part and if the local
material increment is 1, then a replication of this part using lrep would be assigned materials 2 and 7,
respectively.

The default is 0. See the example for the gmi command.

gsii sliding interface number increment for global replication

gsii sliding_increment

Remarks

This command sets the increment used to change the sliding interface numbers in a part that is being
replicated using the grep command. For each replication of a part, the sliding interface numbers are

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 429

increased from the previous replication. For example, if sliding interface numbers 1 and 6 are used in
the creation of a part and if the global sliding interface increment is 3, then a replication of this part
using grep would be assigned materials 4 and 9, respectively.

The default is 0.

Example

gsii 5
lsii 1
sid 1 sv; sid 2 sv; sid 3 sv; sid 4 sv; sid 5 sv;
sid 6 sv; sid 7 sv; sid 8 sv; sid 9 sv; sid 10 sv;
sid 11 sv; sid 12 sv; sid 13 sv; sid 14 sv; sid 15 sv;
sid 16 sv; sid 17 sv; sid 18 sv; sid 19 sv; sid 20 sv;
sid 21 sv; sid 22 sv; sid 23 sv; sid 24 sv; sid 25 sv;
block 1 2;1 2;1 2;1 2;1 2;1 2;
si 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 m
lct 4 mx 1;repe 4; lrep 0:4;
gct 4 my 1;repe 4; grep 0:4;
endpart

In this example, there are 25 replications. The first, with no transformation applied, has a sliding
interface numbered 1. Every subsequent replication has a sliding interface that is one greater.

lsii sliding interface number increment for local replication

lsii slide_#_increment

Remarks

This command sets the increment used to change the sliding interface numbers in a part that is being
replicated using the lrep command. For each replication of a part, the sliding interface numbers are
increased from the previous replication. For example, if sliding interface numbers 1 and 6 are used in
the creation of a part and if the local sliding interface increment is 1, then a replication of this part using
lrep would be assigned materials 2 and 7, respectively.

The default is 0. See the gsii command for an example.

11. Control Statements

These statements are much like the control statements in a programming language. They are useful

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

430 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

when creating template command files to automate mesh generation in TrueGrid ® . A set of parameters
are assigned values prior to entering these commands. The control statements make it possible to
execute a different set of commands in TrueGrid ® , depending on the parameter values.

In order to remain backwards compatible, the if/elseif/else/endif group of commands are incompatible
with the when/elsewhen/else/endwhen, while/endwhile, and the for/endfor commands. When using
either of these command groups, use the when/elsewhen/else/endwhen command group when a
conditional statement is required.

If you use a combination of the while, for, and when group of statements, their scopes must obey the
embedding rule. The embedding rule is that the scope of one group of statements must be fully contained
within the scope of the other group of statements, or the scopes of the two group of commands must be
disjoint. The scope of the if group of statements must be disjoint from the scope of all of the while, for,
and when group of statements.

For example, the following shows a for/endfor group of statements fully embedded within the
when/endwhen group of statements:

when(%x.gt.1.0) then
for idx 1 10 1
.....
endfor
endwhile

The following is not allowed and has no meaning:

when(%x.gt.1.0) then
for idx 1 10 1
...
endwhen
endfor

break jump out of a for or while loop

break (no arguments)

Remarks

The break command is used to jump out of a for or while loop.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 431

for iterate through a set of commands

for p_name start end increment

where
p_name is the index variable name
start is the starting index
end is the ending index
increment is the increment to be added to the index variable each iteration

Remarks

The for command is a loop similar in functionality to the DO statement in FORTRAN and the FOR
statement in C. The endfor command flags the end of the for block. All commands between these two
are repeated the designated number of times.

The for and while commands are similar in functionality and have the same combine limitations. They
can be nested 20 deep. Every for and endfor statement should be on a separate line. Use the break
command to jump out of a for/endfor loop. An interrupt inside a for loop will be ignored.

Example

curd 1 lp3
for idx 1 100 1
[sin(%idx*5)] [cos(%idx*6)] %idx
endfor
;;;

endfor terminate the for loop

endfor (no arguments)

Remarks

An endfor command is required to terminate a for loop. There must be one endfor statement for every
for statement.

if begin an if... elseif ... else ... endif

if ( expression ) then

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

432 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 where expression can be relational or logical with the following features:

Integer, floating point, and exponential numbers and parameters can be used as
operands and arguments to functions.

Unitary and binary arithmetic operators + and -.

Binary arithmetic operators *, /, **, and ^.

Binary relational operators:

.gt. and > for greater than,
.ge. and >= for greater than or equal,
.lt. and < for less than,
.le. and <= for less than or equal,
.eq. and == for equal,
.ne. and != for not equal.

Binary logical operators:

.and. and & and && for the logical and operator,
.or. for the logical or operator.
.eqv. for the logical equivalent operator,
.neqv. for the logical not equivalent (exclusive or) operator.

Unitary logical operators .not. and ! .

Parenthesis to specify order of operations, where the default

order is given to exponentiation ** and ^ first,
then multiplication * and division / ,
addition + and subtraction - ,
relational operators, logical operators, and negation.

All calculations are done in floating point.

All illegal operations cause warnings.
All trigonometric operations are in degrees.
INT(x): truncates x to an integer.
NINT(x): rounds x to the nearest integer.
ABS(x): absolute value of x.
MOD(a,b): a modulo b.
SIGN(a,b): transfer the sign of b to a.
MAX(x1,x2,...,xn): maximum value of a list of numbers.
MIN(x1,x2,...,xn): minimum value of a list of numbers.
SQRT(x): square root of x where x most be positive.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 433

 EXP(x): exponential of x where x must not exceed 85.19.
LOG(x): natural logarithm where x must be positive.
LOG10(x): common logarithm base 10 where x must be positive.
SIN(x): trigonometric sine of x.
COS(x): trigonometric cosine of x.
TAN(x): trigonometric tangent of x where abs(x) can not be 90.
ASIN(x): trigonometric arcsine of x where abs(x) can not exceed 1.
ACOS(x): trigonometric arccosine of x where abs(x) can not exceed 1.
ATAN(x): trigonometric arctangent.
ATAN2(y,x): trigonometric arctangent with two arguments.
SINH(x): hyperbolic sine.
COSH(x): hyperbolic cosine.
RAND: uniform random number of unit length with default mean 0 w/ forms
RAND,
RAND(seed),
RAND(seed, mean)
where seed is the random number seed, and
mean is the mean of the distribution.

NORM: normal random number w/ default standard deviation 1 & mean 0, w/ forms
NORM,
NORM(seed),
NORM(seed, mean),
NORM(seed, mean, sig)
where seed is the random number seed,
mean is the mean of the distribution, and
sig is the standard deviation from the mean and must be positive.

Remarks

The if statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line. This is like
the block if statement in FORTRAN. Every if statement must be ended with an endif. If there is
another if statement that follows before the endif statement, then the second if statement must be ended
with an endif before the first one can be ended. This is called embedding of if statements. 19
embeddings of if statements are allowed. Optionally, multiple elseif statements can be used within the
if statement. An else statement can optionally be used as the final option in the if statement. The elseif
and else can also have up to 19 embedded if statements following it. The relational or logical
expression found in the if statement is evaluated. This expression can have any of the features found
in expressions. Relational and logical operators are also available. The order of precedence matches
that of FORTRAN. If the expression is true, then all statements and commands found between the if
and any associated elseif, else, or endif statement will be processed. This set of statements is referred
to as the scope of the if statement. If the expression is false, these same statements and commands, those

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

434 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

within the scope of the if statement, will be ignored. The if statement is a command and it cannot be
used to select one set of arguments from another by embedding the if statement within another
command.

When two numbers, which may be from the evaluations of expressions, are compared, possible roundoff
errors are estimated and are used to determine equality.

This command is typically added to a session file and rerun. It is more difficult to plan a set of
commands such that you can enter the if-elseif-else-endif statement interactively.

Example

if(%rebar.eq.1)then
if(%k.ge.2*%k)then
insprt 1 5 1 [%k]
parameter k7 [%k1+1] k2 3;
if(%sk.eq.1)then
sd [%ns+1] plan %xx 0 [%zz+%k*%ze] [-sin(%p)] 0 [cos(%p)]
elseif(%sk.le.0)then
echo Error in parameter sk
end
else
sd [%ns+1] plan %xx 0 [%zz+%k*%ze] 0 1 0
endif
sfi ;;-2;sd [%ns+1]
else
parameter k 2;
endif
endif

elseif add an option to an if statement

elseif ( expression ) then

where expression is defined in the if statement above.

Remarks

The elseif statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line. This
is like the block elseif statement in FORTRAN. Every elseif belongs to an if statement which must be
ended with an endif. If there is another if statement that follows before the endif statement, then that
if statement must be ended with an endif before the first if..elseif one can be ended. This is called

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 435

embedding of if statements. TrueGrid ® allows for 19 embeddings of if statements. Optionally, multiple
elseif statements can be used within the if statement. An else statement can optionally be used as the
final option in the if statement. The elseif and else can also have up to 19 embedded if statements
following it. The relational or logical expression found in the elseif statement is evaluated. This
expression can have any of the features found in expressions. Relational and logical operators are also
available. The order of precedence matches that of FORTRAN. If the preceding associated if statement
expression is false and all preceding associated elseif statement expressions are also false, then the
expression in this elseif statement is evaluated. If it is true, then all statements and commands found
between the elseif and any subsequent associated elseif, else, or endif statement will be processed. The
statements and commands found between this elseif statement and the next associated elseif, else, or
endif statement are referred to as the scope of the elseif statement. If the expression is false, these same
statements and commands, the commands in the scope of this elseif statement, will be ignored.

When two numbers, which may be from the evaluations of expressions, are compared, possible roundoff
errors are estimated and are used to determine equality.

This command is typically added to a session file and rerun. It is more difficult to plan a set of
commands such that you can enter the if-elseif-else-endif statement interactively.

else final option in an if or when statement

else

Remarks

The else statement must be on a line by itself. This is like the block else statement in FORTRAN.
Every else belongs to an if or when statement which must be ended with an endif or endwhen,
respectively. If there is another if or when statement that follows before the endif or endwhen
statement, then that if or when statement must be ended with an endif or endwhen before the first if or
when statement is ended. This is called embedding of if or when statements. TrueGrid ® allows for 19
embeddings of if and when statements. An else statement can optionally be used as the final option in
the if or when statement. The else can also have up to 19 embedded if or when statements following
it.

This command is typically added to a session file and rerun. It is more difficult to plan a set of
commands such that you can enter the if-elseif-else-endif or when-elsewhen-else-endwhen statement
interactively.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

436 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

endif end an if statement

endif

Remarks

The endif statement must be on a line by itself. This is like the block if..elseif..else..endif statement
in FORTRAN. Every endif ends an if statement.

endwhile end a while statement

endwhile

Remarks

The endwhile statement must be on a line by itself. Every endwhile ends or closes a while statement.

when begin a when... elsewhen ... else ... endwhen

when ( expression ) then

where expression can be relational or logical with the following features:

Integer, floating point, and exponential numbers and parameters can be used as
operands and arguments to functions.

Unitary and binary arithmetic operators + and -.

Binary arithmetic operators *, /, **, and ^.

Binary relational operators:

.gt. and > for greater than,
.ge. and >= for greater than or equal,
.lt. and < for less than,
.le. and <= for less than or equal,
.eq. and == for equal,
.ne. and != for not equal.

Binary logical operators:

.and. and & and && for the logical and operator,

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 437

 .or. for the logical or operator.
.eqv. for the logical equivalent operator,
.neqv. for the logical not equivalent (exclusive or) operator.

Unitary logical operators .not. and ! .

Parenthesis to specify order of operations, where the default

order is given to exponentiation ** and ^ first,
then multiplication * and division / ,
addition + and subtraction - ,
relational operators, logical operators, and negation.

All calculations are done in floating point.

All illegal operations cause warnings.
All trigonometric operations are in degrees.
INT(x): truncates x to an integer.
NINT(x): rounds x to the nearest integer.
ABS(x): absolute value of x.
MOD(a,b): a modulo b.
SIGN(a,b): transfer the sign of b to a.
MAX(x1,x2,...,xn): maximum value of a list of numbers.
MIN(x1,x2,...,xn): minimum value of a list of numbers.
SQRT(x): square root of x where x most be positive.
EXP(x): exponential of x where x must not exceed 85.19.
LOG(x): natural logarithm where x must be positive.
LOG10(x): common logarithm base 10 where x must be positive.
SIN(x): trigonometric sine of x.
COS(x): trigonometric cosine of x.
TAN(x): trigonometric tangent of x where abs(x) can not be 90.
ASIN(x): trigonometric arcsine of x where abs(x) can not exceed 1.
ACOS(x): trigonometric arccosine of x where abs(x) can not exceed 1.
ATAN(x): trigonometric arctangent.
ATAN2(y,x): trigonometric arctangent with two arguments.
SINH(x): hyperbolic sine.
COSH(x): hyperbolic cosine.
RAND: uniform random number of unit length with default mean 0 w/ forms
RAND,
RAND(seed),
RAND(seed, mean)
where seed is the random number seed, and
mean is the mean of the distribution.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

438 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 NORM: normal random number w/ default standard deviation 1 & mean 0, w/ forms
NORM,
NORM(seed),
NORM(seed, mean),
NORM(seed, mean, sig)
where seed is the random number seed,
mean is the mean of the distribution, and
sig is the standard deviation from the mean and must be positive.

Remarks

The when statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line. This
is like the block if statement in FORTRAN. Every when statement must be ended with an endwhen.
If there is another when statement that follows before the endwhen statement, then the second when
statement must be ended with an endif before the first one can be ended. This is called embedding of
when statements. 19 embeddings of when statements are allowed. Optionally, multiple elsewhen
statements can be used within the when statement. An else statement can optionally be used as the final
option in the when statement. The elsewhen and else can also have up to 19 embedded when
statements following it. The relational or logical expression found in the when statement is evaluated.
This expression can have any of the features found in expressions. Relational and logical operators are
also available. The order of precedence matches that of FORTRAN. If the expression is true, then all
statements and commands found between the when and any associated elsewhen, else, or endwhen
statement will be processed. This set of statements is referred to as the scope of the when statement. If
the expression is false, these same statements and commands, those within the scope of the when
statement, will be ignored. The when statement is a preprocessed command and it can be used to select
one set of arguments from another by embedding the when statement within another command. For
example:

block
when(%x1.gt.%x2) then
1 3;1 3;1 3;
else
1 2;1 2;1 2;
endwhen
1 2 1 2 1 2

This feature of the when, while, and for group of statements is the reason these commands are
preprocessed and incompatible with the if group of statements.

When two numbers, which may be from the evaluations of expressions, are compared, possible roundoff
errors are estimated and are used to determine equality.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 439

This command is typically added to a session file and rerun. It is more difficult to plan a set of
commands such that you can enter the when-elsewhen-else-endwhen statements interactively.

Example

when(%rebar.eq.1)then
when(%k.ge.2*%k)then
insprt 1 5 1 [%k]
parameter k7 [%k1+1] k2 3;
when(%sk.eq.1)then
sd [%ns+1] plan %xx 0 [%zz+%k*%ze] [-sin(%p)] 0 [cos(%p)]
elsewhen(%sk.le.0)then
echo Error in parameter sk
end
else
sd [%ns+1] plan %xx 0 [%zz+%k*%ze] 0 1 0
endwhen
sfi ;;-2;sd [%ns+1]
else
parameter k 2;
endwhen
endwhen

elsewhen add an option to a when statement

elsewhen ( expression ) then

where expression is defined in the when statement above.

Remarks

The elsewhen statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line.
This is like the block elseif statement in FORTRAN. Every elsewhen belongs to a when statement
which must be ended with an endwhen. If there is another when statement that follows before the
endwhen statement, then that when statement must be ended with an endwhen before the first
when..elsewhen one can be ended. This is called embedding of when statements. TrueGrid ® allows
for 19 embeddings of when statements. Optionally, multiple elsewhen statements can be used within
the when statement. An else statement can optionally be used as the final option in the when statement.
The elsewhen and else can also have up to 19 embedded when statements following it. The relational
or logical expression found in the elsewhen statement is evaluated. This expression can have any of
the features found in expressions. Relational and logical operators are also available. The order of
precedence matches that of FORTRAN. If the preceding associated when statement expression is false

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

440 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

and all preceding associated elsewhen statement expressions are also false, then the expression in this
elsewhen statement is evaluated. If it is true, then all statements and commands found between the
elsewhen and any subsequent associated elsewhen, else, or endwhen statement will be processed. The
statements and commands found between this elsewhen statement and the next associated elsewhen,
else, or endwhen statement are referred to as the scope of the elsewhen statement. If the expression is
false, these same statements and commands, the commands in the scope of this elsewhen statement, will
be ignored.

When two numbers, which may be from the evaluations of expressions, are compared, possible roundoff
errors are estimated and are used to determine equality.

This command is typically added to a session file and rerun. It is more difficult to plan a set of
commands such that you can enter the when-elsewhen-else-endwhen statement interactively.

endwhen end a when statement

endwhen (no arguments)

Remarks

The endwhen statement must be on a line by itself. This is like the block if..elseif..else..endif statement
in FORTRAN. Every endwhen ends a when statement.

while begin a loop iteration

while ( expression )
where expression can be relational or logical with the following features:

Integer, floating point, and exponential numbers and parameters can be used as
operands and arguments to functions.

Unitary and binary arithmetic operators + and -.

Binary arithmetic operators *, /, **, and ^.

Binary relational operators:

.gt. and > for greater than,
.ge. and >= for greater than or equal,
.lt. and < for less than,

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 441

 .le. and <= for less than or equal,
.eq. and == for equal,
.ne. and != for not equal.

Binary logical operators:

.and. and & and && for the logical and operator,
.or. for the logical or operator.
.eqv. for the logical equivalent operator,
.neqv. for the logical not equivalent (exclusive or) operator.

Unitary logical operators .not. and ! .

Parenthesis to specify order of operations, where the default

order is given to exponentiation ** and ^ first,
then multiplication * and division / ,
addition + and subtraction - ,
relational operators, logical operators, and negation.

All calculations are done in floating point.

All illegal operations cause warnings.
All trigonometric operations are in degrees.
INT(x): truncates x to an integer.
NINT(x): rounds x to the nearest integer.
ABS(x): absolute value of x.
MOD(a,b): a modulo b.
SIGN(a,b): transfer the sign of b to a.
MAX(x1,x2,...,xn): maximum value of a list of numbers.
MIN(x1,x2,...,xn): minimum value of a list of numbers.
SQRT(x): square root of x where x most be positive.
EXP(x): exponential of x where x must not exceed 85.19.
LOG(x): natural logarithm where x must be positive.
LOG10(x): common logarithm base 10 where x must be positive.
SIN(x): trigonometric sine of x.
COS(x): trigonometric cosine of x.
TAN(x): trigonometric tangent of x where abs(x) can not be 90.
ASIN(x): trigonometric arcsine of x where abs(x) can not exceed 1.
ACOS(x): trigonometric arccosine of x where abs(x) can not exceed 1.
ATAN(x): trigonometric arctangent.
ATAN2(y,x): trigonometric arctangent with two arguments.
SINH(x): hyperbolic sine.
COSH(x): hyperbolic cosine.
RAND: uniform random number of unit length and default mean 0 /w forms

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

442 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 RAND,
RAND(seed),
RAND(seed,mean)
where seed is the random number seed, and
mean is the mean of the distribution.

NORM: normal random number w/ default standard deviation 1 & mean 0, w/ forms
NORM,
NORM(seed),
NORM(seed,mean),
NORM(seed,mean,sig)
where seed is the random number seed,
mean is the mean of the distribution, and
sig is the standard deviation from the mean and must be positive.
Remarks

The while statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line. Every
while statement must be ended with a closing endwhile statement. The statements and commands that
fall between the while and closing endwhile statements is referred to as the scope of the command. If
there is another while statement that follows before the closing endwhile statement, then the second
while statement must be ended with an endwhile before the first one can be ended. This is called
embedding of while statements. 19 embeddings of while statements are allowed. The relational or
logical expression found in the while statement is evaluated. This expression can have any of the
features found in expressions. Relational and logical operators are also available. The order of
precedence matches that of FORTRAN. If the expression is true, then all statements and commands
found between the while and endwhile statement will be processed and, upon completion, this whole
process is repeated until the expression is false. When the expression becomes false, these same
statements and commands will be ignored and the next statement or command to be executed will be
the one that follows the closing endwhile statement. Use the break feature to jump out of a while
statement. The while statement is a command and it cannot be embedded within another command.

Use the break command to jump out of a while/endwhile loop. An interrupt inside a while loop will
be ignored.

When two numbers, which may be from the evaluations of expressions, are compared, possible roundoff
errors are estimated and are used to determine equality.

T his command is typically added to a session file and rerun. It is more difficult to plan a set of
commands such that you can enter the while statement interactively.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 443

Example

para n 0;
while(%n.lt.10)
block 1 2;1 2;1 2;0 1 0 1 0 1
tri ;;; v %n %n %n;
endpart
para n [%n+1];
endwhile

This example produces 10 unit brick elements along a diagonal.

12. Merging Nodes

In the Merge phase, nodes that are close to one another are merged into a single node. Tolerance
commands allow you to define how close is close. All tolerances are in absolute distances. There are
commands for specifying tolerances for the general merging of all nodes over all parts or just nodes on
the exterior faces of the mesh. There are commands for specifying the tolerances for the special merging
of nodes between parts or within a part. These special tolerances override the general ones. If no
tolerance commands are specified, then no merging is done. However, the Merge phase must be entered
in order to build the node map which is used to generate output for a simulation code.

Invocation of a tolerance command (t, tp, st, stp) within the Merge phase causes an immediate merging
of nodes. These commands can also be invoked any time; when the Merge phase is entered, those
tolerance commands are immediately executed or re-executed as the case may be. The merge process
is always performed on the nodes in their original (prior to any merging) state. Merging is not
cumulative. If you leave the Merge phase and reenter it, all merging is recalculated with what ever new
parts that have been added. This lets you interactively experiment with merging and tolerances. Setting
a tolerance to a negative value is an easy way to restore the nodes to their original states. Graphical
displays of the mesh in the Merge phase always reflect the results of any merging.

Nodes are merged depending on the distance between them. If a node lies within a tolerance distance
of more than one other node, then it is merged with the closest one. When merging several nodes into
one node, the first-defined node survives. This can be overridden by the bptol command. Nodes within
a joint, spring, or weld spot and across the two sides of a sliding surface are not merged. When the first
merging of nodes occurs, a sliding interface table is calculated which is used in the merging process.
This table is written to the screen and to the save file and is intended as diagnostics. The following is
a sample of that table:

SLIDING INTERFACE SUMMARY

Surf S-node S-lseg S-qseg M-node M-lseg M-qseg
1 105 84 0 468 418 0

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

444 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 2 232 0 52 468 418 0
3 221 0 0 390 304 0
4 221 0 0 390 304 0
5 158 0 0 120 88 0
6 158 30 30 120 88 0
7 204 102 0 204 102 0
8 232 0 52 90 52 0
9 101 18 18 161 132 0
10 101 18 18 161 132 0
11 548 120 120 3216 0 1056
12 133 84 0 161 132 0
13 133 84 0 161 132 0
14 308 240 0 3216 0 1056

This table is organized by the sliding interface number on the right. Columns 2, 3, and 4 are datum
pertaining to the slave side on the interface; columns 5, 6, and 7 to the master side. Columns 2 and 5
( S-node and M-node ) are node counts. Columns 3 and 6 ( S-lseg and M-lseg ) are linear face
counts, and columns 4 and 7 ( S-qseg and M-qseg) are quadratic face counts.

A table of merged nodes is always written after the tp or stp commands are executed.

MERGED NODES SUMMARY

12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 2
16 nodes merged between parts 2 and 2
12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 3
16 nodes merged between parts 3 and 3
216 nodes merged between parts 4 and 4
30 nodes merged between parts 7 and 7
88 nodes merged between parts 8 and 8
390 nodes were deleted by tolerancing

Up through 4000 parts can be merged under general tolerancing (i.e. no use of the ptol or bptol
commands). 300 parts can be merged under special tolerancing (ptol and bptol).

The following is a common error to avoid. Suppose you create three parts that meet as shown in the
figures below. Then define a sliding interface between parts 1 and 2 and also between parts 1 and 3.
No nodes will be merged between parts 1 and 2 and between parts 1 and 3. However, nodes can be
merged between parts 2 and three. Sometimes you need to look closely in the graphics or carefully
check the Merged Nodes Summary to detect this error. To fix this error, if indeed it is an error, use a
dummy sliding interface between parts 2 and 3 to force no merging between those parts. Alternatively,
use the bptol command with a negative number to avoid merging between those parts. You should also
consider extending both interfaces 1 and 2 across to parts 3 and 2, respectively, because they may come
in contact. This is an ambiguous situation since there are equally plausible situations where parts 2 and

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 445

3 should be merged together.

sid 1 sv;
sid 2 sv;
block 1 3;1 3;1 3;
1 2 1 2 1 2
sii -2;;;1 s;
sii ;-2;;2 s;
block 1 3;1 3;1 3;
2.1 3 1 2 1 2
sii -1;;;1 m;
block 1 3;1 3;1 3;
1 2 2.1 3 1 2
sii ;-1;;2 m;
merge Figure 289 Before stp Figure 290 After stp
stp .2

bnstol between node set tolerance

bnstol node_set1 node_set2 tolerance

where
node_set1 first set of nodes to be compared
node_set2 second set of nodes to be compared
tolerance tolerance that must be met for merging between node

Remarks

A pair of nodes may be merged into one node based on this new command. If one node of the pair is in
one of these two node sets and the other node is in the other node set, they will be merged into one node
if the distance between them is less than the tolerance. This is checked for all possible pairs of nodes.
This command works similarly to the ptol and bptol commands. These commands only set the tolerance
to be used when a merge command, such as stp or tp, is issued.

It is possible with the ptol, bptol, and the bnstol commands for a pair of nodes to have several
tolerances, making the merging process ambiguous. To resolve this issue, when the merging of a pair
of nodes are ruled by the issuing of several of these commands, then the one that was issued last will be
the command to determine if the pair of nodes are to be merged. The key to this is that the order that
these commands are issued can be important.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

446 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

For example, one may wish to merge nodes in a specific region and rule out merging in all other regions.
This can be done by creating two node sets, each set containing the nodes on opposite faces to be merged
and issuing the bnstol command. Then an stp command with a tolerance of -1 could be issued to rule
out all merging except for the region of the two node sets.

This feature has the opposite effect of the sliding interface (sid command) of type dummy.

merge switch to the merge (assembly) phase

merge (no arguments)

Remarks

This command does not work in the merge phase since you will already be in the merge phase. If this
command is issued while in the part phase, it will cause the part to end. This command is useful in the
control phase to switch to the merge phase where there is a 3D graphics window.

mns merge node sets

mns mns# node_set_1 node_set_2

where
mns# mns identification number
node_set_1 name of the first node set
node_set_2 name of the second node set

Remarks

Two node sets are specified and any pair of nodes, one in each set, are allowed to be merged if they are
found on opposite sides of a sliding interface. A merge command in the Merge phase is still required
for the nodes to be merged, and only those nodes within the specified distance between them will be
merged. Up to 15 pairs of node sets are allowed.

This feature can be undone by using a “;” for one of the sets in order to prematurely end the command.

Example

Two shell parts are generated with a small gap between them. The first part is assigned to be the master
side of a sliding interface, with the faces oriented towards the second part. The second part plays the
opposite role as the slave side, facing the first side. Two node sets are created, one from the first part

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 447

along an edge, and the second node set along the corresponding edge of the second part. These nodes
along the corresponding edges are allowed to merge.

sid 1 sv;
block 1 11;1 11;-1;-1 1 -1 1 0
orpt + 0 0 1
si 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 m;
nset 1 1 1 1 2 1 = ifc1
block 1 11;1 11;-1;-1 1 -1 1 .001
orpt + 0 0 -1
si 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 s;
nset 1 1 1 1 2 1 = ifc2
merge
mns 1 ifc1 ifc2
stp .0011

st set tolerance and merge surface nodes

st tolerance

Remarks

Only nodes that lie on the surfaces or exterior faces of parts are considered for merging. Exterior faces
include faces of the mesh that are physically matching but are logically distinct faces of the mesh. No
table of results is printed. If the sliding interface table has not yet been printed, it will be printed at this
time.

stp set tolerance and merge surface nodes, with diagnostics

stp tolerance

Remarks

This command performs as st except that the results of the merge are reported. Exterior faces include
faces of the mesh that are physically matching but are logically distinct faces of the mesh. A table of
the merged nodes is printed to the screen and to the save file. If there are any sliding interfaces, then the
first merge command will cause a sliding interface report to be written first.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

448 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

In the example above for the mns command, the stp command would cause the following tables to be
written.

stp .002
SLIDING INTERFACE SUMMARY
Surf S-node S-lseg S-qseg M-node M-lseg M-qseg
1 121 100 0 121 100 0
MERGED NODES SUMMARY
11 nodes merged between parts 1 and 2
11 nodes were deleted by tolerancing

t set tolerance and merge nodes

t tolerance

Remarks

All nodes of all parts are considered for merging. If the sliding interface table has not yet been printed,
it will be printed at this time.

tp set tolerance and merge nodes, with diagnostics

tp tolerance

Remarks

This command performs as t except that the results of the merge are reported. See the stp command for
an example. If the sliding interface table has not yet been printed, it will be printed at this time.

ztol minimum non-zero absolute coordinate

ztol tolerance

Remarks

This command causes each coordinate of each node, whose absolute value is less than tolerance, to be

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 449

set to zero prior to merging and prior to the generation of output. Each invocation of ztol causes the
original coordinates to be compared against tolerance. This lets you interactively experiment with
ztol. This command does not change the data base. It only affects the merging process and the output.

When a node is picked in the merge phase, the environment window displays the coordinates. Ztol
affects these coordinates displayed in the pick panel.

bptol between parts tolerance specification

bptol part1 part2 tolerance

where
part1 and part2 are part numbers, and
tolerance is the between part tolerance.

Remarks

The tolerance is used as the between-part tolerance for merging nodes between parts part1 and part2.
This command does not initiate the merge procedure. The tolerance overrides the default tolerance
specified by the t, tp, st, and stp tolerance commands just between these two parts. When nodes are
merged, the nodes belonging to part part1 survive. This is also a way to change the ordering of the
merging procedure. Use a negative number to avoid merging between two parts. There is no limit to
the number of bptol and ptol commands.

This command can be easily abused. Most meshes do not need this command to force the merging. If
the nodes between parts do not merge with a reasonable tolerance using, for example, the stp command,
then perhaps the interface between the two parts were not generated identically. This may warrant some
investigation into the cause. Many of these problems can be avoided by using the bb command.

ptol part tolerance specification

ptol part_number tolerance

Remarks

The tolerance is used as the absolute tolerance for merging nodes within part part_number. This
command does not initiate the merge procedure. The tolerance overrides the default tolerance specified
by the t, tp, st, and stp tolerance commands just within this part. Use a negative number to avoid
merging within the part. There is a maximum of 1000 bptol and ptol commands.
This command can be easily abused. Most meshes do not need this command to force the merging. If

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

450 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

the nodes within a part do not merge with a reasonable tolerance using, for example, the stp command,
then perhaps the interfaces within the part were not generated identically. T his may warrant some
investigation into the cause.

rigbm identify two rigid bodies to be merged

rigbm material1 material2

where
material1 material2 must be rigid materials in DYNA3D or LS-DYNA.

13. Global Graphics Commands

The following commands are available at any time.

ibzone control the computational window frame

ibzone option
where the option can be
on size turn on the frame and set the size of the index zone
off turn off the frame

Remarks

This command activates or deactivates the drawing of the boundary between part and index-bar on the
computational window. The outer part of the window is the zone of influence of the index-bar. This is
where the mouse can move to cause highlighting of the mesh in both the physical and computational
window. This is also the area where a mouse click or a click-and-drag can make selections in the mesh.
The inner box of the zone becomes the area where the computational window can be seen and where
a click-and-drag can select a region directly from the picture, instead of from the index bar. One can also
change the size of the zone. The default is on 1.0.

noplot turn all graphics off

noplot (no arguments)

Remarks

This command is useful when you have a batch file with some graphics commands. When running this
batch file, you may wish to suppress the graphics. It will speed the process. If you wish to avoid all

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 451

graphics including the creation of the graphics windows, use the nogui option on the execute line. If you
use the nogui option, the noplot command is not needed to suppress the graphics.

plot turn graphics back on

plot (no arguments)

Remarks

This command re-activates the graphics after issuing the noplot command. Graphics are active by
default.

14. Miscellaneous Commands

array create a multi-dimensional array of parameters

array name(d 1,d 2,...) data ;

where
di is the maximum value in the ith index
data is optional and can be one value to be broadcast or a full list of values

Remarks

The indices start at 1. There are two ways to initially data load an array. If only one value is found in
the data section of this command, then it is broadcast initially through out the array. Alternatively, a
value can be listed for every parameter in the array. When the full set of values are listed after the array
definition, the values are ordered with a left index moving faster, following the FORTRAN convention,
not the C convention.

These array parameters can be used in the desk calculator (dc), in the assignment of a scalar value to
one element in the array at a time in the para command, in expressions that are enclosed in the square
brackets "[...]", in a numbered comment using the comment command, as operands in the if, when, for,
and while control statements, in the formation of a function using the def command, and in the
equations in the part phase (x=, y=, z=, t1=, t2=, and t3=).

Three automatic arrays are available in the part phase. They are

idxlist one dimensional array with the full i-indices of the part
jdxlist one dimensional array with the full j-indices of the part
kdxlist one dimensional array with the full k-indices of the part

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

452 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

The same rules apply to these as to other arrays except they are only available in the part phase and they
cannot be set using the para command. Related to tese automatic arrays are three scalar automatic
parameters:

maxrudi maximum reduced i-index

maxrudj maximum reduced j-index
maxrudk maximum reduced k-index

Examples

The following shows an array named height with 2 dimensions containing a total number of values. All
values are assigned in this statement. For example, the value %height(2,1) is 1.2.

array height(2,3) 1 1.2 2 2.3 3 3.4;

In this next example, all 64 values of the parameter array called switches is initialized to 0.

array switches(2,2,2,2,2,2) 0;

This 1 dimensional array has 3 parameters, none of which have been assigned an initial value.

array biggest(3)

T here are various examples of the use of an array in the following. In particular, note that when an
assignment to the array called switches can include a parameter as an index into the array.

para l 1 h 2;
dc %height(2,2)/sqrt(2)
para switches(1,%l,2,2,1,1) [%height(%l,%h)/10];
pb 1 2 3 1 2 3 x %biggest(1)
if(%biggest(2).lt.2.0)then
x=x+%height(i,j)
endif

In this next example, the array is used to assign values to coef. Then a 3D spline curve is defined using
the values in coef. Also notice that the for statement is embedded within the curd command. This is
possible because the for statement (s well as the while and when statements) are macros.

para mxi 6;
array coef(10);
para coef(1) 1 coef(2) 1;
for idx 3 %mxi 1
para coef(%idx) [%coef(%idx-2)+%coef(%idx-1)];

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 453

endfor
curd 1 csp3 00
for idx 2 %mxi 1
[%idx-2] [%coef(%idx)/%coef(%idx-1)] 0.0
endfor
;;;

becho echo and beep

becho text

Remarks

A string of up to 80 characters is printed in the text window and the computer beeps.

bulc locate butterfly triple point

bulc curve 1 curve 2 x y z ratio

Remarks

This command locates an interior vertex of a butterfly structure based only on the shape of two exterior
curves. The goal is to produce a pair of points from the two exterior curves and two additional points
from this command to form a trapezoid with angles approximately 45, 45, 135, and 135 degrees. This
command is needed twice to form the two interior points. The coordinates are saved in the parameters
%xprj, %yprj, and %zprj. The point that is input is used to select the closest point on each of the two
specified curves. Then a right isosceles triangle is fitted through these points in a plane that is nearly
orthogonal to both curves. Actually, there are two such triangles that are formed. The orpt command
is used to select one from this pair. Then the leg of the triangle that is closest to the initial point is
chosen. A point is selected along this leg of the triangle so that the ratio of the leg of the resulting
trapezoid and the base of the trapezoid matches the specified ratio.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

454 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Example

curd 1 csp3 00
-4.7833413e-01 2.6501161e-01
-8.3939201e-01
-7.0889658e-01 6.8763685e-01
-1.3136336e-01
-5.9971255e-01 4.8465800e-01
6.3912874e-01;;;
curd 2 csp3 00
-6.2983650e-01 -1.9638570e-02
-7.7306795e-01
-9.9466640e-01 9.3395844e-02
-3.7190955e-02
-6.6715145e-01 4.7235709e-02
7.4401599e-01;;;
orpt + 0 0 0
bulc 1 2 -9. 9 4 5 4612e-01
9.5007576e-02 5.5500008e-03 .5
c -7.752336E-01 1.707245E-01 Trapezoid using bulc
9.306287E-03
bulc 1 2 -7.1137702e-01 6.9195741e-01 -3.5788484e-02 .5
c -6.328765E-01 4.716224E-01 -3.093115E-02

c beginning of a comment

c text

Remarks

The character c represents a comment when it appears at the beginning of a line and is followed by a
space, or when it appears in the middle of a line and is both preceded and followed by a space.
Comments will be preserve in the tsave (session) file.

This feature is especially useful for commenting out commands in a batch input file. Another way to
insert comments is to use a dollar sign. If you have a large body of text or a section of commands you
wish to turn into comments, encase the text with the curved brackets {...}. This works across multiple
lines of text. When pairs are embedded, TrueGrid ® counts the number of embeddings so that a larger
section can be commented out, even when a subsection is already commented out. For example:

command 1
command 2

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 455

 {
command 3
}
command 4
command 5

comments out command 3, while

command 1
{
command 2
{
command 3
}
command 4
}
command 5

comments out commands 2, 3, and 4.

cd change directory

cd new_directory_name

Remarks

On a WINDOWS system, the default working directory is initially set by the user preferences window
(i.e. tgpref.exe, also known as TGControls). On a UNIX/LINUX system, the default working
directory is the window in which TrueGrid ® is executed. The cd changes the working directory. This
working directory is the directory for the input/output files for commands such as iges, igesfile,
saveiges, useiges, wiges include, savepart, getbb, readmesh, vpsd, wrsd, stlsd, edgefile,
postscript, trugrdo/mof and the sd command with options stl and bstl. However, the tsave and tghist
files are not affected by the cd command. They will be saved in the default working directory. See the
pwd command to determine the current working directory.

circent center, radius, and normal of a circle

circent x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3
where (x i, y i, z i) is a point on the circle for i=1,2,3

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

456 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Remarks

This command finds the center, radius, and normal to a circle that passes through 3 non-colinear points.
The center is stored in the automatic parameters %xprj, %yprj, and %zprj, the radius is stored in the
automatic parameter %distance, and the normal is stored in the automatic parameters %xnrm, %ynrm,
and %znrm.

Example

circent 1 1 1 2 -2 2 -3 -3 3
center = -8.71622E-01 -1.11486E+00 2.02703E+00
radius = 3.0050633
normal = -1.16248E-01 -3.48743E-01 -9.29981E-01

crprod cross product

Calculates the cross product of two vectors.

crprod x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2

Remarks

The predefined paramaters %xcrprod, %ycrprod, and %zcrprod are assigned the result of this function.

Also, add these paramaters names to the index - xcrprod, ycrprod, zcrprod.

Example

crprod [cos(70)] [sin(70)] 0 [cos(160)] [sin(160)] 0

c (x,y,z)= 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 1.00000E+00
c normalized (x,y,z)= 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 1.00000E+00

curtyp default attach command

curtyp type
where type can be
cur equivalence the attach button to the cur command
curs equivalence the attach button to the curs command
cure equivalence the attach button to the cure command
curf equivalence the attach button to the curf command

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 457

Remarks

This command controls the type of 3D curve attachment used when the attach button is selected in the
environment window while in the part phase. The following summarizes the differences between these
options. See the full description of each of these commands for further information.

cur: the selected edge is attached to a curve with the end vertices placed at the closest points on the
curve. All interior nodes, including any interior vertices are distributed along the curved, based on the
position of the end vertices. Essentially, the interior vertices have no degrees of freedom.

curs: (Default) each component edge of the selected composite edge is placed on the curve,
independently. This means that each vertex along the selected component edge is placed on the curve
independently. Then the interior nodes of each component edge is distributed along the curve based on
its end vertices. The same thing can be accomplished by using the cur command for each component
edge of a composite edge. The curs command has the advantage that only one command is needed and
if a partition is added with the insprt, the curs will do the interpolation that is usually expected.

cure: the end vertices of the selected edge are placed at opposite ends of the 3D curve, depending on
their initial positions. Then the same interpolation as cur is applied. curf: the edge is placed onto the
3D curve just as in the cur command. However, the nodes are frozen to this 3D curve. Projections to
surfaces will have no affect on this edge.

Examples

The following examples all start with the same common input. A simple 2 block part is used with one
composite edge attached to a 3D curve. This demonstrates the differences between the cur, curs, and
cure commands.

block 1 6 11;1 3;-1;.5 1 2 0 .5 0

curd 1 csp3 00 .5 .75 0 1.25 .55 0 2.05 .75 0 ;;;

Part & Curve before attachment Cur attachment

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

458 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Curs attachment Cure attachment

dc desk calculator
Prints the value of a Fortran-like expression.

dc expression

Remarks

With dc, you can see the value of an expression. For details on the syntax of the expression, see the
discussion on expressions at the beginning of this section. The expression must end at the end of the line.
Use the dc function to learn the value of a parameter.

Example

para c2 2 c1 1 c0 -1;
dc (-%c1+sqrt(%c1^2-4*%c2*%c0))/(2*%c2)
= 5.000000E-01
dc (-%c1-sqrt(%c1^2-4*%c2*%c0))/(2*%c2)
= -1.000000E+00

distance distance between two points

distance x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2

Remarks

This command calculates the distance between two points. Use one of the many ways to select a point
in the picture using the mouse. Type the F7 function key to print the coordinates of that point into the
distance dialogue box or into the text window, if you are typing commands. Select the second point in

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 459

the picture and type the F7 function key again. Execute the command to get the distance.

Example

distance [cos(45)] [sin(45)] 0 [2*cos(45)] [2*sin(45)] 0

distance = 1.0

echo echo a string

echo text

Remarks

A string of up to 80 characters is printed in the text window.

end terminate TrueGrid® with no more output

end (no arguments)

errmod set error handler mode

errmod mode
where mode can be
0 for warning and error messages (default)
1 for avoiding warning messages
2 for error interrupt mode
3 for avoiding warning messages and error interrupt mode

Remarks

These options affect the way warnings and errors are handled.

If the mode 1 or 3 is selected, no warning messages will be issued.

If the mode 2 or 3 is selected, then when an error in the input is encountered while in batch mode,
TrueGrid ® will become interactive as though it had encountered an interrupt command in the batch
file. Any problems due to the error can then be fixed interactively. Then the resume command can be
issued to continue the batch command file. This is not easy to do sometimes. Here are three cases that

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

460 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

one should be aware of:

1. The command in the batch file is in error and it has many arguments. Any arguments that remain
after the error is detected must still be processed once the resume command is issued. These arguments
will also cause an error and a subsequent interrupt. Warning: do not try to modify the command file at
this stage. It will only cause more problems since this command file is being buffered.

2. Some errors are not detected until the endpart command is encountered in the batch file. This will
cause the part to be completed with errors. T hen the interactive mode will be entered in the control
phase. There will be little that can be done abut the part at this stage, but you will be able to proceed
with a resume command if you wish.

3. When an insprt command is encountered, errors in some previously issued commands, such as the
bb and trbb commands, may be detected. This is because the insprt command, like the endpart
command, cause the entire mesh to be re-calculated.

expressions FORTRAN-like expressions

This FORTRAN-like expression interpreter is not a command but is a general feature that can be used
anyplace in any command that requires a number. You do this by enclosing the expression in square
brackets. For example, you may wish to make the number of elements within a single region of the
mesh be a function of a density parameter:

block 1 [1+2.7*%d];1 [1+3.2*%d];1 [1+4.9*%d];0 2.7;1 4.2;-1 3.9;

You could calculate the distance between two points with

[ sqrt(%a*%a + %b*%b) ]

For more information on the use of parameters, see the para command. Such an expression can be
continued across multiple lines. The closing square bracket terminates the expression. There is a limit
of 240 symbols in an expression.

Expressions are also used to define a function, a function curve, a function surface, and some loads. The
square brackets are not used in this case and to continue a long expression to another line, end the line
with a space and ampersand, ("&").

You can enter numbers in the usual FORTRAN formats for integer, floating point, and exponential
numbers.

The expressions feature can interpret the arithmetic operators + and - and the binary arithmetic

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 461

operators: + - * / ** and ^ . All calculations are done in floating point. All trigonometric functions are
for angles in degrees.

This feature also interprets the following FORTRAN-like functions:

int(x) truncates x to an integer
nint(x) rounds x to the nearest integer
abs(x) absolute value of x
mod(a,b) a modulo b
sign(a,b) transfer the sign of b to a
max(x 1,x 2,...,x n) maximum number
min(x 1,x 2,...,x n) minimum number
sqrt(x) square root of x; x must be positive
exp(x) exponential of x; x must not exceed 85.19
log(x) natural logarithm of x; x must be positive
log10(x) common logarithm (base 10) of x; x must be positive
sin(x) sine of x (in degrees)
cos(x) cosine of x (in degrees)
tan(x) tangent of x; x cannot be 90, -90, 180, -180, etc.
asin(x) arc sine (in degrees) of x; x must be between -1 and 1.
acos(x) arc cosine (in degrees) of x; x must be between -1 and 1.
atan(x) arc tangent of x
atan2(y,x) arc tangent of y/x
sinh(x) hyperbolic sine of x
cosh(x) hyperbolic cosine of x
rand pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution of unit length, mean 0
rand(seed) pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution of unit length, mean 0,
computed from the given seed
rand(seed,mean) pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution between mean-½
and mean+½, computed from the given seed
norm pseudo-random number from a normal distribution with mean 0 and standard
deviation 1
norm(seed) pseudo-random number from a normal distribution with mean 0 and standard
deviation 1, computed from the given seed
norm(seed,mean) pseudo-random number from a normal distribution with mean mean
and standard deviation 1, computed from the given seed
norm(seed,mean,sig) pseudo-random number from a normal distribution with mean mean
and standard deviation sig, computed from the given seed; sig must be
positive

For the random number functions, the default seed is 0.0.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

462 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

def define a function

def function_name (a,b,...) = expression

Remarks

A function can be used in any expression or equation. Following the function name is a pair of
parenthesis enclosing a list of dummy arguments that are used in the expression which defines the
function. The dummy arguments, unlike parameters, do not have a % character at the beginning of the
use of a dummy argument in the definition of the function.

Example

def len(x1,y1,z1,x2,y2,z2)=sqrt((x1-x2)**2+(y1-y2)**2+(z1-z2)**2)
dc len(1,1,1,2,2,2)
= 1.732051E+00
dc sqrt(3)
= 1.732051E+00

include execute commands from batch file

include filename

Remarks

The specified file will be executed as a batch command file. The commands you have previously issued
will remain in effect. Errors will be handled as usually when in batch mode.

The tsave (session) file will incorporate all of the commands that you have issued, whether interactive,
from the original batch file, or from an included batch file. Thus, no include commands will appear
in the tsave file.

The include statements can be nested up to 19 statements deep. There is no limit on the number of non-
nested include commands.

If you forget to select an input file, type or use the include dialogue to initiate the execution of a
command file.

A file to be included should be found in the working directory or a path must be included with the file
name. The working directory is the directory in which you are running TrueGrid ® . If you are on

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 463

WINDOWS, the working directory is specified in the TGControls program included with TrueGrid ® .
Alternatively, use the cd command to change the working directory.

Example

Suppose there is a file named ring.inc with the following contents:

cylinder 1 3;1 91;-1;%r1 %r2;0 360;0;

lct 1 xsca %xs ysca %ys;lrep 1 ;
endpart

Then the following commands will produce the set of rings shown below:

para r1 .7 r2 .9 xs .6 ys 1;
include ring.inc
para r1 1 r2 1.2 xs .8 ys 1;
include ring.inc
para r1 1.3 r2 1.5 xs 1 ys 1;
include ring.inc
para r1 2 r2 2.2 xs 1 ys .8;
include ring.inc
para r1 3.2 r2 3.4 xs 1 ys .6;
include ring.inc
merge Concentric rings w/ parameters & include

inprod inner or dot product

This command computes the inner or dot product of two vectors.

inprod x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2

Remarks

The result of this function is stored in the automatic parameter %inprod.

Example

inprod [cos(20)] [sin(20)] 0 [cos(30)] [sin(30)] 0

dot product = 9.84808E-01
dc cos(10)
= 9.848077E-01

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

464 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

interrupt switch from batch commands to interactive mode

When TrueGrid ® is executing batch commands, this command halts batch execution and begins
interactive execution; i.e. with keyboard and mouse.

interrupt <no arguments>

Remarks

Upon reaching this command in a batch file, TrueGrid ® halts execution of commands in the file and
becomes interactive. This gives you an opportunity to interactively modify the model. When you wish
to continue execution of the batch file, you can issue the resume command.

This feature is useful in making a change to an existing mesh. Using a text editor, enter the interrupt
command into the command file at the end of the list of commands for each part that needs modification.
Then run the command file. When TrueGrid ® becomes interactive issue the commands to make the
desired modifications and click on the Resum e button (or type the resume command into the test
window).

Keep in mind that TrueGrid ® will start executing commands from the command file from where it
stopped after encountering the interrupt command. If, for example, there was an endpart command
just after the interrupt command in the command file, then it would cause an error if you were to type
the endpart command into the text window before you resumed execution of the commands from the
command file. TrueGrid ® would see two endpart commands in sequence, and the second one would
be an error.

After you have completed the execution of all of the commands from the command file and the
commands you issued interactively, you can exit TrueGrid ® and save the new sequence of commands
found in the session file (tsave file).

This procedure can also be used to hunt down a bug in your command file. After entering the interactive
mode, use the History window to help locate the command(s) in error. T his is also a good way to
understand the topology and techniques used to create a model that you are not familiar with.
.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 465

intyp set default mesh interpolation

intyp option
where option can be
1 linear interpolation (initial default)
(lin and lini commands)
2 transfinite interpolation (tf and tfi
commands)

Remarks
Linear Interpolation
The linear interpolation is cheap and is good for most problems. The
transfinite interpolation is better when there is a lot of curvature and
when the nodes along the edges are no distributed evenly.

Example

block 1 11;1 11;-1;1 3 -1 1 0

sfi -1;;-1; cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
sfi -2;;-1; cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 2
sfi 1 2;-2;-1; plan 0 0 0 1 -1 0
sfi 1 2;-1;-1; plan 0 0 0 1 1 0
res 1 1 1 2 2 1 i .8

Transfinite Interpolation

lcrtgl local coordinate system vector loads

lcrtgl switch
where switch can be
on use local coordinate system
off use global coordinate system

Remarks

When a part is replicated using the lrep, grep, or lev commands, all of the loads are also replicated. The
default is to replicate the load in the global coordinate system. If, for example, there is a fixed
displacement, the corresponding nodes in each replication have the same displacement as if the
displacement were specified in the global coordinate system. If the part is rotated or reflected, the load
vector is not.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

466 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

This command causes the vector loads to be rotated or reflected along with the replicated part. This new
command applies to the following commands that define loads in the part phase. It applies to all loads
of the type below within that part. It is an internal variable and continues in effect until this command
is issue with a different option.

fc, fci, fcc, fcci, fcs, fcsi - fixed force

fd, fdi, fdc, fdci, fds, fdsi - fixed displacements
fv, fvi, fvc, fvci, fvs, fvsi - fixed velocity
fvv, fvvi, fvvc, fvvci, fvvs, fvvsi - fixed velocity
acc, acci, accc, accci, accs, accsi - fixed velocity
vacc, vacci, vaccc, vaccci, vaccs, vaccsi - fixed velocity
ve, vei - initial velocities
dis, disi - initial displacements

painfo print information about parameters

This command gives you information on the currently defined parameters.

painfo <no arguments>

Remarks

This command helps you remember what you did with the para command.

para define parameters

para name 1 value 1 name 2 value 2 ... name n value n ;

or
parameter name 1 value 1 name 2 value 2 ... name n value n ;

Remarks

This command is used to define parameters. Each is a symbol that stands for a number. They can be
used in any other commands that need numbers or expressions. You can define up to 10,000 parameters.

Parameters enable you to set up your model in such a fashion that you can quickly and easily change
the design whenever you want.

The arguments to the para command are pairs, first the symbolic name and then its value. The value

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 467

can be a number or an expression. This value will be used until you redefine the parameter with another
para command.

To reference a parameter, put a % before its symbolic name. For example:

para a 1.2 b [ sqrt(%a) ]

sd 1 plan 0 0 %b 0 0 1

will define a plane passing through the point

A parameter can be used in place of any number. It can be used in expressions and equations. It can
be used to assign a value to another parameter. In all cases, you must assign a value to the parameter
before referencing it. An error message will be issued if you reference a parameter without a value. All
parameters are stored internally as floating point values. If a parameter is used for an integer, then the
value will be truncated when it is used.

For the name of the parameter, you can use any character string that obeys the following rules:

• characters may be any of the standard (ASCII) printing characters except for:
+,% */^()[]=&$
• the first 16 characters must be unique
• the name must be unique when case is ignored

To see the currently defined parameter values, issue the painfo command.

There are some predefined automatic parameters. They are:

distance - result of the distance function or

resulting radius of the circle from the circent function
inprod - result of the inprod function
nextbb - 1 greater than the largest block boundary interface number - see the bb command
nextcrv - 1 greater than the largest 3D curve number - see the curd command
nextlbeam - 1 greater than the largest linear beam element number from the previous parts
nextlbrick - 1 greater than the largest linear brick element number from the previous parts
nextlshell - 1 greater than the largest linear shell element number from the previous parts
nextlc - 1 greater than the largest load curve number - see the lcd command
nextln - 1 greater than the largest 2D curve number - see the ld command
nextmat - 1 greater than the largest material number - see the material menu
nextnode - 1 greater than the largest node number of the previous part
nextprt - 1 greater than the last part number

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

468 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

nextqbeam - 1 greater than the largest quadratic beam element number from the previous parts
nextqbrick - 1 greater than the largest quadratic brick element number from the previous parts
nextqshell - 1 greater than the largest quadratic shell element number from the previous parts
nextsrf - 1 greater than the largest surface number - see the sd command
node - the node number from the ajnp or sajnp command or
from the Environment window Pick>node selection in the merge phase or
from the F5 function key to pick a node graphically in the merge phase
subang - result of the subang function
xprj, yprj, zprj - coordinates due to the project command or
results of the tricent function or
resulting center of the circle from the circent function or
results of the trapt function or
results of the bulc function or
results of the nodcor or snodcor function or
intersection of 2 2D curves using ld lpil
xnrm, ynrm, znrm - normal to the 1 st surface from the project function
resulting normal to the circle from the circent function or
pi - 3.1415926...
mxiridx - maximum i-index of the present part
mxjridx - maximum j-index of the present part
mxkridx - maximum k-index of the present part
xcrprod, ycrprod, zcrprod - coordinates due to the crprod function
xboxmin - minimum x-coordinate of the grid in the graphics (rest command)
yboxmin - minimum y-coordinate of the grid in the graphics (rest command)
zboxmin - minimum z-coordinate of the grid in the graphics (rest command)
xboxmax - maximum x-coordinate of the grid in the graphics (rest command)
yboxmax - maximum y-coordinate of the grid in the graphics (rest command)
zboxmax - maximum z-coordinate of the grid in the graphics (rest command)

ptcoor parametric coordinates from a surface or 3D curve

ptcoor point_symbol
where the point_symbol can be
s.i.j for a labeled point on a surface where
s is the surface number
i is the first index of the point on the surface
j is the second index of the point on the surface
c.i for a labeled point on a 3D curve where
c is the 3D curve number
i is the point index on the curve

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 469

Remarks

This command is used primarily to assign the parameters xprj, yprj, and zprj the coordinates of a
labeled point on a surface or 3D curve. A full discussion of labeled points on surfaces can be found in
the discussion on surface tessellation and labeling (96). Examples of labeled points along a 3D curve
can be found under the labels command (?).

pptcd parameterized coordinates of a 3D curve

pptcd curve_number parameter

where
curve_number an existing 3D curve number
parameter number from 0.0 to 1,0

Remarks

This command interpolates a point along a 3D curve. The 3D curve is parameterized by relative arc
length ranging from 0.0 (start) to1.0 (end). The coordinates are stored in the automatic parameters xprj,
yprj, and zprj respectively.

pwd get current working directory

pwd (no arguments)

Remarks

On a WINDOWS system, the default working directory is initially set by the user preferences window
(i.e. tgpref.exe, also known as TGControls). On a UNIX/LINUX system, the default working
directory is the window in which TrueGrid ® is executed. See the cd to change the working directory.
This working directory is the directory for the input/output files for commands such as iges, igesfile,
saveiges, useiges, wiges include, savepart, getbb, readmesh, vpsd, wrsd, stlsd, edgefile,
postscript, trugrdo/mof and the sd command with options stl and bstl. However, the tsave and tghist
files are not affected by the cd command. They will be saved in the default working directory. The pwd
command prints the current working directory.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

470 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

resume resume executing batch commands

resume <no arguments>

Remarks

This command resumes execution of a batch file after the interrupt command has halted it. See the
discussion on the interrupt command for the usage of the interrupt and resume commands.

title assign title to the problem

title text

Remarks

This command assigns a title to the model. The title should be a one-line description of the model. The
title is used as the default graphics caption and is usually found somewhere in the output file. You can
change the caption without changing the title by issuing the caption command.

tpara typed parameters

tpara type symbol_1 value_1 type symbol_2 value_2 ... ;

Remarks

This is used to pass parameters into REFLEQS, a fluids simulation code.

tricent find optimal center of a triangular structure

tricent type x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3
where type can be
1 coordinates at the corners
2 coordinates along the midpoint of edges
where
x 1 y1 z1 Cartesian coordinates of first point
x 2 y2 z2 Cartesian coordinates of second point
x 3 y3 z3 Cartesian coordinates of third point

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 471

Remarks

The optimal is where the three edges that meet at the center, meet at 120 degrees. There are two options.
The first option bases the calculation of the coordinates of the three corners of the triangle. It assumes
the midpoints of the three edges of the triangle will be connected to the center vertex. In the second
option, the intermediate points along the three edges are used to calculate the optimal position for the
center vertex. The latter is more versatile since it does not assume midpoints along the edges. The
coordinates of the center point are immediately stored in the automatic parameters %xprj, %yprj, and
%zprj.

Examples

Both of the following examples start with this input:

block 1 6 11;1 6 11;-1;0 1 2 0 1 2 4

sd 1 sp 0 0 0 4
sfi ;; -1; sd 1
dei 2 3; 2 3; -1;
pb 2 2 1 3 3 1 xy 1 1

tricent 1 0 0 4
1.7888 0 3.5777
0 1.7888 3.5777
pb 2 2 1 2 2 1 xyz
%xprj %yprj %zprj

Figure 299 Optimal center based on corners

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

472 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 sd 2 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 2
sd 2 cy 0 0 0 0 0 1 1.789
sfi 1 2; -3; -1; sd 2
sfi -3; 1 2; -1; sd 2
tricent 2 .97 0 3.88
1.265 1.265 3.577
0 9.7 3.88
pb 2 2 1 2 2 1 xyz
%xprj %yprj %zprj

Figure 300 Optimal center based on edges

subang angle between two intersecting lines

subang x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z2 x 3 y 3 z3

Remarks

The angle subtended by two intersecting lines is printed. T he automatic parameter %subang will be
assigned the angle in degrees.

Example

subang 1 1 [sqrt(2)] 0 0 0 1 1 [-sqrt(2)]

angle = 90.0

caption assign a caption to the physical window

caption option
where the option can be
cap text
on
off

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 473

Remarks

The title defined with the title command is the default caption.

mxp change number of mesh convergence passes

mxp #_passes

Remarks

This command is used to handle rare cases where inter-dependencies in the building of a part are not
fully resolved. This can occur when there are many interpolations/smoothing commands that intersect
and cross each other.

This is the maximum number of passes used in the projection algorithm to resolve dependencies within
the block, cylinder, and blude parts. These dependencies occur when a multiple region is interpolated
and its boundary is the interior of another multiple region interpolation. The default is 4. The minimum
is 1. 2 handles almost all cases. If there are dependencies, it will take a longer time to build the part
when the maximum number of passes is increased.

trapt transform a point

trapt x y z type id
where the type can be
lct for a local coordinate transformation
gct for a global coordinate transformation
where id is the number of the transformation

Remarks

Trapt will transform a 3D coordinate using a local or global coordinate transformation formed in the
lct or gct commands, respectively. The results are stored in the parameters %xprj, %yprj, and %zprj.

This feature can be used when building a sequence of parts that must start where the previous part
ended. Each component can be constructed in a local coordinate and then transformed to the final
position using a coordinate transformation. This command can be used to maintain a fiducial point as
parts are added.

It is possible to do without this command by using only the replication commands. In some cases,

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

474 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

calculating the translation vector can be complicated. This method simplifies the calculation of that
translation vector.

Example

This example started with a single component by creating a command file named why.inc with the
following commands:

block 1 3 0 4 5 6 0 8 10;
1 2 3 0 5 7;
1 2;
[-2-1/sqrt(3)] [-1/sqrt(3)] 0
-1 0 1 0
[1/sqrt(3)] [2+1/sqrt(3)];
-1 0 1 0 [1/sqrt(3)]
[2+1/sqrt(3)];
0 1;
dei 4 6; 1 3;;
dei 8 9; 5 6; 1 2;
dei 1 2; 5 6; 1 2;
tr 8 1 1 9 3 2 rz -60;
tr 4 5 1 6 6 2 rz -30;
pb 9 1 1 9 3 2
xy 1.288675 -2.232051
pb 2 2 1 2 2 2 xy 0 0
pb 5 5 1 5 5 2 xy 0 0
pb 8 2 1 8 2 2 xy 0 0 Component starting at the origin
mb 1 1 1 9 6 2 x [2+1/sqrt(3)]

To complete this example, a second command file is formed with the commands below. The component
part starts at the origin, to simplify the calculations. Only the x and y-coordinates are maintained, since
the part is formed in a plane, again for simplification. The vector (dx,dy,0) is formed between the
starting and ending positions of the replicated part. This vector is transformed, just like the component
part, to maintain the translation vector for the next replication.

para dx [2+1/sqrt(3)+cos(60)*(2+1/sqrt(3))] c differential vector

dy [sin(60)*(2+1/sqrt(3))];
include why.inc
endpart
para x0 %dx y0 %dy; c 1st fiducial
include why.inc
gct 1 rz 60 mx %x0 my %y0;
grep 1;

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 475

endpart
trapt %dx %dy 0 gct 1
para x0%xprj c 2nd fiducial
y0%yprj;
include why.inc
gct 1 rz 120 mx %x0 my %y0;
grep 1;
endpart
trapt %dx %dy 0 gct 1
para x0%xprj c 3rd fiducial
y0%yprj;
include why.inc
gct 1 rz 180 mx %x0 my %y0;
grep 1;
endpart
trapt %dx %dy 0 gct 1
para x0%xprj c 4th fiducial
y0%yprj;
include why.inc
gct 1 rz 240 mx %x0 my %y0;
grep 1;
endpart
trapt %dx %dy 0 gct 1
para x0%xprj c 5th fiducial
y0%yprj;
include why.inc
gct 1 rz 300 mx %x0 my %y0;
grep 1;
endpart
merge Components rotated and translated
stp .001

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

476 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 IV. Output

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 477

There are numerous output formats that can be selected for the output file containing the mesh. There
are two fundamental File format types. The default is the Finite Element format type. Examples of this
are ABAQUAS, ANSYS, LS-DYAN, and NASTRAN. Alternatively, there is the block structured
format type such as CFX4, GRIDGEN, or TASCFlow. If you wish to choose the latter, you must do
so at the beginning of the input or interactive session.

You be in the merge phase to save the mesh file in one of these formats. Usually you issue a merge
nodes command first and then save the file with the write command.

1. Output File Format Commands

A full description of the output commands can be found in the TrueGrid ® Output Manual. The write
command is used to write the output file containing the specified output file format.

comment pass a comment to the DYNA3D output file

comment [option [id]] text

where the option can be
no for the beginning of the output file
mt for a material
np for the nodes
he for the hexahedron elements
be for the beam elements
se for the shell elements
ts for the thick shell elements
sp for a slide planes
nh for the node history
hh for the hexahedron element history
bh for the beam element history
sh for the shell element history
th for the thick shell element history
br for the brode
lc for a load curve
nl for the nodal loads
pr for the pressure
ve for the velocity
sw for a stone wall
nc for the nodal constraints
in for the initial conditions
si for a sliding interface
ti for the tied nodes with failure

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

478 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 ex for extra nodes w/ rigid body
jt for a joint
xa for the x-acceleration
ya for the y-acceleration
za for the z-acceleration
xv for the x-velocity
yv for the y-velocity
zv for the z-velocity
dt for a detonator
sd for the springs and dampers
nr for the non-reflecting boundaries
md for momentum deposition in solid elements
1d for 1D slide line
where id can be a number to identify the number of the type object being commented on

Remarks

Up to 100 comments can be saved. Not all types have an id associated with it and if a number is not the
first thing encountered after the type, then the text is assumed to be general and not applied to a specific
object. The id can be a parameter of an expression in square brackets.

elvotest switch solid element test for zero volume

elvotest switch
where switch can be
on turn of the test when the output file is written
off turn off the test when the output file is written

Remarks

The default is off. This test is applied to the mesh when the output file is written. It applies only to the
following output options: ANSYS, ABAQUS, CFX5, EXODUSII, FIDAP, FLUENT, ICFEP,
LSDYNA, KIVA, NASTRAN, and the NEUTRAL formats.

epb element print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA

epb set_name
where
set_name name of an element set

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 479

mof mesh output file name

mof [path]file_name
where
path path to the file - optional
file_name file name including the suffix

Remarks

This function changes the name of the mesh output file to be written. It does not change the name of a
mesh output file that has already been written.

The same thing can be accomplished by placing the o= option on the execute line. Under WINDOWS,
the o= on the execute line is only possible when you run from a Command Prompt window. If you
specify a path, it will be relative to the working directory.

When you start TrueGrid ® from the desk top in WINDOWS, the working directory is determined from
the settings in the TGControls window. Then the output file named in this command will be found
relative to the working directory selected in TGControls.

Be sure to issue the write command in the Merge phase to actually create the desired mesh output file.

ndigits number of digits written for coordinates

ndigits n
where n is the number of digits

Remarks

The default is 7 and the minimum is 5. This applies only to the Ale3d and CFX output options.

npb node print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA

npb node_selection

where node_selection can be one of the following:

n node select a node
rt x y z select the node nearest to a point in Cartesian coordinates
cy rho theta z select the node nearest to a point in cylindrical coordinates

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

480 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 sp rho theta phi select the node nearest to a point in spherical coordinates
nset set_name select all nodes in a node set

save dump buffered data to the tsave file

save (no arguments)

Remarks

On many systems, data is buffered before it is written to a file on disk. This command forces the data
in the buffer to be written to disk. This guarantees that if there is a failure, the data will be saved in the
tsave file. This is usually not needed, because if, in the unlikely event, TrueGrid ® should crash, the
tsave file is properly closed first. However, this command is most useful if you want to use the data
dumped to the tsave file without terminating TrueGrid ® . By issuing the save command, you are assured
that the tsave file is up to date.

verbatim write verbatim to the output file

verbatim
text
endverbatim

The text can be any number of lines of text. Anything on the same line and following the verbatim
command is ignored. This text, including the $ character, is saved. When the write command is issued,
this text is written to the output file if the output file format is keyword driven so that the text can be in
any order. This is needed because text is always placed near the beginning of the output file. Some of
the formats supported by this feature are Abaqus, Ansys, LSdyna, M arc, and Nastran. Parameters
can be used with this command. The character '$' is not treated as the start of a comment when included
in the scope of this command.

write write the output file containing the mesh

write (no arguments)

Remarks

You must be in the merge phase to write the output file. Usually you want to issue one of the merge
nodes commands before issuing the write command. There is no default format. You must choose a

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 481

format, for example ABAQUS, ANSYS, NASTRAN, or LS-DYNA, before writing the file.

The default file name is trugrdo. It will be found relative to the working directory. If you issue the write
command a second time, it will be called trugrdo.0001. Each additional write will cause the file name
to be incremented. If there exists a trugrdo file before you issue the first write, then the first write will
overwrite the trugrdo file. When you issue a write command, a message will appear indicating the name
of the file that was written.

The output file name can be selected if you are running in a Command Prompt Window under
WINDOWS or if you are running on UNIX/LINUX/OSX using the o= option on the execute line. You
can also switch from the default name by issuing the MOF command.

abaqus ABAQUS output format

abaqus (no arguments)

ale3d ALE3D output format

ale3d (no arguments)

ansys ANSYS output format

ansys (no arguments)

autodyn AUTODYN-3D output format

autodyn (no arguments)

cf3d Convective Flow output format

cf3d (no arguments)

cfd-ace CFD-ACE output format

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

482 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

cfd-ace (no arguments)

cfx CFX output format

cfx (no arguments)

dyna3d DYNA3D output format

dyna3d (no arguments)

es3d ES3D output format

es3d (no arguments)

exodusii Exodus II output format

exodusii (no arguments)

fidap FIDAP output format

fidap (no arguments)

fluent FLUENT output format

fluent (no argument)

gemini GEMINI output format

gemini (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 483

gridgen3d GRIDGEN output option

gridgen (no arguments)

iri IRI output format

iri (no arguments)

lsdyna LS-DYNA output format

lsdyna type
where
type can be:
fixed for the fixed format
keyword for the keyword format

lsnike3d LS-NIKE3D output format

lsnike3d (no arguments)

icfep Imperial College of London finite element program

icfep (no arguments)

Remarks

This should only be used for quadratic elements. The icfepmat command assigns the element type to
a material. For 2 dimensional problems, be sure that all of the z-coordinates have absolute value less
than or equal to ztol. Be sure to merge the nodes in the merge phase before issuing the write command.

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

484 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

kiva3v KIVA3V output option

kiva3v (no arguments)

Remarks

Kiva3v is a block structured code only and the kiva3v command must be issued before any parts are
generated.. Use the kiva3bc and the kiva3bci commands to define boundary conditions in the part
phase.

kiva KIVA4 output option

kiva (no arguments)

Remarks

Use the kivabc and the kivabci commands to define boundary conditions in the part phase. Use the
kivabc command to define boundary conditions in the merge phase.

In the merge phase, use the write command to write the kiva4grid file. Use material numbers 10 for
squish, 11 for bowl, 14 for dome, and 20, 30, 40, and 50 for the cells forming the ports. Material
number 1 is the default material in TrueGrid ® and it will be interpreted as squish. Material 2 will be
interpreted as inactive. Use the kivabc command to set face types, except for periodic conditions. Use
the bb and trbb with the kiva periodic options to impose periodic boundary conditions and face types.
The nodes of a master block boundary interface will appear first in the list of paired periodic vertices.
The default face type is fluid.

marc MARC output format

marc (no arguments)

mpact MPACT finite element code by Pedro Marcal

mpact (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 485

nastran NASTRAN output format

nastran (no arguments)

nike3d NIKE3D output format

nike3d (no arguments)

enike3d (no arguments)
nnike3d (no arguments)
fnike3d (no arguments)

nekton2d NEKTON2D output format

nekton2d (no arguments)

nekton3d NEKTON3D output format

nekton3d (no arguments)

ne/nastran NE/NASTRAN output format

ne/nastran (no arguments)

neutral Neutral output Format

neutral (no arguments)

refleqs REFLEQS output format

refleqs (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

486 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

sap2000 SAP2000 FEA output file in IGES format
sap2000 (no arguments)

Remarks

The output file name is sapmesh.igs.

starcd STARCD output format

starcd (no arguments)

plot3d PLOT3D output format

plot3d (no arguments)

poly3d Generic output format

poly3d (no arguments)

tascflow TASCflow output format

tascflow (no arguments)

topaz3d TOPAZ3D output format

topaz3d (no arguments)

topaz3d2 TOPAZ3D version 2000 output format

topaz3d2 (no arguments)

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 487

viewpoint VIEWPOINT output format

viewpoint (no arguments)

write WRITE the mesh to a formatted file

write (no arguments)

Remanrks

This command is only effective if an output option has been selected. The format options are listed
under the output options. The default name for the output file is “trugrdo”. There are several
exceptions, so check the details for the output format . Use the “o =” option on the execute line (when
executing from a command prompt window if you are running a WINDOWS system) and the mof
command during execution to choose a file name other than the default file name.

2. Analysis Options
For control parameters and other such input options which are specific to the simulation code, use the
appropriate command from this section.

To issue one of these commands, use its dialogue box. For full details, see the TrueGrid ® Output
Manual. But for the sake of completeness, the command names are given below.

XYZ Scientific Applications is actively adding support of more simulation codes. We welcome your
requests for more output formats!

abaqstep ABAQUS analysis step

ansyopts ANSYS analysis option

dynaopts DYNA3D analysis options

lsdyopts LS-DYNA analysis and database options

marcopts MARC analysis options

nastopts NASTRAN analysis options

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

488 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

nenstopt NE/NASTRAN analysis options

nekopts 2d and 3d NEKTON 2.85 analysis options

nikeopts NIKE3D analysis options

lsnkopts LS-NIKE3D analysis options

tz3dopts TOPAZ3D analysis options

3. Material Definitions

TrueGrid ® generates input files for any of a large number of simulation codes. Each code has its own
set of material models and its own way to specify them. You can specify your material models in
TrueGrid ® using a TrueGrid ® dialogue box. For detailed information about material specifications,
refer to the manuals of the appropriate simulation code. It is not practical to reproduce those manuals
here.

For the sake of completeness, the currently available material definition commands are listed in the
TrueGrid ® Output Manual. To use these commands, use TrueGrid ® 's graphical user interface.

XYZ Scientific Applications is actively adding support of more simulation codes. We welcome your
requests for even more simulation codes!

abaqmats ABAQUS materials

ansymats ANSYS materials

dynaeos DYNA3D equation of state

dynamats DYNA3D materials

fluemats FLUENT materials

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 489

nastmats NASTRAN materials

nenstmats NE/NASTRAN materials

lsdymats LS-DYNA materials

lsdythmt LS-DYNA thermal materials

lsdyeos LS-DYNA3D equation of state

nikemats NIKE3D materials

lsnkmats LS-NIKE3D materials

marcmats MARC materials

patsmats PATRAN materials

tz3dmats TOPAZ3D materials

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

490 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 V. Appendix

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 491

 Cartesian coordinate system

Figure 303 Cartesian coordinate system

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

492 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Cylindrical coordinate system

Figure 304 Cylindrical coordinate system

where ñ is radius, È is angle in x-y plane

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 493

 Spherical coordinate system

Figure 305 Spherical coordinate system

where
ñ is radius, È is angle in x-y plane, Ö is angle from x-y plane

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

494 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 495

 VI. Index

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

496 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

.and. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442 ^
.eq. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442 <
.eqv. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 <=
.gt. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441 =
.lt. element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
expressions. . . . . . 433, 437, 441, 442 face set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
.ne. node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336, 340
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442 ==
.neqv. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 >
.not. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 >=
.or. expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 %
; def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
display commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 para. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
index list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350, 354 &
surface trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442
! &&
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442
!= è-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 442 2D curve compliment
(...) vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 36
{..}. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 3D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
+ closed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 57
expressions. . . . . . 433, 437, 441, 461 composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336, 340 coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
- Csp2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Ctbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
expressions. . . . . . 433, 437, 441, 461 Ctbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
face set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 cubic spline.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336, 340 curvature.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
* display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441 extruded/lofted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
** from a file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
expressions. . . . . . . . . . 433, 437, 441 Ftbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
/ Ftbo.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 497

 Fws2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 appending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Arc3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 88
intersection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 attach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
It. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 blend 3 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Lad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 blend 4 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Lap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Bsp3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 78
Lar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 closed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Lat.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Contour.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 73
length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Cpcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 90
Lep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Cpcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 91
Lfil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Csp3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 75
Lint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 csp3 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Lnof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Dacd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Dcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lp2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Dcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lpil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 38 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lpt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Lq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Igc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 70, 185
Lstl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 IGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Ltas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Intcur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 82
Ltbc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 labeled points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Ltbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 LD2D3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 81
Ltp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Lvc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Lp3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 72
number of points.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Lp3pt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 84
pan window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Nrb3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 79
revolved surface. . . . . . 123, 125, 126 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Rseg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 number of points.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
ruled surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 19, 36 parametric.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 114 pipe surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
swept surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Point numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 73
to 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Projcur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 86
volume definition, vd. . . . . . . . . . . 112 Pscur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 87
window size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Racd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2nd order elements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Rcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
3D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Rcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 revoled surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
3Dfunc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 85 rmseg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Acd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 ruled surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 163
Acds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Sdedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 71

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

498 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Se. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 71 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222
segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 115 Accs
Twsurf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 92 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222
3Dfunc (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 85 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Abaqmats material.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Accsi
Abaqstep display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222
constraints.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Abaqstep analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 183
Abaqus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390, 413 getol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Acd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 175
load set number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Igesfiles.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
offsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Acds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 175
verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 Acos expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Abb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Acos function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442
Abort Add
block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350, 354, 360 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Abs expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Adnset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Abs function.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Abscissa Agrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 202
2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Ajnp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 469
Acc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Ale3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222 ndigits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Algebraic
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Algebraic Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Alv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 201
Acc (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Accc Am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 273
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222 Ams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 273
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 And
Accci element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222 face set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336, 340
Acceleration Angle
acc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 between lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 labels.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
frb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Angles in expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
vacc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Angular-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351, 355
Acci Animation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 499

Ansd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 pvpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Attaching
Ansymats material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 curtyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Ansyopts analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Attch button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Ansys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 AUTODYN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
beam cross sections. . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Automatic contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Av.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268
cvt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Avc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
offsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Ap.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 365 lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Apld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 B-Spline
Apply button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Aps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 365 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Arc Backplane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
2D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Bar
2D fillet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 rigid, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
2D, center and angle.. . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Batch execution. . . . . . . . . . . . 463, 465, 471
2D, center and point. . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Batch file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451, 465
2D, radius and 2 points. . . . . . . . . . 46 bb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
2D, radius and tangent. . . . . . . . 47, 48 Abb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2D, radius, points, and tangent. . . . 46 Abbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
elliptic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dabb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Arc3 (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 69, 88 data points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Dbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Asd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 176 Dbbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Asds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 177 example. . . . 225, 239, 249, 361, 378
Asin expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 intra-part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Asin function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 intra-part example. . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Atan expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 labeled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Atan function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Atan2 expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 normal offset.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Atan2 function. . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 Rabb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Attach Rbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Rbbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
default.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 retrieve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
edge.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 store. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Attach button usage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

500 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Bbinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Blend4 (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 116
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 boundary display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
beam parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 boundary list.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Beams.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
ABAQUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
ANSYS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 partmode.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298, 347
cbeam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Block comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
cross section, change. . . . . . . . . . . 291 Blude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
cross sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
DYNA3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 partmode.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298, 347
element offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 410
ibm, ibmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 251, 253
integration rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
jbm, jbmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 quadratic.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
kbm, kbmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Bms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
LS-DYNA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Bnstol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
MARC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Body
NASTRAN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 rigid, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
NE/NASTRAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Boundary conditions
part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 364 algebraic surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
scaled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 convection.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Becho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 convection thermal load. . . . . . . . . 323
Beep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 cubic spline surface. . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Bf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 cubic surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 217
Bf (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 flux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Bfd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 kiva3v.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 kiva4.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Bfi local. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 314
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Bi Boundary radiation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 box
lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Bind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 411 volume definition, vd. . . . . . . . . . . 113
biological Box compliment
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Blend3 (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 115 Bptol.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 444, 450

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 501

 bnstol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Agrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Alv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
brackets Dgrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Dgrps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
break. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201-203
Bricks Dlv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Dlvs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
ordering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 importing geometry. . . . . . . . 180, 200
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Rgrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Bsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 390 Rlv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
deform rods/bars.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Caption.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Bsinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 title. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471, 474
lsbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Cartesian coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . 492
Bsp3 (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 78 Cbeam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364, 389
Bsps (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 117 part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 ccr
bstl vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 ccy
Bstl (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 119, 183 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ccyf
mvpn, modify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 finite vd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
pvpn, modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Bulc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454, 469 include. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 pwd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Bulk fluid.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Cdinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
bf.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 cel
bfd, properties.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Cenref.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 214
Buoy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Center
Butterfly triangle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
3D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Centroid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Butterfly topology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454, 471 Cf3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Bv.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Cfd-ace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
(Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Cfx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 glued interface and co grtol. . . . . . 245
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 glued interfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Bvi ndigits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 CFX4
C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
CAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 CFX5
acronym. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

502 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Chkfolds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Mdep.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 247
chz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 mom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 246
Circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 468, 469 n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 243
Circle npb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 235
2D arcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 nr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 230
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 89 off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Circle center ol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 249
circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 or.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 232
Cj pm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 238
joint and Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 pr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 222
Ckl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 rb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cmplt re. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 224
3D arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 resn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 244
Cn2p (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 120 rx.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 ry.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Co rz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
acc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 222 sc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 242
angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 sfb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 232
bf.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 222 si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
bv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 234 size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
cv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 226 sp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 237
cvt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 226 spw. . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 250, 319, 320
detp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 spwf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 250, 321
dx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 sw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 229
dy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 sy.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 248
dz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 syf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 233
efl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 tepro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 241
eft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 thic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 240
epb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 236 tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 227
fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 221 trp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
fd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 222 ve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 230
ffc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 307 vhg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 232
fl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 225 Coedg
fmom.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 222, 307 Sdedge, Se. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
frb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 304 Coedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 228 polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
fv.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 228 Colon list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 347
grtol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 245 Command Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482, 488
il. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 249 output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
interfac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 239 Comment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
iss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 230 to output file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
jt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 251 Compose

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 503

 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Convection
Composite boundary condition display. . . . . . 218
2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 323
edges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 cv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 108, 164 cvt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
surface edges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Convection thermal load
surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Coordinate system
command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Cartesian.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
fd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Cylindrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Infol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Local display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
multiple, mlabs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Spherical.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Conductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 surface, local.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cone coordinates
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 120, 121 2 lists.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cone (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 121 2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Constraint labeled points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 modify polar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
boundary, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 nodal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214
boundary, local.. . . . . . . . . . . 219, 314 pairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Cont. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 polar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 50, 52
Contact surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 smallest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Contact surfaces Copy
condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Contour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 73 Cos expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
curd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Cos function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442
Point numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 73 Cosh expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Contour (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 73 Cosh function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442
surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Cosine (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Control cosurf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350, 354, 360 Cp (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 122
Control points infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2D cubic spline.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 57 Cpcd (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 69, 90
B-Spline surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Cpcds (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 69, 91
cubic spline surface. . . . . . . . . . . . 127 cr
cubic surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
NURBS surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Cr (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . 18, 106, 123, 147
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Cracks
control statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

504 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Cross product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 polar, modify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cross section theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Cur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Crprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457, 469 attaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 curtyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Crule3d (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Crvnset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 67, 468
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 3Dfunc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Crx (Sd option). . . . . . . . . 18, 106, 125, 147 Arc3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Cry (Sd option). . . . . . . . . 18, 106, 125, 147 Bsp3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Crz (Sd option). . . . . . . . . 18, 106, 126, 147 Contuor.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Csca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Cpcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Cpcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 crule3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Csp3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161, 253
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Igc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 IGES curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Intcur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 LD2D3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Lp3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Lp3pt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389 Nrb3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Projcur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
csp Pscur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 rule3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Csp2 (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Sdedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Csp3 (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 75 se.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 195
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Csps (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 126 Twsurf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Cure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Ctbc attaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Ctbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 curtyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Ftbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Ctbc (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Curf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Ctbo (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 attaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Cubic spline curtyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 57 Curs
2D, polar.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 attaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 curtyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
derivatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
polar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Curtyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 505

Curvature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 cylinder compliment
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 finite vd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
twsurf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Curve Cylindrical coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . 493
2-d.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 cylindrical coordinates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
display numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Cylindrical Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
curve rotation Cyr2 (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 134
for surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Cusp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Cyr3 (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 135
Cv.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Dabb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Cv (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Dacd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 175
Cvi Igesfiles.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Dam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 273
Cvt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Dampers
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 propertiies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Cvt (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Cvtab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Dap.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 365
Cvti Dasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 179
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
cy sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Data
Cy (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 132 experimental, surface. . . . . . . . . . . 149
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Dbb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Cy3 (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 133 Dbbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Cycorsy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355, 359 Dc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
cyf array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 459, 463, 464
cylinder Dcd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 175
finite vd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Igesfiles.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
generalized surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Dcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 175
interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Igesfiles.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 De
part definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
part example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 231 Def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
partmode.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298, 347 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 132-135 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
volume definition, vd. . . . . . . . . . . 112 Default interpolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
xcy surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Defeaturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
ycy surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Deform rods/bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
zcy surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Dei

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

506 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 example. . . . . . . . 223, 225, 230, 248 fd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Delcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 frb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Delcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 initial.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Delem.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Display
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 commands.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Delete conditions and labels. . . . . . . . . . . 216
element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 list button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
face set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 saving and restoring. . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Materials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 display list
node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Delmats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459, 468
Delsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Delsds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Dlv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 201
Delset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Dlvs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 201
Delspds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 280 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Derivatives Dm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 274
2D cubic spline.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 61 Dms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 273
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Dom
cubic spline surface. . . . . . . . . . . . 127 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
cubic surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Dot product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
natural.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Dp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 365
polar cubic spline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Dpic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Desk calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 rpic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Detonation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Dps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 366
Detonation point Dsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 179
detp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Detp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Dsds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 179
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Dgrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 202 Dummy arguments
Dgrps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 203 def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Dialogue box Dummy interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
bsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 dv
offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
sid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 lct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
spd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Dis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 dyanmats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Dyna3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
disi beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Displacement Dynaeos Equation of State. . . . . . . . . . . . 489
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Dynain

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 507

 detached elements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Orthogonal option. . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355, 359 Pointvolume option. . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Dynamats material.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Smallest option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Dynaopts Volume option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Element set
Dynaopts analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 delete.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Echo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454, 460 modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435, 440 Elementset
edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
3D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Elictric flux
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 efl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
surface interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 ellipsoid
Edge file vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
rseg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ellipsoid compliment
Edge numbers vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Ellipsoid surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Edgefile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Elliptic arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 Elm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
rln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 measure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
rlns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Elmoff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Edges measure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
degenerate, surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Else.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Efl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435, 440
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Elseif. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435, 440
Efl (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 elsewhen.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Efli elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 embedding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
el else. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 elseif. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Electric flux if. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Element end-of-line
detached. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 UNIX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 258 WINTEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
print block, display.. . . . . . . . . . . . 219 endfor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
print block, epb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Endif.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
set, labeled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 435, 440
Element quality Endpart.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Aspect ratio.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350, 354, 360
Avolume option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Jacobian option.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

508 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Exp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
endwhen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Endwhile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Enike3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 para. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Epb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Epb (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Fortran, format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Equation line continuation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Extrude
equations 2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 122
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 F5
Er node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 F5 Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Er (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 136 F7 key
Erosion distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 mbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 F8 Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Fa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460, 465 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Es3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Eset.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
detached. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Face (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 137
Esetc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Esetinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Face set
Esm blude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 delete.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Etd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Exch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
gexch.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Excude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
execute line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Faces
EXODUS display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 Faceset (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 137
Exodusii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
exp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270, 271 mvpn, modify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 pvpn, modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Exp function.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 Fast Gr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Exploded views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Fbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Expoff.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 509

 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 221 Fds
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 342 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Fdsi
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fc (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 195
Fcc bstl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 bstl example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 face. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Fcci Faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 poly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 polygon surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Fci stl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 221 stl example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Ffc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Fcs display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Fidap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Fcsi File
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 include. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Fd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 name, output.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 222 file name.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Finit (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Fl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Fl (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Flcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fd (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Fli
Fdc display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Fluent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Fdci elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 FLUENT material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Flux
Fdi boundary condition display. . . . . . 218
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 222 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 324
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 fl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Fmom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

510 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Ftbc
Fmom (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Ctbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fnike3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 Ftbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Foff (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Ftbc (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Follower Ftbo (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Ftf
force, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
moment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
moment, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
break. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Force lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
FORTRAN Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
if statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
FORTRAN interpreter.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461 Fti
Fowler-Wilson cubic spline. . . . . . . . . . 57, 61 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Full indices
Frb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Free edges array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Function (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 139
Free faces Fv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Friction.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Fsca (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Fset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332, 360 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Fsetc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Fsetinfo.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Fv (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Fvc
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Fvci
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Ft (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Fvi

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 511

 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Geometry of the mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 getbb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Fvs cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Getol.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 183, 192
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 polygon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Fvsi revolved surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 trimming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Gexch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Fvv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Global coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Gluings
Fvvc display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 st. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 stp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Fvvci t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 tp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Gmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Fvvi example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Graphics Commands
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 ignored. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Fvvs Gred
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Grep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Fvvsi example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Fws2 (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Gaps Pm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
between surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 pslv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Gaps in geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 grid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 248
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Gridgen3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
example. . . . 222, 247, 420, 430, 475 Group
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 boundary display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
trapt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Grtol
Gemini. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Generatrix thic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
revolved surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Grtol (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Geometry Gset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Gsii.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
gaps.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
solids.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Heat generation
trimmed surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

512 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 vvhg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 importing geometry. . . . . . . . 180, 200
Hermite (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 140 level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Nurbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 182
History nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 other surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 parametric surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . 143
I-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
I-partition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 plane surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Ibm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 410 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
ibmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 410 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 109
element commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 107, 152
Ibzone.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 surface sequence number. . . . 144, 145
icfep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 trimmed surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
icfepmat useiges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
icfep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
idxlist IGES surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 185
If. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 trimming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
example. . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 435, 440 Igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
incompatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Igc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Igc (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 70 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 180, 183 Nurbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 145, 152
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
acronym. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 useiges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
binary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Igesfind.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
binary data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 Igeslbls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
composite curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Igesp (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 144
composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
conversion.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
entity dependencies.. . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191
faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 numbering.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
file name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 109
group.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Igess
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Igess (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 143

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 513

Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 attach to curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
numbering.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 109 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 435, 440
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Int. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Il. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Int function.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Intcur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Intcur (Curd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 82
Il (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Interactive execution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Ili Interfac (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Interface
Importing geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 iss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Include. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 save segments, display. . . . . . . . . . 218
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 Interface elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
example. . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 464, 475 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Indices Interpolate surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Interpolation
list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
negative. . . . . . . . . . . . 348, 351, 354 2D to 3D curve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
reduced, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
zero. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348, 351, 354 constraint, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Inertia, moment of cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
reference point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 default.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
infinite surface. . . . 71, 84, 97, 121, 122, 132, mxp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
148, 156-158, 160, 170-175 Interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Infol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312, 334 for. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342, 344 resume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
INGRID Intersection
beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Iniexp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 of surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Initial Coordinates two surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 68
block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Intp (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 147
Initial Velocitie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 mvpn, modify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Inlet pvpn, modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Inttr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
il. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Inner product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Intyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Inprod.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464, 468 Inv
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Insprt Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

514 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 jump out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 K-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 K-partition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Kbm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 410
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Kbmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 410
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 kdxlist
Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Key
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 F5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 F7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 F8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Iplan (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 148 Kiva. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Iri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Iss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 periodic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 kiva3bc
Iss (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Issi kiva3bci
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Iterations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Kiva3v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Itrim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Kiva4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
J-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 kiva4grid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
J-partition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 kivabc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Jbm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 410 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 485
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 kivabci
Jbmi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389, 410 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 la.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Labels.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 1D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 1q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
jdxlist 2D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 2q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 3q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
jt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
merging.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 cracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Jt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 crpvt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 crpvt and Contour.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 crule3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Crv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Jt (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 crvpt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262, 470
Jtinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 curd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 515

 facesel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 263 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 263 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
fraces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Lcc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
fredges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Lcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 468
ijk1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Lcinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ijk2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 lcrtgl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
ijk4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Lcsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
loc1d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Lct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
loc1dq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 example. . . . 211, 229, 238, 247, 250,
loc2d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 418, 430, 464
loc3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
loc3dq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 trapt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
locnd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 ld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
multiple, mlabs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 apld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
nodeset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Csp2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
onset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Ctbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
rule3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Ctbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Sdedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Ftbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sdpt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 262, 470 Ftbo.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
sdpt and Contour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Fws2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
tol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Lad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Lacd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Lap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Lad (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Lar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lap (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Lat.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Lar (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Lasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Lfil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 231
ansd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Lint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Lnof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
IGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Lod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lasso lp2.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 36
faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Lpil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Last Lpt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Lpta.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Lq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Lstl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Lat (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 lt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Ltas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Ltbc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
lsys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Ltbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Ltp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

516 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Lvc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 curve, definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
revolved surface. . . . . . . . . . . 125, 126 curve, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rseg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 curve, flcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
rule2d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 curve, info.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 curve, readmesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 curves, set id. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Ld2d3d (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 81 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Ld3d2d.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 66 nodal, fc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Ldinfo.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Load
Ldprnt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Length Load case
2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 loads
Lep (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 loacal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 time dependent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 422 Local coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
pslv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
boundary display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Lod (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
scope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Loft
Lfil (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Limits Log expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
para. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Log function.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442
polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . 120, 167 Log10 expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
ptol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Log10 function. . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442
Lin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Logarithms expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Logical operators. . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442
intyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Linear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 57
bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Lp (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296, 347 Lp2 (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253, 255 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
sparticle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Lp3 (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 69, 72
Lint (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Lp3pt (Curd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 69, 84
List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 lpil
Ll ld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Lpil (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lmi.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 mazt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250, 429 Lpt (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Lnof (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Lpta (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Load Lq (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 517

lrep Ltbc (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
example. . . . . . . . 211, 229, 238, 250 Ltbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
lct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Ltbo (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Ltbc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Ltp (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Lv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Pm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
pslv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Lvc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Lrl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Lvc (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Lrot.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Lvi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LS-DYNA Lvs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Magnetic flux
LS-DYNA thermal material. . . . . . . . . . . 490 boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . 325
LS-DYNA3D Maplabel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Marc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Lsbsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Lsca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 offsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Lscx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Lscz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Marc analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Lsdsi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Marcmats material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Lsdyeos Equation of State. . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Mass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
lsdymats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410, 490 quadrature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
SPH.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Mate
Lsdyna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 237, 250
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
offsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 Am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
lsdyopts Ams.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
SPH.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 coordinate system, display. . . . . . . 218
Lsii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Dam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lsnike.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 Dm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lsnkmats material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Dms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lsnkopts analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Lstl (Ld option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Lsys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Ram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314, 315 Rm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Lsysinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Rms.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Ltas (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Material number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Ltbc increment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428, 429
ctbo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Max expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
ftbc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Max function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

518 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

maxrudi Mod function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Mof.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480, 488
maxrudj cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
maxrudk Mom.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Mazt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246, 342
lpil.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Mb nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Mbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Mom (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Mdep Moments
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 mom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Mdep (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 reference point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Measure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Momentum deposition
Merge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
across node sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Momi
ambiguity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
dummy interface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Move Pts.
nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180, 252 Move Pts. button
phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350, 354, 360 pvpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Mp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Merge Phase information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Mesh remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Mpact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Mesh (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Mpc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315, 369
features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Ms
Mexp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pexp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Mseq
Min expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Min function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 Mt
mlabs readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
(Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Mti
Mnl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Mns mtv
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Mod expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 519

Multiple Point Constraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
joint.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Mvnset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Mvpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 195 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Mx Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 196
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 n
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 N (Co option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Nastmats material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 NASTRAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355, 486
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 deform rods/bars.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Vpsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 196 elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
mxiridx.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 offsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
mxjridx.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
mxkridx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 rigid bodies, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Mxp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 spc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
My verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 NASTRAN analysis option
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Ndcons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Ndigits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 NE/NASTRAN
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 deform rods/bars.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 rigid bodies, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 spc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 NE/NASTRAN analysis option
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 NE/NSTRAN
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 196 output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Mz Nekopts analysis option.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Nekton2D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Nekton3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Nenstmats material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

520 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Nerl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 sajnp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Nesting Node set
included files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Neutral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 delete.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
offsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Nextbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 onset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
nextcrv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 468 ordered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330, 335
nextlbeam.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
nextlbrick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 rml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
nextlc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 32, 468 Nogui. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
nextld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Nonreflecting boundaries
Nextln.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
nextlnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 nr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
nextlshell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Noplot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
nextmat.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 347, 468 Norm expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
nextprt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Norm function. . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 439, 443
nextqbrick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Normal
nextqshell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 circle, circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
nextsrf.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 108, 469 Normal offset
Nike3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 44
Nikemats material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 bb example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Nikeopts analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 csps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Nint expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Csps, example.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Nint function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 hermite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Nnike3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 nrbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Nodal loads polygon set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Normal to surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Nodal rotation Normal vectors
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
frb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Npb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
nodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 469 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Node.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
ajnp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
constraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251, 257 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
ordering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Npb (Co option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
print block, display.. . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Npll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
print block, npb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 376
rotation, frb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 521

 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 238, 278 labels.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Pm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 spw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Nr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Ol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Nr (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Nrb3 (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 79 Ol (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Nrbs (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 150 Oli
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Nri Onset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Onset (Labels option)
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Or
example. . . . 229, 235, 331, 336-338, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
448 element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Mpc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 face set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
onset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 node set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336, 340
remove subset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Or (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
rsl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Ordering
usage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 bricks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Nsetc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 nodes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
nseti Ordinate
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Nsetinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Orpt
Numbered surface bulc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 cvt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Numerical example. . . . . . . . . 223-226, 243, 455
data, surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
NURBS Rb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 re. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 usage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 152 orthogonal
Nurbs (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 152 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
NURBS surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Outlet
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 ol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Output
numbering.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 file name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
nurbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Output file
o=. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Off Overlapping

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

522 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 ycrprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Painfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 ynrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
para. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 yprj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
para zboxmaz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 zboxmin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
example. . . . 435, 440, 459, 464, 475 zcrprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
paraboloid znrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 zprj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
parameter Parameterization
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
dc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
distance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435, 440 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
inprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 getting information. . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
mxiridx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 painfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
mxjridx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 predefined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469, 472
mxkridx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 parametric
nextbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 3 curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
nextcrv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
nextlbeam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
nextlbrick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 hermite surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
nextlc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 ptcoor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
nextln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Parametric 3D Curve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
nextlshell.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Parametric surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
nextmat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Parenthesis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442
nextnode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 def. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
nextprt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Part
nextqbeam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Ap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
nextqbrick.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Aps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
nextqshell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
nextsrf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 blude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
pi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
subang.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 cbeam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
xboxmaz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Dap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
xboxmin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
xcrprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Dp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
xnrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Dps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
xprj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 number, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
yboxmaz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350, 354, 360
yboxmin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Rap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 523

 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Rp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 symmetry constraint. . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Rps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Plan (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 158
transform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Partition Planar Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Plane.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Partmode. . . . . . . . . . . . . 298, 347, 351, 354 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 248
Patch IGES surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Patran. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 SPH.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
PATRAN material.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 surface. . . . . 105, 148, 156, 158, 171,
Pbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 173, 175
Penetration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 surface, pl2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
penGL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 surface, pl3o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
periodic Sw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
bb, trbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Plate
hermite surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 rigid, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
kiva. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Plinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Pessure Plot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Plot3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Pexp Pm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 278, 376
exp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Mexp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Phase (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Pi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Pick Pm (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Pmass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
node. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Pminfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Pick button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Pn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
pvpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Point
Pick panel 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 73
surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 label, surface.. . . . . . . . . . 96, 101, 104
Pinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Point mass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Pipe (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 154 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Pj joint and Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Pl2 (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 155 npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Pl3 (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 156 pm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Pl3o (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 157 Point numbering
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Plan Contour.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 73

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

524 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 73 Pr (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 160
Poly (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 159, 340 infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Prescribed
mvpn, modify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
pvpn, modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Poly Surface button condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
pvpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Pri
Poly3D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
polygon Prod
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
surface, poly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Projcur (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86
surfaces, features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 103, 469
polygon sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 86, 87
create. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
polygon surface composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 entire surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Polygon surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 transition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
composite edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 using 3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
label edges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Projection
merged nodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 183
move points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
splitting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
stlsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Polygonal normal.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 prtrnd
3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 block boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 transition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Polygonal surface Pscur (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 87
ViewPoint format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Pset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Polygons surface, poly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Stl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 167 Pslv.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423, 425
Postscript. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 423
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Pplv Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 423 Pm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 pplv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
pslv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 ptcoor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
pptcd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Ptmass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Ptol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 bnstol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Pr (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 pvpm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 525

Pvpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
polygon surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
pwd Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Quadratic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296, 347 Rays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253, 255 Rb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
icfep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
sparticle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Rb (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
quadrature Rbb.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
mass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Rbbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
R-coordinate.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Rbi
r3dc (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 161 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Rabb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Rcd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 175
Racd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 175 Rcds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 175
Radial-coordinate.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Re. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Radiation display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 219
boundary condition.. . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Re (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
boundary condition display. . . . . . 218 Readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347, 355
enclosure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 block boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
enclosure condition display. . . . . . 218 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
enclosure surface display. . . . . . . . 219 detached elements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Radius of circle Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Materials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Raixs part type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296, 297
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Rml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Ram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 274 Rebar
Rand expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 sliding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Rand function.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 Reduced Indices
Random numbers. . . . . . . 434, 438, 442, 462 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Rap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 366 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Rasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 179 Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Cenref. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Raxis Reflect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Refleqs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 tpara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Rei
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 219

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

526 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Relational operators.. . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 Rigid body elements
Relaxi rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Rj joint and Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Remove Rln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3D Curve segment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 edgefile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Remove button Rlns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 edgefile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Remove Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Rlv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 202
Repe sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Rm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 274
joint.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Rml.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316, 340
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Rsl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
replicate Rms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 274
loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Rmseg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Replications Rod
global. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 rigid, rbe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
joint.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Rotate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
local. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Res 2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Resn (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
rest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 motion.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Rest button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Velocity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
infinite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Rounding in expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
restore.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 175 Rp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 366
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Rpic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Resume.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 dpic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Rpl
interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Revolute Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Rps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 367
Revolve Rsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 180
2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 125, 126 Igesfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Revolved Rsds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . 123, 125, 126 Rseg (Ld option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34, 64
Rgrp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 203 Rsl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317, 343
Rgseg (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Rigbm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Rule2d
Rigid.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
beam, readmesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Rule2d (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . 18, 106, 162

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 527

Rule3d Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Rule3d (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 163 Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Ruled surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 162, 163 Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rvnset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Rx vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Ryx
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Ryz
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rxy Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Rz
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rxz Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Ry vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Rzx
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

528 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Bsps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Bstl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 183
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Cn2p. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Cone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Cp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Cr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Crule3d.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
sajnp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 469 Crx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SAP2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 Cry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Save Crz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126, 231
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Csps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Cy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 cy3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
tsave file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 cyr2.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Save view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 cyr3.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Saveiges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 display surface numbers. . . . . 252, 260
3D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 dsds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
binary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Er. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 example. . . . 227, 239, 240, 248, 260
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 face. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
useiges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
savepart Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
getbb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 function example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
saveprt hermite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 IGES NURBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Sc IGES plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 IGES surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Sc (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Igesfiles.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Scale.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415, 425, 426 Igesp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Igess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Sclexp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
scope.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Iplan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
if. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 lasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
of level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
scv normal vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Nrbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Nurbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 66, 105, 469 pl2.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
2D Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Pl3.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Blend3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Pl3o.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Blend4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Plan.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 529

 poly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
polygon set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Set ID
polygon sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 load curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Set identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
r3dc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Sets
Rule2d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 polygons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Rule3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Sets button
sds. . . . . . 66, 164, 177, 180, 187, 201 polygons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Sp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 surface, poly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Stl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167, 183 Sf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Swept. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 IGES surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Ts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Xcy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Xyplan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Sfb
Ycy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Yzplan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Sfb (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Zcy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Sfi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Zxplan.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
sd compliment example. . . . . . . . 223, 227, 248, 466
normal vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Sdedge (Curd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 71 Shell
surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 normals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Sdegde (Curd option) Shells
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Sdinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 element offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
sdint integration rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
contour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Sds scaled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Ship example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Sds (Sd option).. . . . . . . . 105, 164, 180, 201 Shv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 269
ansd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
lasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 219
name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Se (Curd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 71 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Segments remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
2D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Seqnc sid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
3D arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 usage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Session file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Sid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

530 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 219 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
dummy type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Sp (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 389 Sp (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
set identification, constraints. . . . . 310 sparticle
usage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 SHP.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
with si and sii. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Spd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Sign expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Sign function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 Spdp
Sii display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 219 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Siinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 spd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Sin expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 SPH
Sin function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 sparticle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Sind. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 sphbox
Sine (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Sinh expressions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Sphere. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Sinh function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 166
Size.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 volume definition, vd. . . . . . . . . . . 112
labels.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 sphere compliment
Sj joint and Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Slide lines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Spherical coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . 494
Sliding interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Spherical Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Spinfo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
dummy interface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Spline
increment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429, 430 B-Spline surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 cubic surface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
merging.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 NURBS surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 surface, cubic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Smags.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Spotweld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Smgap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
polygon surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 joint.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Smoothing merging.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 spw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Smoothing constraint spwd, properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 spwf, LS-DYNA.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
snodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 469 Spring.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Solids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 delete.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 280
Sp display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 237
intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 merging.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 531

 Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 mvpn, modify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
readmesh.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 pvpn, modify.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
spd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 stlsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Spw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Stereolithography. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
spotweld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Stone walls
Spw (Co option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Spwd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 nodal selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
spotweld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Stp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
spw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 bnstol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Spwf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 dummy interface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 example. . . . . . . . 229, 238, 446, 476
Spwf (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Sqrt Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 usage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Sqrt expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 with mpc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Sqrt function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433, 438, 442 Structured
Ssf format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Subang. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469, 473
intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 parameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
sd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Supblk
Ssfi display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Surface
St. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 accuracy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 algebraic, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Stp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Asd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Asds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Starcd output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 blend, blend3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
StereoLithography blend, blend4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
ASCII file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 boundary.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
binary file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 composite. . . . . 66, 99, 101, 164, 177,
bstl (sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 179, 187, 200
stl (sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 concatenated, sds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
stlsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 194 cone, cn2p.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
stl cone, cone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 contour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Stl (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 167, 183 control points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

532 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 coordinate system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 multiple.. . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 177, 179
coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 176, 187
Crule3d.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 neighboring.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
curvature.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 neighbors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
cylinder, cp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 normal.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
cylinder, cy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 normal vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
cylinder, xcy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
cylinder, ycy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 numbered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
cylinder, zcy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
cylindrical, crule3d.. . . . . . . . . . . . 124 NURBS, nurbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Dasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 overlaps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
delete.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100 paraboloid, pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 parametric.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 part face, face. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
display numbers. . . . . . . . . . . 252, 260 periodic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Dsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Dsds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 plane, igesp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
edge.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 97 plane, iplan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
edge composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 plane, pl3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
edge to 3D curves.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 plane, pl3o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
element set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332, 333 plane, plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
ellipsoid, er. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 plane, xyplan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
extract edge.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 plane, yzplan.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
face. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 plane, zxplan.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
face set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Point numbering. . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 73
faceset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 polygon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 183
fold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
folding.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Rasd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 revolved, cr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
gaps.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 revolved, crx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
gaps between. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 revolved, cry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
IGES, iges.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 revolved, crz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
importing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 revolved, r3dc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 109 Rsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Rsds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
interpolated, intp.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 ruled, rule2d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
intersection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 103 ruled, rule3d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
label points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Sds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
labeled points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 sphere, sp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
list button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 spline, csps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 STL file, bstl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
modify polygons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 STL file, stl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 533

 swept, pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 plane definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
swept, swept. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Symbolic selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
tangencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Symmetry plane with failure
tangent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
tessellation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
torus, ts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Symmetry planes
transform, trsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 condition display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
trimmed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 180 definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
xprj, yprj, zprj.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Surface button dummy interface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
surface compliment Tp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
normal vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 with mpc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
vd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 t1=
suseiges array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 t2=
Sv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 269 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Sw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 t3=
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Tables
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 load curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Tan expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
plane definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Tan function.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434, 438, 442
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Tangent
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 2D arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-48
Sw (Co option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 2D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 40
Swap coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427 composite surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Swept surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Tascflow output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Swept (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . 106, 147, 167 Te. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326, 375
Swi information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
plane definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Sy (co option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Syf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Tei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
plane definition.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Syf (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Syfi Temperature
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 constant.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

534 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 constant, te. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 pwd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
initial, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Th
initial, tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
prescribed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 thhist
prescribed, ft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
profile, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Thi
profile, tepro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Tepro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Thic
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Thic (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Thickness
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Beam.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 shells, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Tepro (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Tied contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Tessellation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 470 Time dependent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Tetrahedron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296, 297 Tinit (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Tf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Title. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Tj joint and Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
intyp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Tm (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Tmass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Tmi
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tmm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 quadrature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Toff (Flcd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Tfi Tolerance
blend 3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . 115, 117 2D Curves intersection.. . . . . . . . . . 22
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 bnstol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
TGControls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 bptol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
include. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464 merging.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
pwd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 ptol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
tgpref st. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 stp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 535

 t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 stlsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
tp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
ztol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 ViewPoint format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
TOPAZ3D transition
boundary conditions. . . . . . . . 323, 324 project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 Translate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415, 426, 427
Rb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 2D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 50
Re. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Translational Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
TOPAZ3D material.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 Trapt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469, 474
Topaz3d2 Trbb
output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487 errmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Topology example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 interpolation parameter. . . . . . . . . 380
torus Triangle
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 169 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Tp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Tricent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469, 471
bnstol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Trigonometric
dummy interface.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Npm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 load curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
with mpc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Trigonometric functions. . . . . 433, 438, 442
Tpara. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471 Trimmed
Tr NURBS surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
example. . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 239, 475 Trimmed surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
intp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 trimming.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Tracer particles curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
trp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Triple point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454, 471
Trans Trp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Transform trprt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
3D Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Trsd
part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Transformation transform surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Trugrdo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482, 488
Transformations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
IGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Ts (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 169
IGES curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Tsave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
IGES NURBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 2D Curve coordinates. . . . . . . . . . . 27
IGES plane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 2D Curves, info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
IGES surfaces.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 3D contour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 coedge.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

536 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

 interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
lcinfo.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Trsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Tsave file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 463 vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 196
Coedg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Vacc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Comments.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
include. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 vaccc
save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Sdedge, Se. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 vaccci
spotweld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Tsca (Flcd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 vacci
Twsurf (Curd option).. . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 92 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Tz3dopts analysis option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 vaccs
Uj joint and Jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Unifm vaccsi
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Union Vcv
surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Universal Joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Vcvi
UNIX display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
end-of-line.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Vd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
unresolved dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 SPH.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Useiges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Ve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
3D curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
binary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
saveiges.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
V.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 motion.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Ve (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Vei
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 loacal loads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Velocity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 boundary, bv.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Lsys.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 boundary, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
nset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 frb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 initial, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
restore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 initial, ve.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 537

 Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 avoiding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
prescribed, display. . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Warpage.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
prescribed, fv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Wedge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296, 297
prescribed, fvv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 wedge part
Ve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Verbatim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 when. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Vft array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 While. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Vfti array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 break. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Vhg Whole
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 3D arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Vhg (Co option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 wiges
Vhgi cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 hermite surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
View Window
saving and restoring. . . . . . . . . . . . 269 none. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
ViewPoint size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
importing geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . 183 WINTEL
output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 end-of-line.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 working directory.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
vigq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 IGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Volume.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 include. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
volume test MOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
elvotest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Vpsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183, 195, 196 icfep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470 output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 output file. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478, 481
features, fetol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Wrsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195, 200
fetol example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456, 470
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 poly surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 polygon set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
write. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 save modifications. . . . . . . . . 102, 104
Vtm Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 X-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Vtmi x=
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Vvhg.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 xboxmax.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 xboxmin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Vvhgi xcrprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Xcy (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 170
Warning infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

538 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual

Xnrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 469 bulc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Xoff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
xprj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 103, 469 nodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 snodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
bulc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 transformed point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 tricent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
nodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Ysca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
predefined. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
snodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
transformed point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
tricent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Xsca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Yzplan (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 173
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Z-coordinate.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348, 351
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 z=
Thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389 array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 example. . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 230, 237
Xyplan (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 171 zboxmax.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 zboxmin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Y-coordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 zcrprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
y= Zcy (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 174
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 znrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 469
yboxmax.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
ycrprod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Zoff.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Ycy (Sd option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 172 zprj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 103, 469
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
ynrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 469 bulc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 circent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Yoff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Yprj. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 469 nodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3D curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 snodcor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

TrueGrid ® Manual August 30, 2014 539

 surface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
transformed point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
tricent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472, 473
Zsca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Curd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Gct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Iges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Igescd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Igespd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Igessd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Lct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
lev. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Nurbsd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 389
vpsd.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Ztol.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
icfep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Zxplan (Sd option).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 175
infinite.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
[
array. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

Copyright © 1992-2014 by XYZ Scientific Applications, Inc. All Rights Reserved

540 August 30, 2014 TrueGrid ® Manual